Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from University of Toronto https://archive.org/details/elementarygreekOOburg ν᾿ Athena, Patron Goddess of Athens eS — eS. 5 The Lake Classical Series U ELEMENTARY GREEK AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF ATTIC GREEK BY THEODORE C, BURGESS, Pu.D. DIRECTOR OF BRADLEY POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE AND ROBERT 1: BONNER, Pu.D. DEPARTMENT OF GREEK, UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO CHICAGO SCOTT, FORESMAN AND COMPANY 1907 ΟΟΡΥΒΙΟΗΤΣ 1907 By Scort, FoRESMAN AND COMPANY © at in PREFACE The tendency of instruction in Greek in America during the past few years has been more and more to require that the introductory book should be in the simplest and briefest form consistent with thoroughness. In recognition of this demand the authors of Elementary Greek have aimed to include only the facts that are essential to a book with such a purpose, and they hope that this book will prove a natural, simple, and yet thorough introduction to Attic Greek. This demand for a brief book carries with it also the requirement that the student complete the first book of the Anabasis by the end of the school or college year. Hlemen- tary Greek aims to meet this need effectively. It is largely with this in view that the number of lessons is reduced to sixty, that the vocabulary is made that of Xenophon, and that each lesson, beginning with the ninth, contains a pas- sage from the Anabasis. The earlier portions of Xenophon’s narrative are modified where necessary to fit them to the state of the student’s knowledge of Greek, but after the first few lessons the text of the Anabasis is introduced practically without alteration. There are definite advantages in this plan. From the very outset the student is given some con- nected narrative in each lesson, and this narrative is con- tinuous, not merely for the individual lesson, but also for the entire series. Thus he becomes familiar with the use of Greek particles earlier than is otherwise possible. Contact with real Greek develops an ability to read which cannot be gained from working over detached sentences or simpli- fied selections from various Greek authors. The knowledge iii iv Preface that he is dealing with a famous piece of literature in its original form, not with sentences composed by some modern scholar for the occasion, serves to give genuineness, life, and interest to the student’s work. There is also the practical gain that upon the completion of this book the student will not only have secured the necessary drill in forms and syntax, but at the same time will have finished the first three chapters of the Anabasis with a thoroughness which could not be gained so readily in any other way. The order followed in presenting the material of the individual lessons has been influenced some- what by the use of the Anabasis as a text, but never in an arbitrary way. t-verbs are introduced earlier than in most elementary books. The dual is not employed in the exer- cises, and in learning paradigms may be omitted or not at the option of the teacher. Under the heading, “Drill,” provision is made for con- stant practice both in recognizing and in recalling the forms taught in the paradigms. Accordingly these exercises are largely review work. The student’s attention is directed exclusively to forms, thus securing a maximum amount of practice with a minimum expenditure of time. In this way it has been possible to reduce the number of sentences in the exercises and to eliminate from them those forms which occur less frequently in ordinary reading. The selections from the Anabasis used in the lessons end in lesson LX with section 2 of Chapter III. The rest of the Third Chapter follows, with unusually copious notes, The individual vocabularies are usually brief and the book as a whole involves a small number of words. English words derived from the Greek have been introduced freely both in the special and in the general vocabularies. The authors believe that this frequent evidence of direct connection with Preface Vv our own language will be interesting and stimulating. It is hoped that the prominence given to the rules for translitera- tion will assist in securing greater ease and correctness in the use of proper names. The Appendix is made to include much more, both in paradigm and syntax, than is incorporated into the lessons themselves. Teachers who wish to do so may make use of this material for additional work. The illustrations have been carefully selected with a view to affording opportunity for discussions of various phases of Greek life. The student should be encouraged to familiarize himself with the concise descriptions given on page xi. These lessons have had the advantage of being subjected to the test of use in the classroom both in high school and college for a period of several years. The authors gratefully acknowledge their indebtedness to Professor Edward Capps of the University of Chicago, who has rendered invaluable assistance at every stage in the preparation of the book. THEODORE Οὐ. BuRGEss Rospert J. BONNER August 1, 1907 CONTENTS List of Illustrations Introductory Δ ee nee eee Preliminary Statements: The Alphabet; Vowels; Sounds of Consonants; Double Consonants; Syllabification; Diph- thongs; Accent; Breathing; Proclitics; Enclitics; Pro- nunciation; Transliteration LESSON I. The Verb—Introductory: Voices; Moods; Tenses; Accents; Numbers; v-movable; Present Indicative of λύω. 2 τ ἀρνί: II. Nouns: Cases; Genders; Numbers; The ei oad Declension; The Article . . hs. Σ Ill. First Declension—Nouns in ἡ; The en IV. First Declension—Nouns in ἃ or a; Adjectives . V. The Imperfect Indicative Active; Augment; Com- pound Verbs; Masculine Nouns of the First Declension VI. The Future and First 25 deka ΤΑΣ Indicative Active; Principal Parts VII. The Present and Imperfect Middle ( ti.) :; : Depo nent Verbs τ ae em VIII. Review IX. Review of the V Si weiss Stems; Buphonic a ings; The Infinitive 5.2. ee X. The Future and Aorist Middle ΧΙ. εἰμί; Proclitics and Enclitics XII. Pronouns—airds, ἐκεῖνος, οὗτος, ὅδε XII. Third Declension Nouns— Linguals XIV. Contract Verbs in aw XV. Contract Verbs in ἔω and 6w; Feed eck. vii -1 and Palatal De- Stems in c and v: Uses of the Participle: Uses of ΒΡ : The Subjunctive: Purpose Clauses; More Vivid Future and Present General Conditions The Future and First Aorist of Liquid Verbs: The πριν: Prosaee The Optative eles Middle aaa Panne De- The Optative Middle (Passive); τας Dis- course; Less Vivid Future and Past General Declension of Com- The Imperative Reflexive and Possessive Vili Contents LESSON XVI. The Participle XVII. The Third Declension- Taek Stems XVIII. The Third Declension— Labial Stems . XIX. The Third ἜΤ ἘΣ clension of Numerals . XX. Uses of the Participle XXI. XXII. XXIII. The Perfect System: Reduplication XXIV. The Aorist Passive XXV. Hiatus . XXVI. The Perfect Middle: λυθείς XXVII. ponents; Purpose Clauses XXVIII. Conditions er XXIX. Comparison of Adjectives; paratives : ; 3 XXX. The Imperative Active; Sixhoweiaetd XXXI. Third Declension Stems in ev; ἵστημι XXXII. Third Declension Stems in ες: Middle (Passive) XXXIII. δείκνυμι: μέγας XXXIV. Subjunctive of Contract V erbs XXXV. Personal Pronouns; Pronouns . ι XXXVI. Review of the Third ae. ee XXXVIJI. The Numerals XXXVIII. ἵστημι: πᾶς : χαρίεις ; πολύς LESSON XXXIX. XL. XLI. XLII. XLIII. XLIV. XLV. XLVI. XLVII. XLVIII. XLIX. LVI. LVII LVITII. LIX. LX. Contents εἰμί (review); εἶμι ; Indirect Discourse; Simple and Untrue Conditions; Tabular View of Conditions τίθημι ἐπ eho ahs MS δίδωμι : Supplementary Participle; Negatives . Future Perfect; Future Passive: ἵστημι Verbal Adjectives . Perfect and Pluperfect Middle oe Review of the Infinitive : Adverbs; Optative of Contract Verbs . Review of Participles BNE) to LO Purpose and Object Clauses; The Formation cf Words : a er ἫΝ Tense Systems; The Secu esi : tis; τίς; ὅστις ; φημί; Direct Questions The Future System The Aorist and Perfect Systems Active; The Parti ciple in Indirect Discourse The Perfect System Passive (Middle) . The Aorist Passive System pu- Verbs in the Present System μι- Verbs in the Second Aorist System . ἴημι and κάθημαι . . . . . The ee procal Pronoun; Clauses ὙΡΕΕΕΝ Ἢ ἕως. ἔστε, μέχρι, ἄχρι, πρίν. τρβες οἶδα ; Indirect Questions . Conditional Relatives Anabasis, Book I, Chap. III. 2. 21 Appendices English-Greek Pekiclary Greek-English Vocabulary Index . ix PAGE 120 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS PAGE ΑΤΉΕΝΑ, Patron Goppess or ATHENS . . .- . Frontispiece This statuette of Pentelic marble was found in Athens in 1880. It is a copy of the famous gold and ivory statue of Athena by Phidias which stood in the Parthenon (438 s.c.) on the Acropolis. The goddess wears a helmet, aegis, chiton, bracelets, and sandals. Her left hand rests upon her shield, while the right holds a winged statue of Victory, typifying the glorious career of Athens. The helmet is ornamented with a sphinx; the cheek-pieces, which are characteristic of an Attic helmet, are raised. Note the Medusa’s head and her snaky locks upon the aegis. The serpent which peers from behind the shield is sug- gestive of Erechtheus, prominent in the mythical history of Athens. The head has been broken from the statue of victory. The column supporting Athena’s right hand was probably not in the original. σὺ Fig. 1—Capturinc δι ΟἌΤΤΙΕ. Φ These famous cups of gold were found in a beehive tomb (see Fig. 2) at Vaphio near Sparta, and are commonly known as the ‘*‘ Vaphio cups.’’ The design is hammered from the inside (repoussé work). An inner cup was inserted to conceal the indentations. Both inner and outer cups are made from single discs of gold, soldered together at the upper edge. The handles are riveted on. Notice that the ani- mal in the net is in an impossible position. The larger trees are palms. As in Fig. 5 the men are clad in trunks only. Iie. 2—A “Beentve” Toms at Mycenae. .... . 24 The cut shows a ground-plan and a cross-section of the most famous of the beehive tombs, which is commonly called the ‘* Treasury of Atreus.’’ A passage cut into the side ofa hill and lined with stone walls leads to a short covered hall. The main part of the tomb, which is 47 feet in diameter, is a circular structure built in the shape of a beehive, formed by gradually contracting rings of beveled stone. Opening from it is a square chamber hewn out of the living rock. Bodies were laid on the floor and surrounded with elaborate funeral gifts (see Fig. 5), many of which were of gold (see Fig. 1). These tombs belong to about 1500 B. c. EI, SCENE. . «kt lt lw sw CO This scene and Fig. 9 form the exterior decoration of a cylix (drink- ing-cup). The design is in the red-figured style of the fifth century B. c., by the artist Duris. The boy at the left is receiving a lesson on the seven-stringed lyre. The other boy is reciting a lesson while his xi xii Fic. Fic. Fig. Fia. Fig. Inst of Illustrations PAGE teacher looks on a roll. On the right is the pedagogue, a slave who accompanied his master’s sons to and from school. Cloaks (ἱμάτια) are the only garments worn. On the wall are drinking-cups, lyres, a flute case, and a receptacle for carrying rolls such as one of the teachers holds in his hand. It was customary to paint on vases the name of a popular young man. Here the “love” inscription, which ean scarcely be seen, is ᾿Ιπ(π)οδάμος καλός. 4.—WomeEN at Home . ae A red-figured painting on an Attic vase be eu fifth sautied Β. 6. In the center of the group of three on the left sits a woman with an embroidery frame. Behind her is a woman with a work basket, while in front stands a caller, wrapped ina mantle. Next stands a woman tying her girdle. The seated woman has a brush with which to paint her face. The servant holds a jar of unguent and a toilet box. On the wall hang two fillets, a plectrum, and two indistinct objects. Observe the dress. The first, fourth, and sixth figures wear the chiton (χίτων) alone. The two seated women and the caller have cloaks as well as chitons. 5.—A Lion Hunt This inlaid bronze ee blade was fee in a shaft grave at Mycenae. The figures are inlaid on a separate strip of enameled bronze, which is set into the blade. The nude parts of the men and® the bodies of the lions are made of gold. The clothing (trunks) and shields are made of electrum. The handle was fastened on with gold rivets. Notice the weapons and the shapes of the shields, and the method of carrying them. Observe also a spear-head protruding from the attacking lion’s flank. 6.—A Banquet Scene «| ws SRA Sy) The banqueters wear garlands and recline on cushions. Small three- legged tables hold the drinking-utensils and sweetmeats. A female musician plays a double flute for their amusement, while one of the guests beats a tambourine. 7.— PREPARING FOR BATTLE - +» A red-figured cylix of the fifth century Β. c. The drawing combines two different portions of the original design on the outside of the cup so as to show how the greaves (xynuides), breastplate (θώραξ), and sword belt were puton. The design on the shield is an armed centaur. 8.— Hur.LINnG A JAVELIN ; bial : This design is from a Panathenaic vase, given as a prize to nila ath- letes who won the contests at the Panathenaea, the great festival in honor of Athena, at Athens. The thong (ἀγκύλη) wound around the shaft and held in the fingers gave the javelin a rotary motion and increased its range. 37 45 53 78 ‘ List of Illustrations xiii PAGE Fiag.9.—A Scuoot Scene... ein 88 This scene is taken from the same vase as Fig. 3; The ate on the left is listening to his teacher as he plays a double flute. The teacher in the center is probably correcting an exercise written on tablets. To the right sits a pedagogue. On the wall are a roll and a set of tablets tied up, a lyre with plectrum attached, and an uncertain object. Fia. 10.—Tue Contest BETWEEN APOLLO AND Marsyas ... 8&8) This marble relief which belongs to the pedestal of a sculptured group found at Mantinea is the work of Praxiteles. On the left sits Apollo, who has just finished playing the lyre; on the right is Marsyas play- ing the double flute. Apollo’s Phrygian servant stands in the center with his knife, ready to exact the penalty. Notice that the slave wears a garment with sleeves such as Greeks never wore. Thisrelief belongs to the early fourth century B. c. Fie. 11.—A Recorp or THE Otympic Victories or Troitus . 87 Ἑλλήνων ἦρχον τότε ᾿Ολυμπίᾳ, ἡνίκα μοι Ζεὺς δῶκεν νικῆσαι πρῶτον ᾿Ολυμπιάδα ἵπποις ἀθλοφόροις' τὸ δὲ δεύτερον αὖτις ἐφεξῆς ἵπποις. υἱὸς δ᾽ ἣν Τρωίλος ᾿Αλκινόου. This inscription, which is in metrical form, is on a bronze plate which was originally attached to a statue of Troilus in Olympia. It was found in 1879, Pausanias saw it when he visited Olympia in the sec- ond century a. Dp. Observe that the words are not separated from each other. Wig. 12—A Greek Razor. ..... εἴ dra ἀκοὴ 96 This so-called Greek razor is three and seven-eighths ae long and is made of bronze. Notice the stirrup-shaped handle and the circular A blade. Fia. 13.—A Greek Lapy in Her Bovupoir eS tae. in ek OT From a red-figured vase of the fifth century B.c. The woman, whose name is Danaé, reclines on an elegantcouch. Sheis dressed in achiton (note the way in which the sleeves are formed) and a himation, and holds in her hand the ends of a fillet (similar to those on the wall in Fig. 4) which confines her hair. On the wall are a mirror and a bag (orcap). Notice the footstool. The inscription is AANAE. Fia, 14—A Scene ΙΝ A SHOEMAKER’S SHOP... . 106 A black-figured painting on an Attic vase of the sixth Bt B.C. A woman is having a pair of shoes cut out and fitted. Shestandsona low table. The cobbler with a semi-circular knife is on the point of cutting out the soles from a piece of leather under the woman’s feet. The assistant is shaping a piece of leather for the upper portion of the shoes. The white-haired man with cloak and cane is a visitor, probably the woman’s husband. On the wallareawls, pincers, cutter, Xiv List of Illustrations Fig. AG: Fig. Fig. PAGE lasts, strap, pieces of leather, and a basket. On the floor area bowl and a pair of sandals. Archaic painters always represent the flesh of a woman in white. 15—A Scene ΙΝ a Buacxsmirn’s SHop . . . °°. tf. 109 A black-figured painting on an Attic vase of the sixth century B. c. The blacksmith holds a piece of iron with tongs while his assistant hammers it. The two men with canes and cloaks seated on stools are loungers. Other objects in the picture are a furnace, hammers, knife. saw, chisel, sword, water jug, cloak, and tongs. 16.— ATHLETIC EXERCISES ΔΝ: ον αν ΕΟ This is a red-figured painting on a ΟΥἹΪΧ of the early afth century B. Cc. It represents a series of five athletic events known as the Pentathlon— jumping, running, discus-throwing, spear-hurling, and wrestling. Notice the various articles represented: spears, pick (for loosening the earth), discus, discus case, jumping-weights, strigil (στλεγγίς). oil flask, sponge, cane (in the hands of an instructor). Some of the athletes wear the wrestler’s cap. One of the instructors is preparing to measure the jump of the young man with the weights in his hand. The *‘ love”’ inscription (cf. Fig. 3) is Παναίτιος καλός. 17.—SceENE IN A Bronze Founpry ἈΝΤ πστ΄ A red-figured painting on an Attic cylix of the early Ἢ century B. Ὁ The design runs around the outside of the cylix. To the left is a fur- nace. One man is blowing it, while another uses a poker. Nextisa workman witha hammer. Bronze statues were cast in parts, riveted together, scraped and polished. The work of riveting and polishing is shown in the picture. The two men leaning on canes are visitors. Observe how their cloaks are put on. On the walls are represented hammers, a saw, scrapers, strigils, oil flasks, patterns, and models. 18.—Greex Lapizs’ Tomer . .-. « « ee From a red-figured Attic vase of the fifth century B.c. The womanon the left is completing her toilet. One servant holds a band ready to tie up her hair while the other brings a toilet jar and a receptacle for jewels, ribbons, ete. A child is tying the sandal of the other seated woman while a maid is bringing a jewel casket. On the wall are two mirrors. Notice the chest on wnicn isa vase; behind it stands a tall vase such as was placed on the graves of unmarried persons. The inscriptions are, Γλαύκη, Θαλεία, Κυμοδόκη, Κυμοθόη, Ταλήνη. These are names οὗ Nereids. Fig. 19.—Opyssreus AND THE SIRENS . .. . ee! | Odysseus in his desire to hear the Sirens directed his auiay to tie him to the mast and on no account to set him free. He had already filled the sailors’ ears with wax. In this way he and his crew were proof against the allurements of the Sirens. Notice the method of steering Fia. Fia. Fia. List of Illustrations XV a ὀἤ-.-΄΄΄΄΄[ὃβρ.2»2!ἵ..... ὦ . and the arrangement of the single sail. The inscriptions are Hiep- émra, sweet voice; ᾿Ολυσεύς. Odysseus. Observe that H represents the rough breathing. 20.—Tue Bripecroom GOING FOR THE Brive . The bridegroom is going in a four-horse chariot to the home of the bride. The scene is idealized by the introduction of persons in the guise of divinities. The figure on the left has the dress characteristic of Hermes—chlamys (short military cloak), cap (3éracos), and wand. On the right is a female figure (Artemis?) with wreath and torch. This is taken from a red-figured cylix of the fifth century B. c. 21.—A Greek Parasou anp Fan . ; : In this cut parts of two red-figured vase paintings are given. Observe the parasol, fan, footstool, footbath, and folding stool. The servant is handing a ribbon to her mistress. 22.— Tue GRAVESTONE OF DEXILEOS Δεξίλεως Λυσανίου Θωρίκιος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ Τεισάνδρου ἄρχοντος, ἀπέθανε ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ευβουλίδου éy Κορίνθωι τῶν πέντε ἱππέων. This gravestone (στήλη) was discovered in the Ceramicus at Athens ἴῃ 1863. Dexileos, dressed in chiton and chlamys, is represented as slaying with a spear a prostrate foe, who still clings to his shield. The date of his birth is 414-413, the year in which Teisandrus was archon. This is the only Attic tomb that bears a date. Dexileos was slain in the battle of Oor- inth 394 Β, c. He was probably one of five horsemen (πέντε ἱππέων) who performed some notable feat of arms. Reliefs on Greek tombs do not, like modern tombstone designs, carry the suggestion of death. Here Dexileos is represented in the hour of triumph. PAGE 123 . 125 . 133 INTRODUCTORY The Greeks have the most remarkable literary history of any people. Their literature is not less notable for rich and- lofty thought than for beauty of expression. Almost all the forms in which ideas have been expressed were either origi- nated or best developed by this creative race; e. g. history, oratory, philosophical prose, and poetry in all its forms— comedy, tragedy, epic, lyric, elegiac, and bucolic. Their art, displayed at its best in sculpture and architecture (temple- building), has never been surpassed. Their theories form the basis of modern science and philosophy. In the realm of political science, both by experiment and by speculation, they have contributed more than any other people. No other race has ever come so near perfection in so many lines. What concerns us here chiefly is their language, which was as wonderfully developed as their art and their literature. The Greeks called themselves ‘“Hellenes” and their land “Hellas.” The Romans gave them the name “Graeci,” and hence came our word “Greek.” There is a tendency at the present time to return to the original names. The Greeks are a branch of the Indo-European race to which we belong, and occupied at the dawn of history what we still know as the Grecian peninsula, as well as the islands of the Aegean Sea and the coast of Asia Minor. Later they spread over the whole of the coast of the Mediterranean, and their language gradually became the medium of communication among cultivated people throughout the civilized world of antiquity. There were three main branches of the Greek race—the Aeolians, the Dorians, and the Ionians—each speaking a dialect differing slightly from that spoken by the others. xvil 4 ὡς ΧΥ Introductory Each made its own contribution to that wonderful body of Greek literature a portion of which has come down to us. Almost all of the classical Greek literature, however (from about 500 to 300 B.c.), was written in a dialect which-was an offshoot of the Ionic, namely the Attic—the language used in Attica, whose capital was Athens. It is the Attic dialect of the Greek language, therefore, which is universally studied as the standard, and upon it our Greek grammars are based. Greek literature has an unbroken history of twenty-eight centuries, from Homer to the present time. The Greek language is still spoken by the inhabitants of continental Greece and in many parts of the Levant. Modern Greek ¢ differs from the ancient only by such changes as the lapse of time must necessarily produce. Form DeneKMvnAonzsrrA-OmNmP I wp t 2 ¥ 6 cx 9. € 379% ἡ owls π »»2ὴπ- OB iM OY De Sound a in far b g in go d é in met dz ey in obey th in thin 7 in machine ks, x in flax ὅ in renovate Pp r s in see t in to French u, Germ. ii ph in physics German ch ps 6 in no sound of the letter. 1 At the end of a word ¢ is used, elsewhere σ΄. PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS 1. The Greek alphabet has twenty-four letters: Name ἄλφα βῆτα γάμμα δέλτα εἶ, ὃ ψτλόν tira ἦτα θῆτα ἰῶτα κάππα λάμβδα μῦ νῦ ξεῖ, £1 οὗ, ὃ μῖκρόν πεῖ, πὶ ῥῶ σίγμα ταῦ ὑ, ὑ ψτλόν dei, ot xet, xt Wei, Yt a> Δ 2 ®, ὦ μεγα alpha beta gamma delta epsilon zeta eta theta, iota kappa lambda mu nu xi omicron pi rho sigma tau upsilon phi chi psi omega The initial sound of the name (last column) gives the 2 Elementar y Greek 82 2. Of the seven vowels (a, €, ἢ»; t, 0, v, Ω) the e- and o- sounds have separate letters to represent the long and short quantity: €,;0,. The other vowels (a, 1, and v) have not. In this book a, t, and v are short when not marked long (ἃ, t, Ὁ) or accented with the circumflex (ἃ, 1, 9). Thus in «ada (~ -) the first vowel is short, the second long.’ ee 3. The consonants have the sounds of the corresponding letters in English, except that y before k, y, x, § has the sound of ng, as ἢ in ink. This is called gamma nasal. ἄγγελος angelos, messenger. 4, ἔ(κσ), (10), and ¢ (δ and s-sound) are called double consonants. Observe that 8, $, x are not double consonants. The h-sound in them was not regarded as a separate letter. 7 5, A word has as many syllables as it has separate vowels “or diphthongs. ny combination of consonants which would easily begin a word is included in the syllable with the fol- lowing vowel, 6. g. ἄντθρω-πος, πά-σχω. Compound words are divided between the original parts: οὐκέτι-- οὐκ-έτι, not οὐ-κέτι. if fg 6. The diphthongs are formed by combining a vowel with eithertorv. vtcombines thesetwo. With a, ἢ, and ὦ the letter t is written beneath the first vowel of the diphthong and is called iota-subscript. 4, Ἢν @ are improper diphthongs. 7. The diphthongs are: » a aisle nv almost as εὖ a asa av sauerkraut οι toil 1 asy εἰ eight’ ov youth ® as @ ev feud ve quit® 1Be careful to give every long vowel twice the time of the short in pronuncia- tion and to pronounce both consonants when two come together: μέλλω, γνῶθι, Thus νεωτέρου has the rhythm ~» — © πὶ ποῦ τ ~~ =. 2Some teachers prefer the sound of ez in height. 3No exact English equivalent; vt is much like Eng, we. 814 Preliminary Statements 3 8. The last syllable of a word is called the ultima; the next to the last, the penult; the third from the last, the —— antepenult. 9. There are three accents used in writing: the acute (7), the grave (7), and the circumflex (7). The accent is placed directly over the vowel, unless it is a capital letter (20), and over the second vowel of a proper diphthong: τοῖς, τούς. 10. All Greek words are accented on one of the last _ three syllables. The place of the accent must often be ; learned outright, as in English; but rules can be formulated for many words. The kind of accent—acute, circumflex, or grave—will agree with the following rules: 11. The acute may stand on any one of the last three syl- _ ables of a word; the circumiex only on the penult and ultima; the grave, on the ultima only. The circumflex is confined to long syllables. Thus in ἄρα the first a is short, in dpa it is long. In this way the accent will often reveal the quantity of a vowel. 12. The antepenult, if accented, takes only the acute. It can receive the accent only when the ultimais short. The majority of words with short ultima are accented on the ante- penult; 6. g. ἄνθρωπος. 18, The penult, if- accented, takes the circumflex when it is long and the ultima is short: παῖδες, In all other cases when the penult is accented it takes the acute: νέος, δώρου. Nore.—When o and a: are final they count as short for purposes of accent, except in the optative mood and in the adverb οἴκοι: V e. g. λέγεται. ἄνθρωποι, but κελεύοι (Optative of a verb). 14. The ultima, if accented, may take either the acute or the circumflex; the acute only when it is short, but either the acute or the circumflex when it is long: καλός, καλοῦ, καλούς. | Elementary Greek §15 15. In pronouncing Greek we give each of the accents exactly the same force, that is, a mere stress upon the syl- lable accented. Im ancient times the accents represented differences in pitch. The marks of accent were invented about 200 B. c. by Aristophanes, an Alexandrian scholar, as an assistance in teaching foreigners the correct pronunciation of Greek. 16. These rules of accent may be made clearer by the following scheme, in which the quantity of the syllable is indicated by the signs - and ~: Accent on the Antepenult ᾿ς On the Penult On the Ultima ΄ ~ -- - ~ _ ~ , » - - Ις ᾿ς Ι( ι( » ~ ~ ~ - » ις [( 1 tors 17. A word with the acute accent on the ultima is called oxytone, An oxytone changes its acute to the grave when used before another word in the same clause. This is practically the only occasion for the grave accent; 6. g. ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδόν, ἣν ὁρᾶτε, to the road, which you see. 18. Accent the bold-faced syllables in ἐκεινος, τούτων, Swpov, -povor, οὐδε, ἥγηται, ἐνδοθεν. ἀνθρωποι (noun). What is the quantity of the ultima in Ἕλληνας, ἐνταῦθα, χώρα, μικρᾶς. θάλαττα ὃ 19. Every vowel or diphthong at the beginning of a word has a breathing. The rough breathing (‘) shows that the vowel is preceded by the sound of the letter h; the smooth (’) merely marks the absence of any h-sound. ἐν, en; ἑν, hen. 20. The breathing is placed over the second vowel of a diphthong; e. g. al, Ol. The accent with the breathing is placed thus: at, αἷς, ot, ete. Accent and breathing are placed before an initial capital vowel, not over it: Ὅμηρος; 825 Preliminary Statements 5 in the case of diphthongs, accent and breathing remain on the second vowel: Εὖρος, Αἰνείᾶς. a, ἢ, and @, when capital- ized at the beginning of a word, are written At, Ht, and Qu, but the accents and breathings are placed as in the case of single initial letters; 6. g.“Avéys, Hades. ΑἸ] words begin- ning with p or v have the rough breathing: ὑπέρ, hyper; ῥήτωρ, rhetor. 21. A few monosyllables have no accent, but are closely attached to the word following. They are called proclitics (πρό-!- κλίνω, lean forward): ἐν ἀρχῇ, in a province. 22. A word which loses its own accent and is pronounced as if it were a part of the preceding word is called an enclitic (ἐν -Ε κλίνω, lean on): ἀγαθός ἐστιν, he is good.’ For the effect of an enclitic on the accent of the preceding word see 115. 23. Of the Greek marks of punctuation, the comma and the period are the same as in English. The colon is a point above the line (-), and takes the place of both the colon and the semicolon of English. The mark of interrogation (;) is the same as the English semicolon. 24, When reading Greek pronounce proper names with the Greek sound of the letters and the accent as written, but in translating pronounce with the English sound of the letters and the Latin accent, i. e. with the accent on the penult if long, otherwise on the antepenult: Κλέαρχος, but English Cledrchus; Σωκράτης,- but English Sécrates. 25. The values of the Greek letters in transliteration (transference into English) are seen on p. 1, “Sounds.” Note, however, that 1 We have practically the same thing in English: in “ἡ Téll me the néws,” ‘“‘me”’ is closely attached to “tell,” and “the” to ‘‘news.” Thus ‘“‘me”’ is enclitic and “the” proclitic. 6 Elementary Greek § 25 A= Zevs = Zeus K=c Kipos= Cyrus v=y Κῦρος = Cyrus : - ᾽ A : at—ae (pronounce é) Ἀριαῖος = Ariaeus ol—oe (pronounce é) Οἰδίπους = Oedipus €t=2 or é Adpetos= Darius; Αἰνείας ΞΞ Aeneas ov=u Ovpavia= Urania In the second declension os, ov, ot (nom. plu.)= wus, wm, and ὦ; e. g. Κῦρος = Cyrus, Ἴλιον -- lium ; Δελφοί = Delphi. Some irregular English forms have become fixed; 6. g. : ᾿Αθῆναι, Athens; ᾿Αριστοτέλης, Aristotle; Πλάτων, Plato; Ὅμηρος, Homer. 26. Transliterate and mark the accented syllable of the English form of ᾿Αμαζών, Oovevdidns, “EXXas, Κελαιναί, Βυζάντιον, Χειρίσοφος, Evpidien, Bevias, Μέλητος, bide Oiveus, “Aptepis, Ῥαδάμανθος (“P=Rh). 27. In most modern editions capitals are used only with proper nouns (not with proper adjectives), and at the be- ginning of paragraphs and direct quotations. ——EEEEEEEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEee Fic. 1.—Capturing Wild Cattle LESSON I THE VERB. INTRODUCTORY 28. The verb has three voices: actiye, middle, and_pas- sive. The middle voice indicates that the subject acts upon himself or for his own advantage. Except in two tenses (future and aorist), the forms of the middle and passive are identical. φαίνει, he shows; φαίνεται (middle), he shows him- self, appears; φαίνεται (passive), he is shown. 29. There are four finite moods: the indicative, sub- junctive, optative, and imperative. The verb has also infinitives, participles, and verbal adjectives. 30. There are seven tenses: the present, imperfect, aorist, future, perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect. The present, future, perfect, and future perfect are called primary (or prin- cipal) tenses; the imperfect, aorist, and pluperfect refer to the past and are called secondary (or historical) tenses. 31. In general the Greek tenses correspond in meaning to those in Latin. The aorist takes the place of the histori- cal perfect. 32. The accent of verbs is recessive, i. e. it recedes as far as possible from the end of the word. Ifthe verb has three or more syllables, it takes the acute on the antepenult, provided the ultima is short; but_if the ultima is long, it takes the acute on the penult. A verb of two syllables has the accent on the penult—the circumflex, if the penult is long and the ultima short, otherwise the acute (see 10-14). 33. There are three numbers: singular, dual, and plural. The dual’ denotes two persons. 1As it occurs but rarely, some teachers will prefer to omit it in the paradigms. The exercises do not require a knowledge of the dual. 7 8 Elementary Greek §34 34, v is added to certain words at the end of a clause or when the next word begins with a vowel. This ν is called v-movable. 'The most common of these words are those end- ing in ot, verb forms ending in ε in the third person singular, and ἐστί; cf. Eng. an apple. 35. Tuer Present INDICATIVE ACTIVE Singular 1 Avo, I loose ἔχω, I have : 2 Aves, you loose ἔχεις 3 λύει, he looses ἔχει Dual 2° λύετον, you two loose ἔχετον © 3 λύετον, they.two loose ἔχετον Plural 1 λύομεν, we loose ἔχομεν 2 λύετε, you loose ἔχετε 9. λύουσι, they loose ἔχουσι 2 Singular 1 τάττω, 1 arrange ἀθροίζω, 17 assemble 2 τάττεις ἀθροίζεις 35. τάττει ἀθροίζει Dual τάττετον ἀθροίζετον 95. τάττετον ἀθροίζετον Plural 1 τάττομεν ἀθροίζομεν τάττετε ἀθροίζετε 3. τάττουσι ἀθροίζουσι 36. VOCABULARY ἀθροίζω (also ἁθροίζω), collect. iw, loose. [analysis] ἔχω, have. τάττω, arrange, appoint. [tactics] ST: EXERCISES I. 1. λύει. 2. éyovow.' 8. τάττω. 4. λύομεν. 5. ἀθροί- fas. 6. ἔχετε. 7. τάττουσι. 8. ἀθροίζετε. 9. τάττει. 10. ἔχομεν. Ray II. 1. He has. 2..They arrange. 3. I collect. 4. We have. 5. Youloose. ὦ. They collect. 7. He arranges. 8. We loose. 9. You collect. 10. They have. 1See 84. XK a “Ὡς δι 8.40 Nouns. The Second or o-Declension | © LESSON II Nouns. THE SECOND oR 0-DECLENSION 38. There are five cases: nominative, genitive, dative, accusative, and vocative. These cases express in general the same relations as the corresponding cases in Latin, except that in Greek the uses of the Latin ablative are divided between the dative and the genitive. 39, There are three genders: masculine, feminine, and neuter; and three numbers: singular, dual, and plural. There are three declensions: the First or a-Declension, the Second or o=Declension, and the Third or Consonant De- elension. Compare the Latin declensions. 40. Tur SEcoND or 9-DECLENSION oF Nouns aND ADJECTIVES Bios, ὁ, life ὁ ἀγαθὸς vids, the good son Ζ Singular Ὁ N. βίος, a life N. ὁ ἀγαθὸς vits G. βίον, of a life G. τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ υἱοῦ D. βίῳ, to or for a life D. τῷ ἀγαθῷ υἱῷ A. βίον, a life A. τὸν ἀγαθὸν υἱόν V. Bk, Olife V. ἀγαθὲ υἱέ τ Dual N. A.V. Blo N. A.V. τὼ ἀγαθὼ vie G.D. Blow ' G. Ὁ. τοῖν ἀγαθοῖν,υἱοῖν Plural N. “βίοι, lives N. οἱ ἀγαθοὶ viol G., βίων, of lives G. τῶν ἀγαθῶν υἱῶν D.| βίοις, to or for lives D. τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς υἱοῖς A.\ βίους, lives A. τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς υἱούς V. βίοι, O lives V. ἀγαθοὶ viol πεδίον, τό, the plain Singular Plural N. πεδίον « Ν, πεδία G. πεδίου G. πεδίων 1). πεδίῳ D. πεδίοις Α. πεδίον ᾽ A. πεδία Μ΄. πεδίον V. πεδία φᾷ Dual in N. A.V. medio G. D. πεδίοιν 10 Elementary Greek 840 a τὸ καλὸν δῶρον, the beautiful gift Singular Plural N. τὸ καλὸν δῶρον N. τὰ καλὰ δῶρα G. τοῦ καλοῦ δώρου G. τῶν καλῶν δώρων D. τῷ καλῷ δώρῳ D. τοῖς καλοῖς ϑώροις Α. τὸ καλὸν δῶρον Av τὰ καλὰ δῶρα V. καλὸν δῶρον V. καλὰ Sapa Dual N. A.V. τὼ Kado Sapo G. Ὁ. τοῖν kadotv δώροιν 41. The stem of the second declension ends in ο, the nominative in os or ov, Nouns in os are masculine, rarely feminine; those in ov are neuter. Compare the Latin us (early spelling os) and wm (om). The accent of nouns is retentive, i. e. it remains on the same syllable as in the nominative unless the laws of accent require some change. (Cf. 10-14.) 42. When the accent falls on the ultima, it is acute in the nominative, accusative, and vocative, but circumflex in the genitive and dative, of all numbers. 43. Greek, unlike Latin, has the great advantage of possessing a definite article. ὁ, the, is declined like an adjective (the forms ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, and ai are proclitic), and agrees with its noun in gender, number, and case; as in English, it has no vocative. There is no indefinite article. It must be supplied in translation, if needed. In the vocabu- lary the article is placed after a noun as a convenient means of indicating gender. Thus υἱός, od, ὁ is a masculine noun with genitive υἱοῦ. 44, Observe that in neuters the nominative, accusative, and vocative in each number are alike, and that in the plural these cases end in a, This is true of neuter nouns of all declensions. Cf. the Latin templum, flumen, cornu. 45, When the article is used with a noun and an attribu-_ tive adjective, the adjective must be immediately pr-—— __ 8.49 Nouns. The Second or o-Declension 1 by the article. Thus the good son is ὁ ἀγαθὸς vids or ὁ υἱὸς ὁ ἀγαθός. The adjective usually stands between the article and the noun. This is called the attributive position, A limiting genitive may or may not be in the attributive posi- tion: ὁ Κύρου Bios or ὁ Bios Κύρου or Κύρου ὁ Bios, the life of Cyrus. 46. A neuter substantive in the plural regularly takes a verb in the singular. τὰ δῶρα ἣν καλά, the gifts were beautiful. 47. VOCABULARY ἀγαθός, good, honorable. [Agatha] ἦσαν, were.| Blos, ov, 6, life. [biology] ἵππος, ov, 6, horse. [hippopotamus] γυμνάζω, exercise. [gymnastics] καλός, beautiful, adj. [Calliope] ϑῶρον, ov, τό, gift. [Pandora] πεδίον, ov, τό, plain. εἰς, prep. with acc., to,into. [eS- ποταμός, ot, ὁ, river. [Mesopo- oteric] tamia] ἐκ, prep. with gen., from, out of. στρατηγός, οὔ, ὁ, general. [stra- Φ [eclectic] — J nak tegy] ie ἐν, prep. with dat., in. vids, οὔ, ὁ, son. xt ἦν, was. 3 48. DRILL tee ᾧ βίων. 2. τοῦ ἵππου. 8. στρατηγοῖς. 4. τοὺς βίους. ὅ. πεδίῳ. θ. οἱ ἵπποι. II. 1. Generals. 2. From the rivers. 3. To the plains. 4. The horses of the general. 5. For the sons. 6. The plains. 49. EXERCISES I. 1. οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἔχουσι τὰ δῶρα. 2. ἵππους καλοὺς ἔχο- μεν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς υἱοῖς. 8. τὰ πεδία ἣν καλά. 4. ὁ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ υἱὸς ἀθροίζει τοὺς ἵππους ἐκ τῶν πεδίων. 5. γυμνάζουσι τοὺς ἵππους τῶν στρατηγῶν. II. 1. The life of the general was honorable. 2. He has good gifts for the generals. 3. You are arranging the beautiful horses in the plain. 4. The sons of the gen- erals are exercising the horses. 5. There were rivers in the plain. 12 Elementary Greek — §50 LES&ON III THE a- oR First DECLENSION. Nouns IN ἢ. THE ARTICLE 50. Nouns of the first declension end in ὦ, 4, 7, feminine, and as, 7s, masculine. The stem ends in a. Differences in declension are confined to the singular. The dual and plural are aliketor-el- nous 51. Singular N. ἀρχή, rule 7 φίλη κώμη, the friendly village G. ἀρχῆς τῆς φίλης κώμης D. ἀρχῇῃ τῇ φίλῃ κώμῃ Α. ἀρχήν τὴν φίλην κώμην V. ἀρχή φίλη κώμη Dual N. A.V. apxa τὼ φίλα κώμα α. Ὁ. ἀρχαῖν τοῖν φίλαιν κώμαιν Plural N. V. ἀρχαί ai φίλαι κῶμαι ἃ. ἀρχῶν τῶν φίλων κωμῶν D. ἀρχαῖς ταῖς φίλαις κώμαις Α. ἀρχάς τὰς φίλας κώμας In the same manner decline τελευτή, end; μάχη, battle. DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE Singular MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER N. 6 ἣ τό G. τοῦ τῆς τοῦ D. τῷ τῇ τῷ A. τόν τὴν τό Dual N. A. τώ G. Ὁ. τοῖν Plural N. ot ai τά ἃ. τῶν τῶν τῶν D. τοῖς ταῖς τοῖς A. τούς τάς τὰ 856 The a- or First Declension. The Article 13 52. The article frequently has the force of a possessive pronoun: ᾿Αρταξέρξης ὑποπτεύει τὸν ἀδελφόν, Artaxerxes suspects his brother. in the genitive and dative of all numbers. The ἄρά ϊενο plural of all first-declension nouns has the circumflex on the ultima. 54. VOCABULARY ἄγω. bring, lead. μάχη. Ns, 4, battle. [logomachy] ἀδελφός, οὔ, ὁ, brother. [Philadel- ὁ, 4, τό, the, definite article. — phia] πέμπω, send. [pomp] ἀρχή, fis, 7, ‘pule, e. [an- σκηνή, fs, 4, tent. [scene] archy] _ τελευτή, fs, ἡ, end. a Δαρεῖος, ov, ὁ, Darius. ὑπ' ὕω, suspect. καί, and, also, even. φίλος. ἡ. ov, friendly. Iphhifocophy} κώμη, ns, 4, village. ὦ. interj., with voce. Q. 55. DRILL Give: (1) gen. sing.; (2) gen. plu.; (3) dat. sing.; (4) dat. plu.; (5) ace. sing.; (6) ace. plu.; (7) voc. sing.; (8) nom. plu., of ἡ σκηνή, ὁ ἀδελφός. τὸ πεδίον, ἡ κώμη. ὃ Bios. 56. EXERCISES ΣΦ ΣΤ’ καλὴ σκηνὴ ἦν ἐν τῇ κώμῃ. 2. οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν ἀγα- Oot. 8. ἄγει τοὺς ἵππους ἐκ τῶν κωμῶν. 4. ὦ υἱέ, ἔχεις σκηνὰς ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις. 5. ἡ τοῦ βίου τελευτή. 6. πέμπο- μεν τὰς σκηνὰς τοῖς Adpeiov υἱοῖς. 7. ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ ἦν μάχη. II. 1. In the province were beautiful plains. 2. They are bringing the tents to_the village. 3. We are bringing gifts from the villages. 4. He arranges the tents in the plain. 5. There were battles in the villages. 1 The vocative singular is irregular in accent: ἄδελφε. 14 Elementary Greek 857 LESSON IV First DECLENSION. NOUNS IN ἃ OR a 57. Nouns ending in a retain the a throughout after ε, 1, or p. If preceded by any other letter,.a@ becomes ἢ in the genitive and dative singular. The accent of the nominative will usually show whether the final α is long or short; in the accusative and vocative it will have the same quantity as in the nominative. Final as is always long. 58. Singular Plural N. V. 4 ptxpa στρατιά, the small army N.Y. αἱ pixpal στρατιαί G. τῆς pikpas στρατιᾶς G. τῶν pikpdv στρατιῶν D. τῇ pikpa στρατιᾷ D. ταῖς pikpats στρατιαῖς A. τὴν μικρὰν στρατιάν Α. τὰς μικρὰς στρατιάς Dual N. A.V. τὼ μικρὰ στρατιά α. D. τοῖν μῖκραῖν στρατιαῖν Singular N. V. καλὴ γέφυρα, a beautiful bridge θάλαττα, sea G. καλῆς γεφύρας θαλάττης 1). καλῇ γεφύρᾳ θαλάττῃ Α. καλὴν γέφυραν θάλατταν Dual N. A. ὟΝ. καλὰ γεφύρα θαλάττα α. D. καλαῖν γεφύραιν θαλάτταιν Plural N. V. καλαὶ γέφυραι θάλατται G. καλῶν γεφυρῶν θαλαττῶν D. καλαῖς γεφύραις θαλάτταις Δ, καλὰς γεφύρας θαλάτταᾶς Thus decline ἡμέρα, day; oixiad, house; θύρα, door; ἅμαξα, Wagon. 59. Learn the declension of the adjectives pixpds, φίλος. For forms see Appendix (612). 863 First Declension. Nouns in ἃ ora 15 60. Observe that in adjectives of the first and second declensions the feminine singular ends in a if ε, ἐ, or p pre- cede, otherwise in 7. Oxytone adjectives have the circum- flex in the genitive and dative of all numbers; other adjec- tives follow the rules already given (see 10-14). 61. VOCABULARY ἀγορά, ds, n, market. θύρα, Gs, ἡ, door. ἅμαξα, ns, ἣ, wagon. μῖκρός, a, όν, small. [microscope] γέφυρα, ds, ἡ, bridge. οἰκία, Gs, ἣ, house. [economy] ἡμέρα, Gs, n, day. [ephemeral] στρατιά, ds, ἣ, army. θάλαττα, ns, ἣ, sed. χώρα, Gs, H, country. 62. DRILL Give: (1) gen. sing.; (2) gen. plu.; (3) dat. sing.; (4) dat. plu.; (5) ace. sing.; (6) nom. plu., of ἡ ἡμέρα, ὃ ἵππος, 7 κώμη, TO δῶρον, ἜΡΙΝ 63. EXERCISES I. 1. ἦν ἡ χώρα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ. 2. ai μικραὶ ayopal ἦσαν καλαί. 8. εἰς τὴν Δαρείου κώμην. 4. ai τῶν οἰκιῶν θύραι. 5. πέμπει τὰς ἁμάξας ἐκ τῆς χώρας. 6, τάττουσι τὴν στρατιὰν τῷ' Δαρείῳ. 7. ἔχομεν ἀγορὰν ἐν τῇ κώμῃ. 8. πέμπουσι τοὺς ἵππους εἰς τὴν ἀγοράν. 9. ἄγει τὴν στρατιὰν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν. 10. ἔχετε δῶρα τοῖς στρατη- γοῖς Δαρείου. Σὰ II. 1. The doors of the house were small and beautiful. 2. They are bringing wagons to the market-places of the villages. 3. There weretentsinthe house. 4. The general sends a beautiful horse for hisson. 5. The end of the day was beautiful. 1 With proper names of persons already mentioned or well known the article may be used, ‘ ΄ 10 Elementary Greek $64 LESSON V Tur IMPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. MASCULINE Nouns OF THE First DECLENSION 64. The secondary tenses of the indicative mood (30) have an augment (increase) at the beginning. 65. Augment is of two kinds: I. All verbs beginning with a consonant prefix «. This is called the syllabic augment; 6. g. λύω, édvov. II. Verbs beginning with a vowel lengthen this vowel, if it is not already iong; if a verb begins with a diphthong, the first vowel of the diphthong is lengthened. This is the temporal augment. Thus, a and ε become ἡ: e. g. ἀθροίζω. ἤθροιζον: 1, 0, and v become 7, ὦ, and v; a becomes ἢ, and οἱ becomes ὡς; but ov remains unchanged. 66. Compound verbs are formed, as in Latin, by combin- ing a preposition and a simple verb. If the preposition ends in a vowel and the verb also begins with one, the final vowel of the preposition is dropped (elided), except in the words πρό and περί: vid + ὀπτεύω = ὑπ-οπτεύω, παρά + ἣν -Ξ- πωρ-ῆν; περί-:- ἔχω Ξ-- περι-ἔχω. The augment of compound verbs comes between the preposition and the verb: ἀνα-βαίνω, ὑπ-οπτεύω (present), av-éBawov, ὑπ-ώπτευον (imperfect). ἔχω has the irregular augment εἶχον (€exyov). The accent of compound verbs never comes before the augment: κατεῖχον. 67. The imperfect is confined to the indicative mood, and represents an action or state as in progress or as repeated in past time. 68. Tue ImperFeot InpicaTIveE ACTIVE Singular Dual Plural 1 ἐλῦον, 7 loosed ἐλύομεν, we loosed 2 jes, you loosed ἐλύετον, you two loosed ἐλύετε, you loosed 3 ἔλνε, he loosed ἐλυέτην, they twoloosed ἔλνον, they loosed $72 The Imperfect Indcative Active 17 69. Mascutine Nouns or tHE First DecLENsION Sengular N. στρατιώτης, soldier N. σατράπης, satrap G. στρατιώτου G. σατράπου Ὁ. στρατιώτῃ Ὁ. σατράπῃ A, στρατιώτην A. σατράπην V. στρατιῶτα Ν. σατράπη Dual N. A.V. στρατιώτα N. A.V. carpara G.D. στρατιώταιν G.D. σατράπαιν Plural N.V. στρατιῶται ΝΙΝ. σατράπαι G. στρατιωτῶν G. σατραπῶν Ὁ. στρατιώταις Ὁ. σατράπαις Α. στρατιώτας Α. σατράπας Nouns in τῆς have the vocative in a. So also Πέρσης. Observe that all nouns of the first declension are declined alike in the dual and the plural, and that in masculines the differences are confined to the nominative, genitive, and vocative singular. Like σατράπης decline ᾿Αρταξέρξης (singular only). Form the imperfect of ἄγω, lead; τάττω, arrange; πέμπω, send; ἁρπάζω, plunder; διαρπάζω, pillage. 70. VOCABULARY ἁρπάζω, plunder. [harpy] σατράπης, ov, ὁ, satrap. ᾿Αρταξέρξης, ov, ὁ, Artaxerxes. στρατιώτης, ov, ὁ, soldier. διαρπάζω, pillage. 71. DRILL Give: (1) 2sing. pres. and imp.; (2) 2 plu. pres. and imp.; (3) 8 sing. pres. and imp.; (4) 3 plu. pres. and imp.; (5) 1 plu. pres. and imp. of τάττω, ἄγω, ἔχω, ὑποπτεύω. 72. EXERCISES I. 1. ἔλῦεν, εἴχετε, ὑπώπτευον. 2. ἐτάττομεν τὴν στρατιᾶν. 8. ἠθροίζετε τοὺς στρατιώτᾶς. 4. εἶχον ἁμάξᾶς καὶ σκηνᾶς. 1 See 34. 18 Elementary Greek §72 5. λύουσι τοὺς υἱούς. €. ἐπέμπομεν τὸν στρατιώτην εἰς THY κώμην. T. ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἦσαν οἰκίαι. 8. ἤγομεν τοὺς ἵππους ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ. 9. αἱ τῶν στρατιωτῶν σκηναὶ ἦσαν ἐν τῇ κώμῃ. 10. ὁ τοῦ ᾿Αρταξέρξου ἀδελφὸς ἔπεμπε δῶρα τοῖς στρατιώταις. II. 1. We loosed. You led. He suspected. 2. I had. They sent. You were collecting. 3. He sent gifts for the soldiers of Artaxerxes. 4. He led the horse of the soldier to the tent. 5. Artaxerxes had soldiers in the market-place. > LESSON VI THE FUTURE AND FIRST AND SECOND AORISTS INDICATIVE ACTIVE 78. Every verb has a verb-stem from which all its parts are formed. This verb-stem is often identical with the present stem, except that the present stem adds a vowel between the verb-stem and the personal ending, called the connecting or thematic vowel. In this book, when the verb-stem is given it is placed in brackets after the verb. 74. The future tense is generally formed from the verb- stem by the addition of ow, ces, ete. Its conjugation is therefore identical with that of the present tense, except for the insertion of the σ. 75. The first aorist adds ca to the verb-stem; the a be- comes ε in the third person singular. oa may be called the tense sign of the first aorist active. 76. The English verb as a rule forms the past tense by the addition of ed, but many verbs in common use form it 880 The Future and First and Second Aorists 19 differently; e. g. pass, passed, but catch, caught; take, took, etc. In Greek the situation issomewhat similar. Some verbs have a first and some a second aorist; a very few have both. As in English the “second aorist’” is found in some of the verbs most commonly used. 77. The second aorist is inflected in the indicative like the imperfect. It regularly has the unmodified verb-stem, while the imperfect has the stem of the present tense. In most verbs having a second aorist the present stem is notice- ably different from the verb-stem; e.g. ἐχάμβανον (imperfect), ἔλαβον (second aorist), both from λαμβάνω, whose verb-stem is AaB. 78. When in inflection ¢ comes after a mute (599), euphonic changes occur: I. A z-mute (7, 8, ¢) and a following o combine to form the double consonant f°; πέμπω, πέμψω (πέμπσωῚ, ἔπεμ- wa (éreurroa). II, A «-mute («, y, x) and a following o combine to form the double consonant &: λέγω, λέξω (Aeyow), ἔλεξα (ἔλεγσα). III. A r-mute (7, 6, 6) before o is dropped: ἀθροίζω [ ἀθροιδ], ἀθροίσω (aOpoidcw), ἤθροισα (7Opodca). 79. The aorist indicative indicates merely the occurrence of an action, or a state in past time. Carefully distinguish this from the meaning of the imperfect (67). 80. The principal parts of a verb are the first person singular indicative of all the tense systems which the verb has. - Usually the principal parts will be the present_active, future active, first aorist active, first perfect active, perfect middle, first aorist passive. In verbs which have the second aorist and second perfect, these take the places of the first aorist and the first perfect. 20 Elementary Greek 881 FUTURE AND First ΑΝῸ SEconp Aorists INDICATIVE ACTIVE 81. FUTURE Singular 1 λύσω, J shall loose λέξω, 1 shall say λύσεις λέξεις 8 λύσει λέξει Dual 2 λύσετον λέξετον 38 λύσετον λέξετον Plural 1. λύσομεν λέξομεν 2 λύσετε λέξετε 95. λύσουσι λέξουσι FIRST AORIST Singular 1 tea, 7 loosed ἔλεξα, 1 said 2 ἔλυσας ἔλεξας 3. ἔλῦσε ἔλεξε Dual 2 ἐλύσατον ἐλέξατον 3. ἑἐλυσάτην ἐλεξάτην Plural 1 ἐλύσαμεν ἐλέξαμεν 2 ἐλύσατε ἐλέξατε 3. ἔλυσαν ἔλεξαν SECOND AORIST Singular Dual Plural 1 ἔλιπον, I left 1 ἐλίπομεν Ὁ ἔλιπες ἐλίπετον 2 ἐλίπετε 3. ἔλιπε ἐλιπέτην 3. ἔλιπον Conjugate thus in the future and first aorist πέμπω, ἀθροίξω ἀθροιδ)], τάττωΪ ray] and the second aorist of ἄγω (nyayov ). 82. VOCABULARY ἄνθρωπος, ov, ὁ, thropic} θύω, θύσω, ἔθυσα, sacrifice. λέγω, λέξω, ἔλεξα, say, speak. |lexi- con] λείπω, λείψω, ἔλιπον, leave. [ellipsis] λόγος, ov, 6, word. [biology, log- arithm] {philan- man. ov, οὐκ, οὐχ, not: οὐ before a con- sonant; οὐκ before a vowel with smooth breathing; οὐχ before a vowel with rough breathing. — πρό, prep. with gen,, before. [pro- logue} τράπεζα, ns, ἡ, table. [trapeze] Tae, 3 $85 The Present and Imperfect Middle 21 83. DRILL Give: 1. 3 sing. of pres., fut., imp., and aor. of τάττω. 2. 3 plu. of pres., fut., imp., and aor. of πέμπω. 3. 1 sing. of pres., fut., imp., and aor. of ἁρπάζω. 4. 2 plu. of pres., fut., imp., and agr. of λύω. 84. EXERCISES I. 1. λύσει, ἔλιπεν, ἔλειπον. 2. ἄγομεν, youev, ἄξομεν. 3. ἀθροίζουσι, ἤθροιζον, ἤθροισαν. 4. τάττεις. ἔταττες, τάξεις, ἔταξας. 5, ἐγύμνασαν οἱ στρατιῶται τοὺς ἵππους ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. 6. ἤγαγε τὴν τράπεζαν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. T. οὐκ εἶχον σκηνὰς ἐν τῇ κώμῃ. 8. ἔταξα τοὺς στρατιώτᾶς ἐν TH μάχῃ. 9. ἄξει δῶρα τῷ σρατιώτῃ. 10. οὐ θὕύομεν τῇ θαλάττῃ. ἶ : II. 1. He leaves, he will leave, he left. 2. They will lead, they were leading, they led. 3. You exercise, you ex-\y VL’ ercised, you were exercising. 4. We suspected, we shall suspect, we were suspecting. 5. The satraps did not send the soldiers to the plain before the battle. 2 bride LESSON VII THe PRESENT AND IMPERFECT MIDDLE ( PassIVE) 85. In general the middle voice indicates that the subject is especially interested in the action of the verb. It repre- sents the subject as acting (1) upon himself—the direct middle: παύομαι, 1 stop myself,cease; (2) for himself or on some- thing belonging to himself—the indirect middle: ποιοῦμαι οἰκίας, I make myself houses, λύεται τὸν ἀδελφόν, he ransoms his (own) brother. The indirect middle is the most common, and, through lack of means to translate it fully into English, is often hardly to be distinguished in translation from the active. Its force may often be best brought out by the use 22 Elementary Greek $85 of an active verb of apparently different meaning: παύω. J put a stop to, παύομαι, I cease; iw, I loose, λύομαι, I ran- som; πείθω, I persuade, πείθομαι, I obey; aipéw, I take, αἱροῦμαι, I choose. In such cases the English equivalent of the middle must be especially noted. 86. A verb which has the middle (passive, 246) form, but active meaning, is called a deponent verb, as in Latin. The Vocabulary indicates such verbs by giving the middle form instead of the active. 87. Present anD ImpERFECT MIDDLE (AND Passive) Present Imperfect Sing. dvopa, 7 ransom ἐλυόμην, 1 ransomed λύει, ἐλύου λύεται ἐλύετο Dual, 2 λύεσθον, 3 λύεσθον 2 ἐλύεσθον, 3 ἐλυέσθην Plu. λυόμεθα ἐλυόμεθα λύεσθε ἐλύεσθε λύονται ἐλύοντο Thus conjugate νομίζω, ἔχω, τάττω, ἀθροίζω, βούλομαι. ἀναβαίνω. 88. VOCABULARY ἀναβαίνω, ἀναβήσομαι;,; march up. ἀπό, prep. with gen., from..: βούλομαι, βουλήσομαι, (depon.), wish. ᾿ Ylyvopat, γενήσομαι, ἐγενόμην (2. aor.), become, be born. [genus, genitive] ~ μετά, prep. with gen., with; with acc., after. [method, metaphor] μεταπέμπομαι, μεταπέμψομαι, μετεπεμψάμην, (depon.), send for, summon. “νομίζω, νομιῶ,2 ἐνόμισα, think. -- πείθω, πείσω, ἔπεισα, act. persuade; mid. obey (dat.). πορεύομαι, πορεύσομαι, (depon.), proceed, march. φίλος, ov, ὁ, friend. 89. DRILL Give: (1) 3sing.; (2) 3 plu. of pres. and imp. ind. act. and mid., of ἁρπάζω; (3) 2 sing.; (4) 1 plu. of fut. imp. and aor. ind. aet., of τάττω. 1Some verbs are deponent in the future only. 2In Attic the future form vopie is used instead of νομίσω. ~ ΝΣ A ita ς 892 a Review 23 90. EXERCISES I. 1. ἔλῦον, ἐλύου, λύεται. 2. λύονται, λύουσι, ἐλύοντο. 3. ἀθροίζομεν, ἀθροίζομαι, ἠθροιζόμην. 4. ἔταξαν, ἐτάτ- τετο, τάττονται. 5. οἱ στρατιῶται ἐπείθοντο τῷ σατράπη. 6. Κῦρος μι π- ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς. 7. μετεπέμπετο τοὺς uit ἀδελφούς. 8. τὰ δῶρα ἤγετο, ἐκ τῆς ἁμάξης. 9. Κῦρος ἐνὸν μεταπέμπεται τοὺς φίλους ἐκ τῶν μικρῶν κωμῶν. 10. ἀνέ. βαινεν ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάττης εἰς τὰ πεδία. II. 1. We-wish, you proceeded, they obeyed. 2. He ran- soms, they persuade, marched up. 3. Cyrus ransomed hisfriends. 4. The friends of the satrap became soldiers. 5. The tents were carried from the market to the house. Boe bey a _ Dias 1» tbe on ale Hesb ei’ tH! eee amsson τ 9 Baw on} 4 ORS LE, te REVIEW 91. Adpeiov καὶ Παρυσάτιδος᾽ γίγνονται υἱοὶ δύο, , Ν > 2 ’ 4 Ν ~ > Ν πρεσβύτερος μὲν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος. ἐπεὶ δὲ Δαρεῖος ὑπώπτευε τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου, ἐβούλετο τοὺς υἱοὺς ἀμφοτέρους παρεῖναι. ὁ μὲν οὖν πρεσβύτερος παρῆν. Κῦρον δὲ μεταπέμπεται᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἧς ΄ 5 “Ser, IN A Χ ΄ 3 σατράπης ἦν: ἀνέβαινε οὖν ὁ Κῦρος μετὰ Τισσαφέρνους ὡς φίλου. 92. VOCABULARY ἀμφότερος, a, ov, both. δέ, conj., but, and (postpositive).‘ δύο, num. adj., two (Lat. duo, Eng. two). t, coni., when, st ἧς, of which, fem..gen. sing. of relative pronoun ὅς, ἥ, 6, who, which. EC ae ) jy Al ΟΠ σύ W 7 1 Παρυσάτιδος, gen. of Παρύσατις. Parysatis, the wife of Darius. 2 The historical present is freely used in Greek. ‘ 3Τισσαφέρνους, gen. sing. of Τισσαφέρνης, Tissa- phernes, a Persiansatrap. _ ‘41. e, cannot stand first in a sentence or clause. 24 Elementary Greek §92 μέν, a particle used correlatively with δέ to show contrast or balance between sentences or parts of sentences: μέν, on the one hand; δέ, on the other hand. Sometimes with a concessive force, while ; often, as in the text, best left untranslated or brought out by stress of voice. Postpositive. νεώτερος, G, ov, adj. in comparative degree, younger (from νέος ; young). [neophyte] ae οὖν, conj., therefore, accordingly (postpositive). παρῆν, was present (παρά +7v); παρῆσαν, were present. Imp. ind.3sing. and 8 plu. of πάρειμι. παρεῖναι, to be present (pres. infinitive of πάρειμι). πρεσβύτερος, ἃ, ov, adj. in comparative degree, older. [presbyterian, priest] ὡς, rel. adv., as, as if (proclitic); conj., when, since. te, a 93. DRILL Locate the following: I. 1. ἀδελφῷ, βίους, στρατιώτην. 6. λύει, ἔλυεν, ἐλύου. «« Οὺ 2. ἀρχαί, σατράπου, κώμαις. . ἀνεβαίνομεν, βούλεται, ἐβούλετο. 2 Ve ΒΞ, > σι ὩΣ γε ΄ *) = , 3. πεδία, στρατιώτᾶς, ἀρχαῖν. 8. ὑποπτεύουσιν, ἔλυον, νομίζονται. aie £ 4, ἀδελφώ, βίων, στρατιώτῃ. 9. ἐλύετον, ἐτάττοντο,. ἀναβαίνεις. 5 . τελευτήν. Vie, πεδίον. 10. βούλεσθε, ἐλυέσθην, ἐβουλόμην. Il. 1, The houses, the plains, the lives, the wagons, the soldiers. 2. Of the table, of the soldiers, of the son, of the satraps, of the battles. 3. For the satraps, for the tables, for the plains, for the soldiers, for the provinces. 4, The table and the door were brought. 5. We are marching to the plains. Fic. 2.—A ‘ Bee-Hive”’ Tomb at Mycenae 896 Review of the Verb. The Infinitive 25 , LESSON IX, REVIEW OF THE VERB. THE INFINITIVE 94. ἐπεὶ ἀπέθανε Δαρεῖος καὶ κατέστη εἰς THY βασι- λείᾶν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, Τισσαφέρνης διαβάλλει τὸν Κῦρον πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὡς ἐπιβουλεύει αὐτῷ" ὁ Sé° πείθεται \ , an ε + An 405 , ν᾿ καὶ συλλαμβάνει Κῦρον ὡς ἀποκτενῶν.' ἀποπέμπεται δὲ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν. 95. VOCABULARY ἀποθνήσκω, ἀποθανοῦμαι (fut.), ἀπέθανον (2 aor.), die. ἀποπέμπω, ἀποπέμψω, ἀπέπεμψα, send away. αὐτός, ἢ, ό, self, he, she, it. [autograph] βασιλεία, Gs, ἣ, sovereignty, kingdom, rule. διαβάλλω," διαβαλῶ (fut.), διέβαλον (2 aor.), calumniate, slander. [diabolic, devil] ἐπί, prep., with gen., on, upon with dat., on, by, at; with ace., wpon, to, against. [epitaph, epoch] ἔπιβουλεύω, ἐπιβουλεύσω, ἔπεβούλευσα, plot. Governs the dative. πάλιν, adv., back, again, a second time. [palimpsest, palinode] πρός, prep., with general meaning facing; with gen., over against; with dat., at; with acc., to, with, against, toward. [prosody, proselyte] συλλαμβάνω, συλλήψομαι (fut.), συνέλαβον (2 aor.), arrest. [Syllable] REVIEW OF THE VERB 96. Tense stems are formed by adding suffixes to the verb stems. The suffix for the present tense stem is o in the first person singular and plural and third person plural, else- where «. This double stem, 6. g. Avo and Ave, is conveniently written Avo/e. o/e is called the thematic or connecting vowel. Ἰκατέστη, was established, Ὡαὐτῷ, dat. sing. masec. Οὗ αὐτός, αὐτή, αὐτός. For declension see 629. In the oblique cases without the article it is a personal pronoun, him, his, its,them. 36 δέ, but he or and he; at the beginning of a sentence or clause it usually indicates a change of subject. 4 ἀποκτενῶν, fut. part. (nom. sing. masc.) to express purpose. With ὡς translate with the (avowed) intention of putting him to death. 5 Cf. 230, 231. 20 Elementary Greek 897 97. To the present stem the personal endings are added. These unite with the stem vowel and give euphonic endings by which all regular verbs are conjugated. EvuprHonic ENDINGS IN THE PRESENT AND IMPERFECT INDICATIVE PRESENT IMPERFECT Sing. Plu. Sing. -@ -opev -ov -Opev 2 «εἰς ~€TE -ες τ-ετε 3 -εἰ τουσι =e τον Dual Dual 2 -erov 2 -erov 3 -eTov 8. -έτην 98. Review the present, imperfect, future, and aorist active (35, 68, 81). THE INFINITIVE 99. In the active voice the present infinitive ends in ew, e.g. λύειν; the future infinitive in σειν, e.g. λύσειν; the first aorist infinitive in σαι, e.g. λῦσαι; the second aorist infini- tive in εἴν, e.g. λιπεῖν. Observe that the aorist infinitive does not have the augment, and that the accent does not in all cases conform to the rule (32). The first aorist infini- tive active is accented on the penult, and the second aorist infinitive active always has the circumflex on the ultima. 100. Except in indirect discourse, the present and aorist infinitives do not indicate time. The present is used when the action or state is represented as continuing or repeated (in the present, past, or future); otherwise the aorist is used. 101. DRILL I. Give the infinitives (pres., fut., 1 aor. or 2 aor.) of Ota, ἄγω, ὑποπτεύω. λείπω. II. Give: 1. 3 sing. pres. and fut. ind. act. and mid. of πείθω. 2. 3 plu. imp. and aor. act. of λείτω. 3. 1 sing. pres. and fut. mid. and imp. and aor. act. of ἄγω. 4. dat. sing., dat. plu., ace. sing., acc. plu: of ἀγαθός and μῖκρός. in all genders. —— 104 Future and Aorist Middle 27 102. EXERCISES I. 1. Κῦρος αὐτὸν ἔπειθε. 2. Kipos αὐτῷ ἐπείθετο. 3. ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς μετεπέμπετο Κῦρον. 4. οἱ ἀγαθοὶ στρατιῶται͵ ἐβούλοντο ἀναβαίνειν. 5. ἔπεισεν ᾿Αρταξέρξην συλλαβεῖν τὸν νεώτερον ἀδελφόν. 0. Κῦρος οὐκ ἐπεβούλευε τῷ πρεσ- βυτέρῳ ἀδελφῷ. Il. 1. Artaxerxes was persuaded to arrest his younger brother. 2, Artaxerxes wished to send his brother away. 3. Tissaphernes will persuade him to send for his brother. 4. The soldiers obey the elder brother and arrest Cyrus. 5. The kingdom was small and beautiful. LESSON X FUTURE AND AorIst MIDDLE ε A - 108. ὁ δὲ ὡς ἀπῆλθε ἄτιμος, βουλεύεται ὅπως μήποτε Pie as) ry A ἔτι ἔσται' ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ἀλλὰ βασιλεύσει ἀντὶ ἐκείνου ἡ 104. VOCABULARY ἀλλά, adversative conj., but (stronger than δέ; regularly used after a negative, 6. g. οὐ Κῦρος, ἀλλὰ Δαρεῖος. avri, prep. (gen.), instead of. [antidote, antagonist] ἀπέρχομαι, no fut., 2 aor. ἀπῆλθον, go away. ἄτιμος," ov, dishonored, slighted. βασιλεύω, βασιλεύσω, ἐβασίλευσα, be king, rule. / βουλεύω, βουλεύσω, ἡβούλευσα, plan, mid. take counsel. εἰμί, fut. ἔσομαι, imperf. ἦν, be. ἐκεῖνος, n, 0, that; Lat. ile. ἔτι, δᾶν., again, still. μήποτε, adv., never. ὅπως, conj., in order that, that, how. 1The future of the verb to be, εἰμί, is found only in deponent form,écouna, Itis conjugated regularly, except that the third person singular is ἔσται for ἔσεται cssy| 2émi with the dative referring to a person, when construed with a verb signifying to be or to become, means in the power of. 3ἐκεῖνος is declined like αὐτός (629). 4A few adjectives have masculine and feminine alike. 28 Hlementary Greek §105 105. The personal endings for the middle (passive, except aorist ) combined with the thematic vowel, make the follow- ing euphonic endings: PRIMARY Sing. Dual 1 -opat 2 -e -εσθον 3. -εται -εσθον Plu. -όμεθα -εσθε -ονται SECONDARY Sing. Dual Plu. -όμην -ὁμεθα του -εσθον -εσθε -ετο -έσθην τοντο 106. Review the middle and passive, present and im- perfect (87). 107. Fourvure, First Aorist Mrppiz, Srconp Aorist MIDDLE FUTURE FIRST AORIST SECOND AORIST Singular 1 λύσομαι ἐλυσάμην ἐλιπόμην (λείπω, leave) 2 λύσει ἐλύσω ἐλίπου 3. λύσεται ἐλύσατο ἐλίπετο Dual 2 λύσεσθον ἐλύσασθον ἐλίπεσθον 35. λύσεσθον ἐλυσάσθην ἐλιπέσθην Plural 1 λυσόμεθα ἐλυσάμεθα ἐλιπόμεθα 2 λύσεσθε ἐλύσασθε ἐλίπεσθε 3 λύσονται ἐλύσαντο ἐλίποντο 108. The present infinitive middle (passive) is λύεσθαι; future, λύσεσθαι (mid. only); first aorist, λύσασθαι (mid. only); second aorist, λιπέσθαι (mid. only). The second aorist infinitive middle is accented on the penult. 109. . λύσω, ἐλύσω, ἔλῦσας. . λύσεται, ἐλύσατο, ἐλύετο, ἐλίπετο. . λύεσθε, λύσεσθαι, ἐλύσασθε. . ἐλείποντο, ἐλίποντο, λείπεσθαι, λιπέσθαι. DRILL ν m wher Μ » ᾽’ , 5. ἔπεισαν, ἐπείσαντο, πεισόμεθα. 6. ἐλίπου, ἔλειπον, λιπεῖν, λείψειν. 8112 εἰμί. Proclitics and Enclitics 29 ΠΠ. Give: 1. Act. infinitives of βασιλεύω. 2. Mid. infinitives of βουλεύω. 3. 3 sing. fut. and aor. act. and mid. of πέμπω. 4. 3 plu. pres. and imp. act. and pass. of ἀθροίζω. 5. 1 sing. 2 aor. act. and mid. of λείπω. 110. EXERCISES I. 1. ἄτιμοι ἐγίγνοντο ἀλλὰ βασιλεύσουσιν. 2. ἐβούλοντο γενέσθαι ἀγαθοὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ στρατιώτας ἔχειν. 8. Κύρῳ φίλος ἣν avti’AptraképEov. 4. Κῦρος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ Δάρείου. Il. 1. They wished to send them away when they became dishonored. 2. But they summoned the younger men from the plain. 3. So they went up instead of the older soldiers. 4. For they were plotting against Darius. 5. Cyrus was in the power of Artaxerxes. LESSON XI εἰμί. PROCLITICS AND ENCLITICS 111. Παρύσατις μὲν δὴ ὑπῆρχε τῷ Κύρῳ, φιλοῦσα᾽ BN A x Ν 3 , A \ Ν 3 , αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν ᾿Αρταξέρξην. Κῦρος δὲ τοὺς ἀγγέ λους παρὰ ᾿Αρταξέρξου ἀπεπέμπετο αὐτῷ" μᾶλλον» φίλους" ἢ ᾿Αρταξέρξῃ: οἱ δὲ καὶ βάρβαροι παρὰ αὐτῷ φίλοι ἦσαν. 112. VOCABULARY ἄγγελος, ov, ὁ, messenger. (angel, evangelist] BapBapos, ov, adj., barbarian. Often used in the masculine as a noun. (barbarous, rhubarb] , intensive particle, postpositive, indeed, you see, it is true; its force is offen to be expressed by the inflection of the voice. 1Nom. case, Parysatis, the mother of Cyrus. 2 Pres. ppl. nom. fem., loving; here has a causal force. 8 φίλους is in predicate agreement with ἀγγέλους which it qualifies; it governs the dative of that to which the quality is directed, as in Latin. 50 Elementary Greek $112 ἢ, conj., than. Used with comparatives, like Lat. quam. μᾶλλον, comparative adv., rather, more, sooner than. παρά, prep. (gen.), from ; (dat.), at, beside; (acc.), to, toward. [paragraph] ὑπάρχω, ὑπάρξω, ὑπῆρξα, favor (dat.). 118. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, the present and future infinitive of εἰμί (655). 114. Proclitics (21). The proclitics are the forms of the article 6, ἡ, οἷ, and ai; the prepositions εἰς, into; ἐν, in; ἐκ (ἐξ), out of; the conjunctions εἰ, if, and ὡς, as; the adverb ov (οὐκ, οὐχ), not. Proclitics have no effect upon the accent of the following word. 115. Enclitics (22). The most common enclitics are the indefinite pronoun, tis, the singular of personal pronouns (except the nominative), and the present indicative of εἰμέ and φημί in all forms except the second person singular. ἐστί becomes ἔστι (1) at the beginning of a sentence; (2) when it means exists or it is possible; (3) when it follows οὐκ, μή, ὡς, ἀλλα, τοῦτο. 116. An enclitic loses its accent when it follows another word, except when a dissyllabic enclitic stands after a word with the acute on the penult: ᾿Αρταξέρξης τε, but “Apta- ξέρξης ἐστί. 117. The word before an enclitic, if an oxytone (17), retains the acute accent; if it is accented on the antepenult, or has the circumflex on the penult, it receives an additional accent on the ultima: στρατηγός ἐστιν, ἄγγελός ἐστιν, ἀγαθὸς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν. A word with the circumflex on the ultima does not change its accent: ἀγγελῶ τι. 118. If the preceding word is an enclitic or a proclitie, it receives an acute accent: οὔ Te, μοί τε. 119. ἐστί may take v-movable (34). ee .ν...“.. $121 εἰμί. δ ποιὸς. and Proclitics 31 120. DRILL I. 1. ἐστί, ἦσθα, εἶναι. II. 1. We are, I was, they were. 2. ἦ, ἔσεσθε, ἔσται. 2. You were, they are, you are. 3. εἰσί, ἦτε, ἦν. 3. You will be, I shall be, they 4. ἔσει, ἔσονται. ἔστε. will be. 5. ἐσόμεθα, ἦμεν. ἔσεσθαι. 121. EXERCISES I. 1. τοὺς βαρβάρους ws ἀγγέλους εἶχον. 2. Κῦρος μὲν ai. νεώτερος ᾿Αρταξέρξου' ἐστίν. 3. ᾿Αρταξέρξης δὲ αὐτῷ ἐπε- βούλευεν. 4. Τισσαφέρνης οὐκ ἐβούλετο τοὺς βαρβάρους φίλους εἶναι τῷ Κύρῳ. 5. βάρβαροι οὔκ ἐσμεν. 6. εἶ φίλος τοῖς ἀγγέλοις. 7. Κύρου ἀδελφὸς οὐκ ἔστιν. 8, ἄγγελοί ἐσμεν Δαρείου. 9. τοῖς βαρβάροις μᾶλλον φίλοι ἔσεσθε ἢ Κύρῳ. 10. ἀλλὰ ἔστιν ἄτιμος. 1. The barbarians, it is true, are not friends to the satrap. 2. He is not in dishonor. 3. O Cyrus, you were in dishonor. 4. Are you more friendly to Cyrus than to Artaxerxes? 5. We are messengers of Cyrus, but we are not plotting against Tissaphernes. 1 The genitive is used after a comparative when ἤ, than, is not used. Fic. 3.—A School Scene 82 Elementary Greek $122 LESSON XII PRONOUNS 122. τὴν δὲ Ἑλληνικὴν στρατιὰν Κῦρος λάθρᾳ ἤθροι- ζεν. ἐβούλετο γὰρ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἀπαράσκευον λαβεῖν. κελεύει δὲ τοὺς φρουράρχους λαμβάνειν στρατιώτὰς Πελο- , ΄ ee eee! / > ποννησίους. τούτοις δὲ ἔλεξεν ὅτι' Τισσαφέρνης ἐπι- βουλεύει ταῖς ἐν Ἰωνίᾳ" Ἑλληνικαῖς ἀποικίαις ἢ 123. VOCABULARY ἀπαράσκενος, ον, unprepared. ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, demon. pro., this (the ἀποικία, Gs, 7, colony. following). yap, conj. (postpositive), for. ὅτι, conj., that. Ἕλληνικός, 4, 6v, Hellenic, Greek. οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, demon. pro., *Iwvla, as, 4, Tonia, a region of Asia this (already mentioned). Minor. Πελοποννήσιος, a, ov, Peloponne- κελεύω, κελεύσω, ἐκέλευσα, command. sian. λάθρᾳ, adv., secretly. φρούραρχος, ov, ὁ, captain of a λαμβάνω, λήψομαι, ἔλαβον; take. company, phrourarch. . λέγω, λέξω, ἔλεξα, say. [dialogue] THE PRONOUNS 124. Learn the declension of αὐτός (629), ἐκεῖνος, οὗτος, and ὅδε (632). αὐτός and ἐκεῖνος have the regular declension of adjectives of the second declension, except that the neuter singular nominative and accusative are αὐτό and ἐκεῖνο. There is no vocative. 125. ὅδε (article + δὲ enclitic) has the accent and declen- sion of the article. The forms which in the article are unaccented receive the acute accent from the enclitic -ée. 1 ὅτι introduces a quotation which here, though indirect, remains unchanged; this is a common form of indirect discourse. 2A prepositional phrase with the value of an adjective may stand between the article and a noun; in English trans- lation Greek (Ἑλληνικαῖς) would come between the article and its noun; in Ionia (€v*Iwvia) would not. 3Dative after the preposition ἐπί in composition; in general, prepositions govern the same case in composition as when used alone, ee a 5127 Pronouns 33 οὗτος in declension partakes of the peculiarities of both αὐτός and the article. The endings are those of αὐτός (i. e. τοῦτο, not τοῦτον, in neuter singular), while the stem has ov where the article has the o-sound (0,) and av where it has the a-sound (a, 7). 126. αὐτός is an intensive pronoun and has three uses: I. When it stands between the article and the noun which it modifies (attributive position), it means same: ὁ αὐτὸς φίλος, the same friend. ta αὐτά, the same things, is fre- quently written ταὐτά, and must be carefully distinguished from ταῦτα, these things, which is neuter plural of οὗτος. II. When it modifies a noun, but is not in the attributive position, it means self or very, like Lat. ipse: αὐτὸς ὁ φίλος or ὁ φίλος αὐτός, the friend himself, the very friend. When the noun to which it refers is not expressed, αὐτός is always intensive, in the nominative (cf. ipse): αὐτὸς ἔχει, he him- self has. In the other cases it may be intensive, if it is given an emphatic (i. e. unusual) position: αὐτὸν μὲν λαμβά- vet, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι φεύγουσι, him he captures, but the rest ieee III. When used substantively without the article, becomes in the oblique cases (i. e. other than the nom- inative and vocative) an unemphatic personal pronoun, him, her, it, them: ὁ φίλος αὐτοῦ, his friend; πέμπει αὐτούς, he sends them. This is its most frequent use. Cf. the use of is in Latin. 127. ὅδε (hic), οὗτος (is), ἐκεῖνος (1116) are the principal demonstrative pronouns. ὅδε, this, refers to something present or near, often to words just to be spoken. οὗτος refers to something just mentioned: ἔλεξε τάδε, he spoke as follows; ἔλεξε ταῦτα, he spoke thus (as narrated). ἐκεῖνος differs from οὗτος in indicating something more remote in time or space: ἐκεῖνος, the former; οὗτος, the latter. 94 Elementary Greek § 128 128. The article regularly goes with a demonstrative pronoun used as an adjective. The demonstrative must be in the predicate position, i.e. it cannot stand between the article and the noun. οὗτος ὁ ἀδελφός, or ὁ ἀδελφὸς οὗτος, but never ὁ οὗτος ἀδελφός or ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὁ οὗτος. This is so different from the English that it must be noted most carefully. 129. DRILL I. Give: 1. Acc. sing. of αὐτός and otros in all genders. 2. Gen. plu. of ἐκεῖνος and otros in all genders. 3. Dat. plu. of otros and ὅδε in all genders. II. 1. Of this soldier, of that wagon, of the garrison commander himself. . For these satraps, for those armies, for the same brother. . To (eis) this village, to those plains, to (παρά) Cyrus himself. 130. EXERCISES I. 1. Κῦρος δὲ ἔλεγεν ὅτι οἱ στρατηγοὶ αὐτοὶ ἀπαράσκευοι Ww "Ὁ ἦσαν. 2, ἐκέλευσεν οὖν ἐκείνους τοὺς στρατιώτας παρεῖναι. 8. Τισσαφέρνην αὐτῷ ἐπιβουλεύειν ἐνόμισαν. 4. ὁ αὐτὸς Ν > 4 \ / 4, - στρατηγὸς ἐβούλετο τοὺς ἸΤ]ελοποννησίους στρατιώτας > ΄ - = ca f + de, | a 4 ς ἀθροίζεσθαι. 5. αὗται αἱ ἀποικίαι εἰσὶν ἐν ᾿Ιωνίᾳ. 6. οἱ στρατηγοὶ οἷ" τούτων τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀγαθοὶ ἦσαν. Ἵ. Κῦρος αὐτὸς ἐπιβουλεύσει ταύταις ταῖς ἀποικίαις. 8. ὦ στρατιῶται, αὐτοὶ ἐσόμεθα ἀπαράσκευοι. II. 1. Cyrus wished the garrison commanders themselves to enlist these soldiers, 2. The same garrison com- manders were assembling an army. 3. Cyrus is plot- ting against his brother and his soldiers. 4. These were unprepared, but those were assembling an army secretly. 5. The soldiers of these colonies were unpre- pared. 1 The article is regularly repeated with the genitive modifier. This has the effect of placing the modifier in the attributive position. “ t . $134 Nouns of the Third or Consonant Declension δ. | LESSON XIII NOUNS OF THE THIRD OR CONSONANT DECLENSION 131. Καὶ γὰρ᾽ Τισσαφέρνης τὸ ἀρχαῖον ᾿Ιωνίᾶς ἄρχων ἦν, τότε δὲ ἣν ἐπὶ Κύρῳ᾽ αὕτη ἡ χώρᾶ πλὴν Μιλήτου. Μίλητον μὲν εἶχεν Τισσαφέρνης, Κύρῳ δὲ φίλοι γενέσθαι ἐβούλοντο ot” ἐν Μιλήτῳ. ᾿ 132. VOCABULARY ἀρχαῖος, ἃ, ov, adj., ancient; τὸ ἀρχαῖον (acc.) used adverbially, origi- nally, formerly. [archaic] ἄρχων," ἄρχοντος, ὁ, ruler, commander. ἀσπίς, ίδος, ἣ, shield. γέρων, οντος, ὁ, old man. ἐλπίς, ίδος, ἣ, hope. Μίλητος, ov, ἣ, Miletus, a city of Asia Minor. νύξ, νυκτός, ἣ, night. ὄνομα, ατος, τό, name. [anonymous, synonym] πλήν, σοη]. or prep. (gen.), except. στράτευμα, aTos, τό, army. τότε, adv., at that time, then. Nouns OF THE THIRD OR CONSONANT DECLENSION 133. The stem of nouns of the Third Declension ends in a consonant, or in ¢ or v. 134. Nouns of the Third Declension are grouped, as in Latin, according to the final letter of the stem, which may be found by dropping os of the genitive singular. 1 When a sentence begins with καὶ yap, a suppressed thought is indicated, an ellipsis of that for which the yap-clause gives the reason. The full thought here would be: “and (καί) it was likely that he would plot against the territory; for (yap), etc.” In English there is nosuch simple way of indicating that a thought is suppressed, and καὶ γάρ is usually translated merely for, and in fact, 2See 108, n.2. %3The article has the effect of making ἃ noun of the following prepositianal phrase: those in Miletus, the people of Miletus. In general, the article may be used to show that words other than nouns are used substantively —adverbs, par- ticiples, the infinitive, adjectives, and prepositional phrases. + Declined like γέρων, but retains » in voc. sing. because originally a participle. 36 Elementary Greek $134 Lingual (7, δ, 8) stems: The lingual disappears before ς (78). Stems ending in ovt do not add ς to form the nomi- native but drop 7 and lengthen o to ὡ: ἄρχοντ, nominative ἄρχων. In dative plural both v and τ are dropped before σ and o becomes ov in compensation: ἄρχουσι, ἄρχοντσι. In most masculine and feminine nouns the vocative is like the nominative, but when the stem ends in 1é,or in vt (except oxytones), the vocative singular is the stem, final 6 or τ being dropped. A Greek word can end in no conso- nant except v, p,s: ἀσπίς [aod], vocative ἀσπί and γέρων [ yepovt |], vocative γέρον. 135. Monosyllabic stems accent the ultima in the genitive and dative of allnumbers. The accent is circumflex when the ending is long. 136. ὁ γέρων [γεροντ], old man ἣ νύξ [νυκτ], night Sing. Plu. Sing. Plu. N. γέρων γέροντες νύξ νύκτες G. γέροντος γερόντων νυκτός νυκτῶν D. γέροντι γέρουσι νυκτί νυξί A. γέροντα γέροντας νύκτα νύκτας ν. γέρον γέροντες νύξ νύκτες Dual Dual N. A. V. γέροντε νύκτε α. Τὴ. γερόντοιν νυκτοῖν ἣ ἀσπίς [ἀσπιδ]. shield τὸ στράτευμα [στρατευματ]. army Sing. Plu. Sing. Plu. N. ἀσπίς ἀσπίδες στράτευμα στρατεύματα +. ἀσπίδος ἀσπίδων στρατεύματος στρατευμάτων 2. ἀσπίδι ἀσπίσι στρατεύματι στρατεύμασι A. ἀσπίδα ἀσπίδας στράτευμα στρατεύματα V. ἀσπί ἀσπίδες στράτευμα στρατεύματα Dual Dual N. A.V. ἀσπίδε στρατεύματε G.D. ἀσπίδοιν στρατευμάτοιν Decline thus ἄρχων, commander; ὄνομα, name; ἐλπίς, hope. 8188 Nouns of the Third or Consonant Declension 81 Τ 137. DRILL Give: (1) dat. sing., (2) dat. plu., (3) nom. plu., (4) ace. sing. of ἄρχων, νύξ, ἐλπίς. ὄνομα ; (5) 3 plu. pres., imp., and 2 aor. mid., of λείπω. . ὀνόματι, ὀνόμασι, στρατιώτῃ. ἀποικίαις. . ἐλπίδα, στρατεύματα, πεδία. . τούτων τῶν ἐλπίδων, οὗτοι οἱ στρατιῶται, αὐτφὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες. . βουλεύουσιν, ἐγένοντο, λύσασθαι, γίγνεσθαι. om WN μα . ἔσται, ἔλεξαν. θύσει, ἐλύσω. 138. EXERCISES I. 1. ἐπὶ τῷ γέροντι ἣν ταῦτα τὰ στρατεύματα. 2. Κῦρος Il. ἄρχων τῆσδε τῆς ἀρχῆς γενέσθαι BovreTar. 3. οἱ ἄρχοντες φίλοι ἐγένοντο τῷ στρατεύματι ἐκείνῳ. 4. ἡ ᾿Ιωνία, πλὴν τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν ἀποικιῶν, ἐπὶ Κ ύρῳ αὐτῷ ἐγένετο. 5. λέγει δὲ ὅτι οἱ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χώρᾳ ἐπιβουλεύουσι τοῖς ἄρχουσιν. 1. The [people'] in this village were plotting against the armies of Artaxerxes. 2. For they wished to be- come friendly to Cyrus. 8. The commanders them- selves were originally friendly to these old men. 4. That night (dat.) they sent shields to Miletus for this army. 5. He had good hopes of life. 1Omit; ef. 131, n. 3. Fic. 4.—Women at Home 88 Elementary Greek § 139 LESSON XIV CONTRACT VERBS IN ἄω Zz A - 189. Τισσαφέρνης δὲ αὐτοὺς κωλύειν ἐπειρᾶτο. Κῦρος > , / Nos , SLA 2 Ν οὖν στράτευμα συνέλεξε καὶ ἐστράτευεν ἐπὶ Μίλητον kal Ν ~ Ν Ν 4 Ν ν Δ 7 ’ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. καὶ αὕτη αὖ ἄλλη πρόφα- > A2 A gis ἦν avT@ τοῦ" ἀθροίζειν στράτευμα. 140. VOCABULARY ἄλλος, y, 0, other, another, the rest of; declined like αὐτός (629). [allle- gory, allopathy] av, adv., again, in turn. γῆ; γῆς, 7, earth, used in singular only. [geography, apogee] κατά, prep. (gen.), down, down from; (acc.), down along, by. κατὰ γῆν kal κατὰ θάλατταν, by land and sea. [catalogue, catarrh] κωλύω, κωλύσω, ἐκώλυσα, hinder. πειράω, πειράσω, ἐπείρασα, attempt. Commonly deponent, πειράομαι, etc. [empirical, pirate] στρατεύω, στρατεύσω, ἐστράτευσα, make an expedition. In act., of the general; in mid., of the army. συλλέγω, συλλέξω, συνέλεξα, gather, collect. [syllogism] Tipdw, τιμήσω, ἐτίμησα, honor. [timocracy] CONTRACT VERBS 141. Verbs ending in -ἄω, -é, and -όω contract the final a, ε, and o of the stem with the following vowel in the present and imperfect. Such verbs are called contract verbs. Except for this contraction they are conjugated as other verbs. The following contractions occur in verbs in -da: ( ° ‘ be Nags | =w,a+e=—G,a+a—-a (w) 1Fem. noun, nom. sing., excuse, pretext. 2 The dative is used to denote the pos- sessor, asin Latin: Δαρείῳ ἧσαν νἱοί, Darius had sons. %The article goes with the infinitive, which is thus shown to be a noun in the genitive case (cf. 131, ἢ. 83). The infinitive in such cases is generally best translated by a participle or verbal noun, Tov ἀθροίζειν is objective gen., of (for) gathering. - 8144 Contract Verbs in ἄω 39 Observe that ἃ or @ occurs in every contract form. Con- tract verbs are given in the vocabulary in uncontracted form, but if the same word were used in a sentence it would be contracted: tia in vocabulary, but τιμῶ in a sentence. 142, Learn the present and imperfect indicative, active, middle, and passive, of tiua, with the present infinitive of all voices (647). 143, Accent. The general rules of accent (10-14) apply to contract verbs. But observe (1) that the syllable result- ing from contraction is long, and (2) that if either of the syllables had an accent before contraction, the contracted syllable is accented. A contracted ultima has the circumflex. Note the application of the rules in the conjugation of tiuaa. Observe that contract verbs are in reality contract verbs only in the present and imperfect tenses. Outside the pres- ent system they do not differ in inflection from other verbs; but most of them lengthen the short stem-vowel in the other tenses before the tense sign, a and e becoming 7 and o be- coming ὦ. Thus: tiudw, pres. τιμῶ, imp. ἐτέμων, but fut. τιμήσω, 1 aor. ériunoa. a after ε, 4, or p generally becomes ἃ instead of 7: πειράω, πειράσω. 144. DRILL I. Locate the following forms: . τιμῶ, τιμᾶν, ἐτιμῶ, ἐτίμων, ἐτιμῶντο. . πειρᾶσθαι, λύσασθαι, πειρᾶσθε, τιμᾶτε, ἐλύσατε. νυξί, ἀσπίδες, ἄδελφε, στρατιώτου, ὀνόματα. . ἄρχουσι, ἀσπίδα, πεδία. νυκτί, γέρον, νυκτῶν. . ἐλύσατο, θύειν. ἔλιπον, ἐνόμιζον, ἔλεξαν. . He attempts, he will attempt, he was attempting, he attempted. . He honors, he will honor, he was honoring, he honored. . Tam honored, I was being honored, they attempted to honor. . They honored, we attempt, they will attempt, they attempted to be honored. moot me οὐ ND κα IL. He G2 bo 40 Elementary Greek § 145 145. EXERCISES I. 1. ἐπεβούλευεν αὐτῷ, Κῦρος δὲ κωλύειν ἐπειρᾶτο. 2. αὕτη αὖ ἄλλη πρόφασις ἦν τοῦ πειρᾶσθαι τὰ στρατεύματα συλ- λέξαι. 8. λέγει ὅτι τιμᾷ τοὺς φίλους. 4. ἐπὶ Μίλητον Κῦρος ἐπειρᾶτο στρατεύειν. 5. ἐβούλετο τιμᾶν Τισσαφέρνην. If. 1. They attempted to collect an army. 2. The people of Miletus’ wish to honor Cyrus. 8. We honored the oldmen. 4. He attempts to make an expedition against the colony by land and sea. 5. The commanders had an excuse for preventing them. LESSON XV CoNTRACT VERBS IN €® AND 60 146. πρὸς δὲ ᾿Αρταξέρξην πέμπων᾽ ἠξίου ἀδελφὸς ὧν" A > An - “ “Δ αὐτοῦ σατράπης εἶναι ταύτης τῆς χώρᾶς μᾶλλον ἢ Τισσα- φέρνην' ἄρχειν αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ Παρύσατις συνέπροττεν 2 κβ A 7 > , \ \ Ν ε ay | αὐτῷ" ταῦτα: ὥστε ᾿Αρταξέρξης τὴν μὲν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν 5 Ν 5 > 4 ἐπιβουλὴν οὐκ ἠσθάνετο. 147. ‘ VOCABULARY αἰσθάνομαι, αἰσθήσομαι, ἡσθόμην, (depon.), perceive, learn. [aesthetic] ἀξιόω, ἀξιώσω, ἠξίωσα, deem right, expect, claim, ask. [axiom] ἄρχω, ἄρξω, ἦρξα, be first, rule, command (gen.); mid. begin; cf. ἀρχή. δηλόω, δηλώσω, ἐδήλωσα, show, make clear, explain. ἐπιβουλή, fis, ἢ, plot; cf. ἐπιβουλεύω. πέμπω, πέμψω, ἔπεμψα, send. [pomp] ποιέω, ποιήσω, ἐποίησα, do, make. [poet] συμπράττω, συμπράξω, συνέπραξα, act with, help in doing, help, co-operate. ὥστε (ws-+ τε enclitic), conj. adv., or conj., so that, wherefore, so as. 1See 131, n. 3. 2Pres. ppl. nom. sing. masc. of πέμπω, sending. 3@v is pres. ppl. of εἰμί, ἀδελφὸς ὧν αὐτοῦ is the equivalent of a causal clause, sincehe was his brother. 4The subject of the infinitive is regularly in the accusative; hence Τισσαφέρνην. But if it is the same as the subject of the main verb (here 7éiov), the nominative is preferred; hence ἠξίου εἷναι σατράπης, where σατράπης is nominative not accusative. 5 Verbs of superiority, ruling, etc., govern the genitive. θαὐτῷ is dependent upon σύν in composition. impos ἑαυτόν, against himself (Artaxerxes). §152 Contract Verbs in €w and 6 41 CONTRACT VERBS IN €@ AND 6 148. Verbs in -ἔω and -όω show the following contractions: e+} St Ξον; e+o=o; tf{it=a ot fa tao o+ w=; ο-ἰ- εἰ ΞΞ οι. ου 149. Learn the present and imperfect indicative active, middle, and passive, of ποιέω and δηλόω (647, 648), with the present infinitive in all voices. 150. ὥστε introduces result. If the result did actually follow, ὥστε means wherefore, consequently, so that, and is generally followed by the indicative. If the result is simply expected to follow, it means 80 α8, and the infinitive, with or without subject accusative, is used: εἶχε στρατιώτας, ὥστε λαβεῖν Τισσαφέρνην, he had soldiers so as to capture Tissaphernes. 151. DRILL I. Locate the following: 1. δηλοῖς, ἀξιοῦσιν, ἐδηλοῦ, δηλοῦτε. 2. ἀξιοῦσθε, ἀξιοῦσθαι, ἀξιοῦν, ἠξίουν, ἠξιοῦντο. 8, δηλοῦμεν. ἐδηλούμεθα, ἀξιοῖ, ἠξιοῦτο, ἀξιοῦται. II. Give: 1. 3 sing. pres. and imp. act. and mid. of ἀξιόω, tivew. 2. 3 plu. pres. and imp. act. and pass. of ἀξιόω, ποιέω. 152. i EXERCISES I. 1. ἀξιοῦμεν Κύρῳ συμπράττειν ὥστε ἄρχειν Μιλήτου. 2. Τισσαφέρνης δηλοῖ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν ᾿Αρταξέρξῃ. 8. Κῦρος πειρᾶται συμπράττειν τῷ ἄρχοντι. 4. οὐκ ἠξίουν Τισσαφέρνην ἄρχειν ταύτης τῆς χώρας. 5. Κῦρος βούλε- Tat βασιλεύειν ἀντὶ ποῦ ἀδελφοῦ. II. 1. The plot was explained to the brother of Cyrus. 2. For he thought it right to co-operate with his elder brother so as to collect soldiers. 3. They do not deem it right to suspect the army. 4. The old men perceived these things and attempted to rule Miletus. 5. They perceive this plot against the commanders. 42 Elementary Greek 8158 LESSON XVI THE PARTICIPLE 1 2 A 168. Τισσαφέρνει Se? ἐνόμιζε πολεμοῦντα" αὐτὸν ἀμφὶ τὰ στρατεύματα δαπανᾶν" wate οὐκ ἤχθετο αὐτῶν πο- δασμοὺς ᾿Αρταξέρξῃ ἐκ τῆς χώὠώρᾶς ἣν Τισσαφέρνης τὸ λεμούντων. καὶ γὰρ ὁ Κῦρος pate TOUS γιγνομένους > A Cs ἀρχαῖον" εἶχεν. 184, VOCABULARY ἀμφί, prep. (acc.), about. [amphi- δασμός, οὗ, ὁ, tax, tribute. theater] ἂν πολεμέω, πολεμήσω, ἐπολέμησα, Wage ἄχθομαι, ἀχθέσομαι, (depon.), be bur- war (dat.). dened, vexed, displeased. Τισσαφέρνης, ovs, dat. εἰ, acc. ἣν, δαπανάω, δαπανήσω, ἐδαπάνησα, Tissaphernes. spend (money), consume. THE PARTICIPLE 155. Learn the following participles: the present active, middle and passive, of Avw, Tivaw, ποιέω, δηλόω; the future and first aorist, active and middle, of vw; the second aorist, active and middle, of λείπω; the present and future of εἰμί (ἐσόμενος, ἡ, ov), in 638, 641, 647, 648. Observe that the accent of the second aorist active participle is always acute on the ultima. 156. Learn the declension of ὦν, λιπών (617), λύων (618), ᾿ τιμῶν, ποιῶν, δηλῶν (624). Nore.—The form λύων is for λύοντς (cf. γέρων, 136). Atovoa comes by euphonic change from λύοντια. 1 Dat. of indirect object with πολεμοῦντα, 2The contrast between this clause and the preceding is marked by the μέν and δέ, The words most sharply contrasted are πρὸς ἑαυτόν and Τισσαφέρνει. δ ΆρΓΘΟΒ with αὐτόν, which is subj.-acc. of δαπανᾶν, πολεμοῦντα indicates cause: he thought he was spending money because he was waging war with Tissaphernes. δαπανᾶν, infinitive in indirect discourse ; αὑτόν is subj.-ace. 5 For syntax see 157. 6 Adverbial accusative, formerly, originally. 8169 The Participle 45 157. The Genitive Absolute. A noun and a participle in the genitive case, and not immediately dependent on any word in the sentence, are said to be in the Genitive Absolute. 158. DRILL I. Locate the following: 1. τιμῶντι, ποιοῦντι, λύοντι, δηλούσῃ, λιπούσῃ. 2. ripwods, ποιουσῶν, λυούσῃ: τιμῶν, ποιοῦν. 8. λῦον, λύουσαι, ποιοῦντα. δηλοῦντες. 4. στρατιῶται, δῶρα, ἐλπίδα. γέρουσι. ἁμάξης, σατράπου. 5. ἔλῦες, δηλοῖς, ἐτίμα. ἐτιμῶντο, ἠξιοῦντο. II. Give in all genders: (1) dat. sing., (2) dat. plu., (3) ace. sing., (4) nom. plu., of τιμῶν, ἀξιῶν. ποιῶν, λιπών. 159. EXERCISES I. 1. πολεμοῦντες οὐκ ἀπέπεμπον τοὺς δασμούς. 2. τούτων τῶν στρατευμάτων πολεμούντων ἤχθοντο. 8. Κῦρος ἀμφὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἐδαπάνα. 4. ἐνόμιζον αὐτὸν τιμᾶν Κῦρον. ὅ. ᾿Αρταξέρξης ἀξιοῖ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἀποπέμπειν τοὺς δασμοὺς ἐκ Μιλήτου. II. 1. Being honored, they do not make war. 2. Cyrus, (because he was) spending money on the soldiers, did not send the tribute to his brother. 3. He is annoyed because Cyrus is honoring’ the army. 4. They made war so as to receive (λαμβάνω) the tribute. 5. Artaxerxes thinks Cyrus is making war against this country. _ 1See 157. Fic. 5.—A Lion Hunt 44 Elementary Greek 8160 LESSON XVII TuHirD DeEcLENSION. Liquip STEMS 160. ἄλλο δὲ στράτευμα αὐτῷ᾽ συνελέγετο" ἐν Xeppo- νήσῳ τῇ κατ᾽ ἀντιπέρᾶς ᾿Αβύδου τόνδε τὸν τρόπον. Κλέ αρχος Λακεδαιμόνιος φυγὰς ἦν: τούτῳ' συγγενόμενος 6 Κῦρος ἠγάσθη" τε αὐτὸν καὶ παρεῖχε αὐτῷ μῦρίους δαρεικούς. 161. VOCABULARY “ABUSos, ov, 4, Abydos. ἀγών, Gvos, 6, contest, games. [agony] ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, man. ἀντιπέρας, adv. or prep. (gen.), opposite; κατ᾽ ἀντιπέρας forms ἃ simple phrase with the same meaning, and governs the gen. δαρεικός, οὔ, ὁ, darvic, a Persian coin worth about $3.50. Κλέαρχος, ov, ὁ, Clearchus, a Greek general. Λακεδαιμόνιος, ἃ, ov, Lacedaemonian. λιμήν, évos, ὁ, harbor, port. μήν, μηνός, ὁ, month. [moon] μήτηρ, μητρός, ἣ, mother. μῦριοι, at, a, ten thousand. [myriad] παρέχω, παρέξω or παρασχήσω, παρέσχον, furnish, supply, give. πατήρ, site Ses, 6, father. ῥήτωρ, opos, ὁ, orator, speaker. [rhetoric] συγγίγνομαι, συγγενήσομαι, συνεγενόμην, be or associate with, meet (dat.). τε, cODj., and (enclitic); te... . καί, both .... and. τρόπος, ov, ὁ, way, manner. τόνδε τὸν τρόπον, adv. acc., in this manner. {trope} φυγάς, 480s, ὁ, fugitive, exile. “Χερρόνησος, ov, ἣ. Chersonnesus. Turrp DeEcLENsIon (continued). Liguip STEMS 162. Learn ἀγών, λιμήν, μήν, ῥήτωρ (606). Observe that the nominative singular of liquid stems does not add s, but lengthens the vowel of the last syllable, if short. ν is 1Dative of advantage. 2 Passive. 3This article has the effect of making the prepositional phrase a modifier of Χερρονήσῳ, 4 Dative dependent on σύν in composition. 5 Admired, aor. 3 sing. ($165 Third Declension. Liquid Stems 45 dropped before o in the dative plural. In oxytones the vocative singular is like the nominative, in other liquid nouns like the stem. For special rule of accent see 135. 163. Learn πατήρ, μήτηρ, ἀνήρ (607). Observe that in ἀνήρ [ ἀνερ) ὃ takes the place of ε of the stem in all cases except the nominative and vocative singular. In πατήρ and μήτηρ the ε of the stem is dropped in the genitive and dative singular, not throughout as in Latin in pater, mater. In the dative plural ep becomes pa. The accent is on € except in the genitive, dative, and vocative singular. 164, DRILL I. Locate the following: 1. wi, dori, πεδία. 2. ἀσπίδα. ἀγῶσι, ἄρχοντας. 3. σατράπας. βασιλείας. στρατεύματα. 4. υἱῶν, ἀγών, μῆνα. 5. λιμένι, στρατιῶτα. ἁμάξῃ. 6. ἄνδρας, πατρός. μητέρα, μητέρων. πατράσι. ὀνόμασι. II. 1. Of the father, to the mothers, the harbors. 2. The names of the men, the hopes of the orator, the contests of the soldier. 3. For the shield, for the night, for the month. 4. To (cis) the man, to the harbors, to the army. 5. O satrap, O father, O men. 165. EXERCISES I. 1. τοῖς δὲ φυγάσι Κῦρος παρέχει ἀσπίδας. 2. of ἄρχον- τες ἐκεῖνοι ἤθροισαν στράτευμα. 8. Κῦρος οὐκ ἐπολέμει τῷ πατρί. 4. ἐτίμα γὰρ αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν μητέρα. 5. συγγενόμενοι Κύρῳ οἱ φυγάδες συνέλεγον ἄλλα στρα- τεύματα. II. 1.-Cyrus met the men. 2. The commanders gave the fugitive adaric. 8. Artaxerxes honored both his father and his mother. 4. The fugitives collected their armies in the following manner. 5. They deemed it right to give shields to the soldiers. 46 Elementary Greek — $166 LESSON XVIII THIRD DECLENSION. LABIAL AND PALATAL STEMS Ν - ,΄ 4 166. ὁ δὲ AaBar' τὸ χρυσίον, στράτευμα συνέλεξεν ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν χρημάτων, καὶ ἐπολέμει ἐκ Χερρονήσου ὁρμώ- A Ν a Ὁ ε Ἀ ε ld > lal Ν μενος τοῖς Θρᾳξὶ rots ὑπὲρ Ἑλλήσποντον οἰκοῦσι, καὶ 9 ὠφέλει τοὺς Ἕλληνας. 167. VOCABULARY διῶρυξ, vxos, ἢ, ditch, canal. Ἕλλην, nvos, ὁ, Greek. Ἑλλήσποντος, ov, ὁ, Hellespont. Θρᾷξ, Opakds, ὁ, Thracian, a Thracian. κλώψ, κλωπός, ὁ, thief. οἰκέω, οἰκήσω, ῴᾧκησα, inhabit, dwell; in pass. be situated (generally of cities). [economy, Greenwich — Lat. vicus] ὁρμάω, ὁρμήσω, ὥρμησα, start, hurry; mid. and pass., set forth, start. ὑπέρ, prep. (gen.), over, for the sake of; (acc.), over, beyond, above. {hypercritical] φάλαγξ, ayyos, 7, phalanz, line of battle. φύλαξ, axos, ὁ, watcher, guard. χρῆμα, aros, τό, a thing one uses, things, possessions, money. Xptclov, ov, τό, gold, money. [chrysalis, chrysanthemum] ὠφελέω, ὠφελήσω, ὠφέλησα, aid, assist, help. TuirD DecLENsion (continued). Laxsiau (π, B, >) AND PaLATAL (Κ, γ, X) STEMS 168. Learn κλώψ, φύλαξ, φάλαγξ, Θρᾷξ, διῶρυξ (605). Labial and palatal stems are never neuter. 169. DRILL I. Give: (1) dat. sing.; (2) gen. plu.; (3) dat. plu.; (4) gen. sing.; (5) nom. plu.; (6) ace. sing., of νύξ, ἀνήρ, ὄνομα, κλώψ, φύλαξ. II. 1. The phalanx of the guards, the canals of the Thracians, the gold of the thief. 1From λαμβάνω, 2rois . .. . οἰκοῦσι qualifies @paéi and is best rendered by a relative clause: who dwell (lit. those dwelling). $172 " ~! Third Deeclension. Vowel Stems 2. He benefits the commanders and the guards, 3. They are waging war against the Thracians and the Greeks. 4. These men are thieves, not soldiers. 5. They attempted to proceed alongside of (παρά) the ditches. 170. EXERCISES I. 1. οἱ ὑπὲρ ᾿Ελλήσποντον οἰκοῦντες ἐπολέμουν τοῖς “Ελλη- st. σιν. 2. λαβόντες TA χρήματα οἱ φύλακες ὡρμῶντο. 8. οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες ὁρμώμενοι ἐξ Ἑλλησπόντου ὠφέλουν τοὺς ὑπὲρ Ἑλλήσποντον οἰκοῦντας. 4. οἱ “EddAnves ἐτιμῶντο ἐν ᾿Ιωνίᾳφ. 5. οἱ κλῶπες ἥρπασαν τὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν χρῦσίον. 1. The Lacedaemonian fugitives took the money and ‘attempted to wage war against Cyrus. 2. Cyrus started from the Hellespont with (having) the Greeks as (as) guards. 3. The commanders assisted those who dwelt inIonia. 4. With this gold they collected ten thousand soldiers. 5. In the ditches there was gold. LESSON XIX THIRD DECLENSION. VOWEL STEMS 171. wore καὶ ἤματα ἣν αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν τροφὴν τῶν ΧΡΉΜ 1) ‘ NY τροφὴ nw 5 ~ ε al , » A > στρατιωτῶν ἐκ τῶν Ἑλλησποντιακῶν πόλεων. τοῦτο δὲ ad Ν , y 7 A , ΩΣ 5 τὸ στράτευμα οὕτως αὐτῷ λάθρᾳ ἕτοιμον ἦν. 172. VOCABULARY εἷς, pla, ἕν, one. [hyphen, ace] πόλις, ews, ἣ, city, [polite, cosmo- *EdAnerovtiakss, 4, όν, Hellespon- politan] tian. τέτταρες, a, four. [tetrarchy] ἕτοιμοφ, 7, ov, ready. τροφή, fs, ἣν, nurture, support. tx 0s, tos, ὁ, fish. [ichthyology) [atrophy] οὕτω, adv., thus; before a vowel, τρεῖς, τρία, three. [tripod] οὕτως. 1 See 150. 48 : Elementary Greek ; $173 THE THIRD DECLENSION (continued). VowEL STEMS 173, Learn πόλις and ἐχθύς (608). Observe that stems ending in ¢ and v add ν (not a) to form the accusative singular. Stems in « have ε in place of cin all cases, except the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular. ὡς takes the place of os in the genitive singular, but does not affect the accent. The genitive plural also has the accent on the antepenult. A few stems in v make the same vowel changes, but most are declined like ἐχθύς. 174, Learn the declension of εἷς, δύο, τρεῖς, τέτταρες (626). 175. The names of cities or rivers are in apposition with πόλις and ποταμός: ἡ Κελαιναὶ πόλις, the city of Celaenae; ὁ ᾿Ευφράτης ποταμός, the river Euphrates. 176. DRILL I. Locate: 1. Θρᾳκός, πόλεως, τρισί, τρία. 2. πόλεων. ἰχθύν, ἰχθύων. τεττάρων. 3. στρατιώτῃ ἑνί, θαλάττῃ pia, νυκτί, πόλει. 4. αὐτό, αὗται, ταῦτα. ἐκεῖνα. 5. πόλεσι, τέτταρσι, πατράσι, ἰχθύος, πόλεις. II. Give: (1) ace. sing.; (2) acc. plu.; (3) nom. plu.; (4) dat. plu., of πατήρ, πόλις, φύλαξ, τιμῶν (in all genders), and of οὗτος (in all genders). 177. EXERCISES I. 1. ἰχθύες ἦσαν ἐν ἀγορᾷ eis τὴν τροφὴν τῶν “EXXAnvar. 2. συγγενόμενος τοῖς Θρᾳξὶ αὐτοὺς ἔχειν ὡς φίλους ἐβούλετο. 8. ταῦτα τὰ χρήματα ἕτοιμα αὐτῷ ἦν ἐν τῇ ᾿Αβύδῳ πόλει. 4, Κλέαρχος αὐτοὺς ἀπαρασκεύους λαβεῖν ἐπειρᾶτο ὥστε τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς πόλεις ὠφελεῖν. 5. οἱ στρατιῶται ἐκ τῶν πόλεων λάθρᾳ συλλέγονται. II. 1. He started from the city of Abydos and waged war on the fugitives. 2. In this way he aided those’ who 1 See 166, n. 2. 8179 Uses of the Participle 49 dwelt in the cities. 3. And the cities of the Hellespont furnished money for the support of the armies. 4. He collected another army secretly so as to make war on the Thracians. 5. There were fish in the canals and rivers of that country. LESSON XX Uses OF THE PARTICIPLE * 178. ᾿Αρίστιππος δὲ ὁ Θετταλὸς ξένος Gv’ ἐτύγχανεν Lal »“ἢΕΙ 3 ~ αὐτῷ, Kal πιεζόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν οἴκοι, ἀντιστασιωτῶν ἔρχε- μ Ν “Ὁ Ν > Ad es > 6 -\ 7 , ται πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον καὶ αἰτεῖ' αὐτὸν els’ δισχιλίους ξένους »“» A Ἐπ 6 A καὶ τριῶν μηνῶν μισθόν, ὡς" οὕτω περιγενησόμενος τῶν ~ εὐ ~ ~ ἀντιστασιωτῶν. ὁ δὲ Κῦρος παρέχει αὐτῷ εἰς τετρακισ- - ἃ ~ χιλίους καὶ ἕξ μηνῶν μισθόν. 179. VOCABULARY αἰτέω, αἰτήσω, ἤτησα, ask for, demand. ἀντιστασιώτης, ov, ὁ, opponent, adversary. ᾿Αρίστιππος, ov, ὁ, Aristippus. δισχίλιοι, at, a, two thousand. ἕξ, siz. [hexagon] ἔρχομαι, ἦλθον, come, go. Θετταλός, 03, ὁ, Thessalian. μισθός, οὔ, ὁ, pay. ξένος, ov, 6, stranger, guest-friend; plu. mercenaries. οἴκοι, adv., at home. See 13, note. περιγίγνομαι, περιγενήσομαι, περιεγενόμην, (gen.), be superior, overcome. πιέζω, πιέσω, ἐπίεσα, press, oppress. [piezometer] τετρακισχίλιοι, at, a, four thousand. τυγχάνω, τεύξομαι, ἔτυχον, happen, happen upon, gain. ὑπό, prep., under; (gen.), from under, by; (dat.), beneath; (acc.), down under. (hypodermic, hypothesis] 1See181,4. 2v76 with gen. witha passive verbexpresses agency. 8366 181, 8, 4Governs two accusatives. δες with numerals means tothe number of, as many as. 64s is very often used with a participle tu show that the participle contains the thought of some other person than the speaker or the subject of the main verb. See 181, ὃ. 7Gen. governed by περί in composition. ὅ0 Elementar y Gr eek $180 180. Review the participles (155, 156) and learn λύσας (620). 181. The participle is found far more frequently in Greek than in English. The following are its most important uses: 1. The participle is often used as an adjective: πόλις οἰκουμένη, an inhabited city. 2. When used alone with the article the participle becomes a noun. It is then usually best translated by a relative clause: ot ἐνοικοῦντες, the inhabitants; ὁ βουλόμενος, the one who wishes; τὰ γιγνόμενα, those things which are taking place (literally, the happenings). 3. In many cases the idea expressed by the participle is really co-ordinate with that of the main verb, but precedes it in time. The participle in this case is usually aorist. It is generally best translated by a finite verb, co-ordinate with the main verb: στράτευμα ἀθροίσὰς ἐξελαύνει, he collected an army and marched away. This is sometimes termed the preliminary participle. 4, τυγχάνω, happen; χανθάνω, escape the notice of; φθάνω, anticipate, are usually followed by a predicate participle containing the main thought; ὧν ἐτύγχανεν may be translated, happened to be, or was, as it happened; ἔλαθεν πέμπων, he sent secretly (literally, he escaped notice sending) ; ἔφθασεν αὐτὸν ἐρχόμενος, he came before him (literally, he anticipated him coming). 5. The future participle shows purpose: ἦλθον κωλύσοντες, they came to hinder. With ὡς an avowed purpose is expressed: ὡς οὕτω περιγενησόμενος τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν, think- mg that he would thus overcome his opponents. 6. For the genitive absolute see 157. 182. The participle does not denote absolute time. The present participle expresses the same time as the verb on which it depends; the aorist, time preceding or co-ordinate with the main verb; and the future, time after it. §186 Use of Participles. Use of Prepositions 51 183. DRILL Locate the following forms: 1. λῦσαν, ἔλῦσαν, λύσᾶσαν. 4. ἀνδρός, μίαν, ταῦτα. 2. λῦούσαις, λύσάσαις, ἐλύσω. 5. εἰσί, τρισί, πατράσι. 3. λύσᾶς, λυσάσᾶς, ἔλυσας. 184. EXERCISES I. 1. ᾿Αρίστιππος πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον ἦλθε αἰτήσων τροφήν. 2. οἱ Ἕλληνες οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐτύγχανον πιεζόμενοι. 3. ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιστασιώτᾶς ATE χρυσίον. 4. οἱ φυγάδες εἰς τετρακισχιλίους ξένους καὶ δυοῖν μηνῶν μισθὸν ἤτουν. 5. Κῦρος δὲ πολεμῶν τῇ Μιλήτῳ πόλει ἔτυχεν. II. 1. Clearchus was hard pressed" by those at home, so he ' became a fugitive. 2. The soldiers came to Cyrus and asked him for three months’ pay. 3. The messengers happened to be Thessalians. 4. Those who dwelt above _ the Hellespont happened to be hard pressed by the Thracians. 5. He collected an army, thinking that he would make war upon the city. LESSON XXI Usre oF PartTicipLes. USE OF PREPOSITIONS 185. Review uses of the participle (Lesson XX). 186. The participle is very often used in place of a sub- ordinate clause, either when in agreement with the subject or object of the sentence or in the genitive absolute con- struction. It may show: a) Time: ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἀπῆλθεν, when he had said this he went away. : δ) Cause: ὑπῆρχε τῷ Κύρῳ φιλοῦσα αὐτόν, she assisted Cyrus because she loved him. — es 1 Render by a ppl.; omit ‘‘so.”’ 52 Elementary Greek 5186 c) Manner or means: διαπράᾶττει treicas, he oa (it) by persuasion. d) Purpose, shown by future participle (see 181, 5).- e) Condition: ἔχοντες τὰ ὅπλα πολεμήσομεν, if we have our arms, we shall make war. f) Concession: βουλόμενος οὐκ ἦλθεν, though he wished (to do so), he did not come. ; g) Attendant circumstances: ἦλθεν ἔχων μέγα στράτευμα, he came with a large army. 187. Some prepositions govern one case only (genitive, dative, or accusative) ; some govern two cases (genitive and accusative); others all three cases. Observe the distinctions in the General Vocabulary. 188. Of the more common prepositions, ἀντί, instead of; ἀπό, away from, from; ἐκ, out of, from; πρό, before, govern the genitive only. 189. ἐκ (ἐξ) implies that one starts from within, ἀπό from the neighborhood of: ἐξ οἰκίας, out of the house; ἀπὸ οἰκίας, from the house. 190. ἐν, in, and σύν, with, govern the dative only; ava, up, and eis, into, govern the accusative only. 191. ἀμφί, about; διά promis on account of ; κατά, down; μετά, in company with, after; ὑπέρ, over, govern the genitive or accusative. 192. ἐπί, on, wpon, at; παρά, alongside of, beside; περί, round about; πρός, over against, facing, at, to; ὑπό, under, govern the genitive, dative, or accusative. 193. In general, when used with prepositions the genitive expresses motion from; the dative, the idea of being at or rest at; the accusative, motion toward; 6. g.: παρά w. gen. = from the side of, παρά w. dat. = by the side of, παρά w. acc. = to the side of. Thus, far more than in Latin, the force of the preposition is determined by the case with which it is used. 8195 Use of Participles. Use of Prepositions 53 IL IT. 194. DRILL . πρὸς THs πόλεως. παρὰ THY ἀρχήν, παρὰ τῆς ἀρχῆς. . διὰ τὸ χρυσίον, περὶ χρημάτων, διὰ τῆς χώρᾶς. . ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν, πρὸ τῆς οἰκίας, ὑπὲρ τῆς κεφαλῆς. . ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ. oom ON αὶ . ἐπὶ τῶν ἁμαξῶν, ἀμφὶ τὸ στράτευμα, σὺν τοῖς στρατιώταις. Give: (1) nom. plu. (masc. fem. neut.) of the active participles of λύω. (2) ace. sing. (mase. fem. neut.) of the middle parti- ciples of λύω. 195. EXERCISES . 1. ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἦλθον τρισχίλιοι ἄνδρες αἰτήσοντες μισθόν. 2. χρήματα λαβόντες ἦλθον διὰ τοῦ πεδίου μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν. 3. περιγενόμενος τῶν ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ βασιλεύει Κῦρος. 4. οἱ ποιοῦντες ταῦτα τυγχάνουσι ὄντες “EXAnves. 5. λέγει ὅτι ἐβούλοντο τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἀθροῖσαι. 1. Being dishonored, Cyrus wishes to rule instead of his brother. 2. They came from the city to collect soldiers. 3. Since he was' a friend, Aristippus asked Cyrus for money. 4. When they were present,’ Cyrus spoke as follows.* 5. Though hard pressed by his opponents, he overcame them. 1Ppl. with pred. nom. 2Gen. abs. 3 Cf. 127. Fic. 6.—A Banquet Scene 54 Elementary Greek § 196 LESSON XXII THE SUBJUNOCTIVE 196. καὶ δεῖται αὐτοῦ μὴ πρόσθεν καταλῦσαι πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιστασιώτᾶς πρὶν av αὐτῷ συμβουλεύσηταιἣ οὕτω δὲ αὖ To ἐν Θετταλίᾳ ἐλάνθανεν" αὐτῷ τρεφόμενον στράτευμα. 197. VOCABULARY av, see note 2 and General Vocabulary. δέω, δεήσω, ἐδέησα, want (gen.); impersonally, be necessary, often with the value of a mere auxiliary, must; mid., want for oneself, need, beg. With gen. or with acc. of the thing, and gen. of the person. ἐάν (εἰ + dv), if (with subjunctive). Θετταλία, Gs, ἣ Thessaly. ἵνα, final particle, that, in order that. καταλύω, καταλύσω, κατέλυσα, unloose, come to terms with (mpés). λανθάνω, λήσω, ἔλαθον, be hidden, escape notice. [Lethe] ph, adv., not. πρίν (πρό), conj. adv., before, until. πρόσθεν (πρός), adv., before; πρόσθεν. ... πρίν, before... . until. συμβουλεύω, συμβουλεύσω, συνεβούλευσα, plan with, counsel (dat.); mid., consult with (dat.). τρέφω, θρέψω," ἔθρεψα, nourish, support. [atrophy] 198. Only the present, aorist, and perfect tenses are found in the subjunctive. The perfect subjunctive active is very rare and may be omitted. Learn the present subjunctive of εἰμί (655), the present and aorist, active and middle subjunctive of Avw (638, 639), and the second aorist active and middle subjunctive of λείπω (641). ly is the regular negative with the infinitive except in indirect discourse. 2av is a modal adv. used chiefly with subj. and opt.; it cannot be translated here. 3When the principal clause is negative, πρίν meaning until is followed by the subj., if the main verb is in a primary tense; by the optative if the main verb is in a secondary (historical) tense. ¢The article belongs to στράτευμα. See 181, 4. 6When ¢ anda unite, they form Ψ (tc). Sometimes, as in τρέφω, ϑρέψω, the aspirate in Ψ is drawn into the initial consonant, giving 9 for τ, 8904 The Subjunctive 5D ee πὰ δεν 199. Observe that the subjunctive has » and 7 in place of o/e of the present, and that it has the primary endings (97, 105) in all tenses. As in Latin the force of the tenses varies, but in general both present and aorist refer to future time, with the important distinction that the present repre- sents the action as in progress or repeated, the aorist as simply occurring. 200. Purpose clauses are introduced by ἵνα, ὡς, or ὅπως, and take the subjunctive after primary tenses. After sec- ondary tenses the subjunctive may be retained for vividness, or the verb may be in the optative. The negative is μή. 201. The vivid future condition has in the protasis (condition) ἐάν («i+ ἄν, also sometimes written ἤν, av) with the subjunctive, and the future indicative, or some future expression in the apodosis (conclusion). It implies consid- erable likelihood of fulfilment. ἐὰν κελεύσῃ, αὐτοὺς πέμψω. if he orders it I shall send them, or if he will order it I shall send them. 202. In all conditional sentences the negative in the protasis is μή, in the apodosis, ov. 203. A conditional sentence may state what is or will be true on a particular occasion (e. g. the sentence above, 201), or what is always true if the protasis is fulfilled. The latter is called a general condition. The present general condition always has in the protasis the same form as the vivid future particular condition, but in the apodosis it has the present indicative: ἐὰν κελεύσῃ, αὐτοὺς πέμπω. if he orders it, I (always) send them. 204. DRILL I. Locate the following: 1. καταλύσωμεν, συμβουλεύσωνται, λανθάνῃ. . λύσηται, λύσητε, λύσῃ (two forms), λύησθε. , λύσαντι, λύσασα, λύουσα,; λύοντα. Ow NS OU Oe Elementary Greek § 204 IL; Give: 1. 3 sing. of the subjs. act. of ἀθροίζω. 2. 3 plu. of subjs. mid. of βουλεύω. 3. 8 plu. pres., fut., and aor. ind. (act. and mid.) of Ave. 205. EXERCISES I. 1. ἐὰν ταύτας τὰς πόλεις λαβεῖν βουλώμεθα, Κῦρος κωλύσει. 2. ἐπιβουλεύονται τοῖς σατράπαις ἵνα βασι- λεύσωσιν ἀντὶ τῶν ἄλλων. 8. ἐὰν μὴ Κῦρος χρήματα ἔχῃ. στράτευμα οὐ τρέφει. 4. συμβουλεύσομαι Κύρῳ ἵνα καταλύσωμεν πρὸς τοὺς ἐν Θετταλίᾳ. 5, ἐδέοντο Κύρου μὴ τρέφειν ταῦτα τὰ δύο στρατεύματα. II. 1. He arrests Cyrus in order to send him away from the province. 2. They beg Artaxerxes to become their friend. 3. When he had collected an army, he came to terms with his opponents. 4. If Clearchus comes to terms with his soldiers, they will not send for Cyrus. 5. He secretly’ begged Cyrus to support these soldiers. LESSON XXIII THe PERFECT SYSTEM 206. Πρόξενον δὲ τὸν Βοιώτιον ἕένον ὄντα ἐκέλευσε λαβόντα" ἄνδρας ὅτι πλείστους" παραγενέσθαι, ὡς" εἰς Πισίδᾶς βουλόμενος στρατεύεσθαι. ws* πράγματα παρ- εχόντων" τῶν Πισιδῶν τῇ ᾿Ιωνίᾳ. 207. VOCABULARY Βοιώτιος, ἃ, ον, Boeotian, an inhabitant of Boeotia. mapaylyvopat, παραγενήσομαι, παρεγενόμην, be present or at hand, arrive. Πισίδης, ov, ὁ, Pisidian, an inhabitant of Pisidia. πρᾶγμα, ματος, τό, deed, thing, trouble (usually plural). [practical] Πρόξενος, ov, ὁ, Proxenus. 1See 181, 4. 2181, 3. 8 ὅτι πλείστους = the most possible, adj. modifier of ἄνδρας ; cf. Lat. quam plurimos. 4s, with ppl. gives the alleged reason, on the ground that, asif; cf. 186, ὃ. 5157. 8218 The Perfect System 57 208. Learn the first perfect and pluperfect indicative active, the perfect subjunctive, infinitive, and participle of λύω (638), and the second perfect and pluperfect indicative active, the perfect subjunctive, infinitive, and participle of λείπω (641). The perfect and pluperfect active have a reduplication at the beginning. If the verb begins with a single con- sonant (except p), the reduplication consists of prefixing that consonant and €: λύω, perfect AédAvea. A rough mute becomes the cognate smooth mute (599, 2): θαυμάζω, τεθαύμακα. If a verb begins with two consonants (except a mute and liquid) or a double consonant (ζ, & wW), or with p, the syllable ε takes the place of reduplication. If a verb begins with a short vowel or diphthong, the reduplication takes the same form as the temporal augment. E. g. στρατεύω, ἐστράτευκα: ἀγγέλλω, ἤγγελκας A long vowel remains unchanged: ὠφελέω, ὠφέληκα. 209. The pluperfect augments the perfect by prefixing ε. In verbs which begin with a vowel this augment does not have a visible effect. 210. The first perfect adds «a and the first pluperfect adds «n to the reduplicated stem. The first perfect as a rule is found only in pure,’ liquid, and 7-stems. 211. Pure stems add the endings without changing the stem except to lengthen a final short vowel: Avda, λέλυκα, ποιέω, πεποίηκα. 212. Monosyllabic liquid stems change ε to a: στέλλω [Loren |, ἔσταλκα. 213. Verbs with stems ending in a 7-mute (7, 6, 6) drop this mute before κα, xn: θαυμάζω, τεθαύμακα. 1 Verbs whose stem ends in a vowel. 58 Elementary Greek 8214 214. The second perfect adds a, and the second pluperfect 7. Most verbs with stems ending in a 7-mute (7, 8, ¢) or a x-mute (x, y, x) have a second perfect. The final letter of the stem is usually aspirated. τρίβω, τέτριφα; πέμπω, πέπομφα. Note that the ε of monosyllabic stems is changed to o in the second perfect. 215. The perfect tenses have primary endings (97, 105) and a as a characteristic vowel. In the third singular this becomes ε (cf. first aorist). The pluperfect has the second- ary endings (97, 105). 216. The perfect indicative is used to denote the com- pletion of an action or attainment of a state at the present time; the pluperfect denotes the completion of an action or the attainment of a state in the past. The force of the tense is the same whether the form is first or second perfect. 910. DRILL I. Locate the following verb forms: . λελυμένος, ἐλελύκη. λέλυκε. 4. λελοίπασι. λιπεῖν, ἐστρατευκέναι. . ἔλῦσα, λελύκασι, ἐλελύκεσαν. 5. ἐλελοίπη. συγγενόμενος, λελοιπώς. . ἀπέθανε, ἐπείθετο, ὑπήρχετε. . Form first perfects of θύω, ἀθροίζω. κελεύω, κωλύω, πολεμέω, Tipaw, στρατεύω. 2. They had collected, we have sacrificed, you have left. 3. He has honored, he had made war, they have ordered. 4. He had left, you collected, they had made war. 218. EXERCISES , \ > Aiken I. 1. ἐκεκελεύκεμεν τὸν ἄνδρα παραγενέσθαι. 2. κεκωλύκασι μι 09 DD μὸ af. τοὺς στρατηγοὺς λαβεῖν ἄνδρας. 3. ἡρπάκεσαν τὴν τῶν Πισιδῶν χώραν. 4. ἐστρατεύκη εἰς τοὺς Πισίδας. 5. οὗτοι οἱ ἄνδρες παρεῖχον πράγματα τῇ ἀρχῇ. II. 1. He has commanded Proxenus to make an expedition against them. 2. They had collected men on the ground that Tissaphernes wished to cause trouble to the Pisi- §222 The Aorist Passive 59 dians. 3. So he took’ Boeotian men and came (was on hand), 4. He desired him to be present because he was a gocd soldier. 5. He had ordered as many gen- erals as possible to be on hand. LESSON XXIV THE Aorist PASSIVE 219. Σοφαίνετον δὲ τὸν Στυμφάλιον καὶ Σωκράτην τὸν ᾿Αχαιόν, ξένους ὄντας καὶ τούτους, ἐκέλευσεν ἄνδρας λαβόντας ἐλθεῖν ὅτι πλείστους ὡς πολεμήσων Τισσα- φέρνει σὺν τοῖς φυγάσι τοῖς Μιλησίων. καὶ ἐποίουν οὕτως οὗτοι. 220. VOCABULARY Ἀχαιός, ά, dv, an Achaean, of Achaea. γράφω, γράψω, ἔγραψα, γέγραφα, ἐγράφην, write. (graphic, -graph] Μιλήσιος, ἃ, ov, Milesian, of Miletus. Lodalveros, ov, ὁ, Sophaenetus, a Greek general. Στυμφάλιος, a, ov, Stymphalian, of Stymphalus. σύν, prep. (dat.), with. [syntax] Σωκράτης, ov, ὁ, Socrates, a Greek general. 221. Except in two sets of tenses, the first and second aorist and the first and second future, the verb has the same form for the passive and middle, and one can determine which it is only by the needs of the sentence. 222. Learn the first and second aorist passive, in the indicative, subjunctive, infinitive, and participle of io (640) and φαίνω (642). Observe that the stem of the first aorist (also called the first passive stem) is formed by adding Ge. This becomes θη except when followed by a vowel in inflection: λυθε [λυθη]. It is augmented and uses the secondary endings of the active. Thus the passive voice requires no new set of personal endings. 1181,3. 2Modifies ἄνδρας, For translation see 206, n. 3. 00 Elementary Greek § 223 223. A labial mute (7, β, $) before Ge becomes φ; a palatal mute («, y, x) becomes x; a lingual mute (7, δ, @) becomes s. 224, The second aorist stem (second passive) is formed by adding ε (7, when not followed by a vowel or two conso- nants in inflection) to the verb-stem. Its inflection, there- fore, is like that of the first aorist except for the omission of 6. Stems containing ε change this to a. 225. The first and second future occur so rarely that they may be omitted at this time. 226. DRILL I. Review the meanings, learn the aorist passive, and give the complete principal parts of the following verbs (consult the Greek-English vocabulary): 1. συλλαμβάνω, πορεύομαι. τάττω. 3. ἀθροίζω, ἄγω, τιμάω. 2, πείθω, κωλύω, πέμπω. 4, κελεύω, βούλομαι, λείπω. II. Translate, using the aorist of these verbs: 1. He obeyed, they were collected. 2. Cyrus was arrested, the soldiers proceeded. 3. He wished, you were left, he was honored. 4. They were left, we were arranged} they were ordered. 227. EXERCISES I. 1. ἠξίου καταλύσας πρὸς τοὺς στρατευομένους ἐπὶ τὸν Κῦρον ἐλθεῖν. 2. ἐπέμφθη σὺν τοῖς ἀγγέλοις εἰς Σωκράτην. 8. ἐπειρᾶτο κωλῦσαι αὐτοὺς ἵνα μὴ συλλήφθῃ. 4. ἐκ Θετταλίας ὁρμησάμενος" ἐβουλήθη στράτευμα ἀθροισθῆναι. II. 1. He has commanded them to come that he may have good men. 2. If they do” these things, they will dis- cover® the plot. 8. They aided those who dwelt* in Ionia. 4. They took counsel with the fugitives. 1181,3. 2Ppl. of ποιέω, 3 αἰσθάνομαι. 4131, nW3, 5231 Liquid Verbs. Future and First Aorist 61 LESSON XXV Liquip Vergs. Future AND First Aorist 228, ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐδόκει᾽ ἤδη πορεύεσθαι αὐτῷ ἄνω, THY μὲν lal c - - A πρόφασιν ἐποιεῖτο ws Πισίδας βουλόμενος ἐκβαλεῖν παν- τάπασιν ἐκ τῆς χώρᾶς: καὶ ἀθροίζει ὡς ἐπὶ τούτους" τό τε τὰ Ἁ a“ Ἢ » 4 βαρβαρικὸν καὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικόν. 229. VOCABULARY > ἄνω, adv., up, upward; often of a march, inland. ἀποκτείνω, ἀποκτενῶ, ἀπέκτεινα, ἀπέκτονα, kill, slay, put to death. βαρβαρικός, 4, dv, barbarian, non-Greek, foreign. δοκέω, δόξω, ἔδοξα, δέδογμαι, ἐδόχθην, seem, seem best or good, think; often impersonal. [dogma, orthodox] ἐκβάλλω, ἐκβαλῶ, ἐξέβαλον, ἐκβέβληκα, ἐκβέβλημαι, ἐξεβλήθην, fo throw out, drive out, exile. ἤδη, adv., already, now. μένω, μενῶ, ἔμεινα, μεμένηκα, stay, remain, wait for. παντάπασιν, adv., utterly, entirely, altogether. πορεύομαι, πορεύσομαι, πεπόρευμαι, ἐπορεύθην, pass. dep., proceed, march. πρόφασις, ews, ἣ, excuse, pretext. [prophet] daive, φανῶ, ἔφηνα, πέφαγκα and πέφηνα, πέφασμαι, ἐφάνθην and ἐφάνην, act. show, make appear; mid. show oneself, appear. [emphasis, phenomenon} 230. Liquid verbs (i.e. verbs whose stems end in A, 4, v, p) form the future by adding €0/e instead of co0/e. The inflec- tion then becomes like that of the present of a contract ¢-verb: μένω | μεν], future μενῶ (μενέω) ; βάλλω | Bar], future βαλῶ. 231. In the first aorist a is added instead of σα, and the last vowel of the stem is lengthened to compensate: a to ἢ (ἃ afters orp),etoe,etot,vtod. μένω [wer], aor. ἔμεινα: φαίνω | dav], ἔφηνα; σημαίνω [σημανἿ, ἐσήμηνα. | 1232, 2 ἐδόκει αὐτῷ, it seemed good to him, he decided. 3 As if against these (the Pisidians). ὡς, asif, shows that this is only the apparent purpose of gathering anarmy. 4Sc. στράτευμα, 62 Elementary Greek § 231 Learn the future- and first aorist active and middle indicative, subjunctive, infinitive, and participles of φαίνω (642). The second aorist of liquid verbs presents no peculiar- ities; βάλλω [ Ban], second aorist ἔβαλον. 232. Hiatus occurs when a word which ends in a yowel is followed by a word which begins with a vowel. It is avoided in two ways: (1) by the insertion of v-movable (34), (2) by elision. Elision is the cutting-off in pronun- ciation of a final short vowel. The omission is indicated in writing by the apostrophe (’). 233. DRILL I. Locate the following forms: 1. φανῶσι. φανοῦσι. μενοῦμεν. 4, ἔδοξε, ἠξίουν, ἀποκτενεῖ. 2. βάλλει, βαλεῖ, διέβαλε. 5. ἐποίει. ποιεῖ, μενεῖν. 3. ἐφήναμεν, ἔμειναν, ἔμεινεν. II. 1. I remained, he will throw, they will show. 2. He threw, they showed, we shall remain. 3. He will traduce, they were slaying, you will remain. 4. He collected, he has collected, they will march. 5. They make, they will traduce, they were slaying. 234. EXERCISES I. 1. ἐκβαλοῦσι τοὺς κωλύοντας. 2. ἐὰν δοκῇ πορεύεσθαι στράτευμα συλλέξομεν. 3, ἐπορεύθησαν πρόφασιν ποιή- σαντες ὡς βουλόμενοι καταλῦσαι. 4. ἔπεισε τοῦτον τὸν ἄνδρα τοὺς στρατιώτας πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τάξαι. 5. ἦλθον μὲν ἐκβαλοῦντες; τοὺς Πισίδας, οὐ δ᾽ ἐπολέμησαν. II. 1. They marched inland. 2. After driving the Pisi- dians out of the country they will remain in this city. 3. The generals decided to start out as if against them. 4, This was another excuse. 5. He collected the Greek soldiers with the intention of marching inland. 1181, 5. 8239 Perfect Middle. The Relative Pronoun 63 LESSON XxXVI PerFecT MippLe. THE RELATIVE Pronoun 235. ἐνταῦθα καὶ παραγγέλλει τῷ τε Κλεάρχῳ' λαβόν- TU ἥκειν ὅσον ἦν αὐτῷ στράτευμα, καὶ τῷ ᾿Αριστίππῳ συναλλαγέντι πρὸς τοὺς οἴκοι ἀποπέμψαι πρὸς ἑαυτὸν" ὃ εἶχε στράτευμα." 236. VOCABULARY ἐνταῦθα, adv., here, there, thereupon. ὅς, ἥ, 5, rel. pro. (definite), who, which. ὅσος, 7, ov, rel. pro. (indefinite), how much, many, great, or as much as, all that. παραγγέλλω, παραγγελῶ, παρήγγειλα, παρήγγελκα, παρήγγελμαι, παρηγγέλθην, pass along an order, command, order (dat.). συναλλάττω, συναλλάξω, συνήλλαξα, συνήλλαχα, συνήλλαγμαι, συνηλλάχθην, and συνηλλάγην, bring to terms, reconcile; mid., to become recon- ciled with, to come to terms with. 237. Learn the perfect and pluperfect, middle and passive in indicative, subjunctive, infinitive, and participle of λύω (639, 640). The perfect, middle and passive of pure verbs consists merely of the reduplicated stem with personal end- ings, except in the subjunctive and optative where the form is compound, as in Latin perfect passive, consisting of the perfect participle and εἰμί, The pluperfect has the augment. 238. After the passive voice agency is regularly expressed by ὑπό with the genitive (178, n. 2), but with the perfect — and pluperfect the dative is common. | 239. Learn the declension of ὅς, 7, 6, the definite relative pronoun (634). Its forms are like the article, except (1) ὅς for ὁ, (2) no initial 7, (3) all forms are accented. 1The dat. (indirect obj. of παραγγέλει) displaces the subject of the infin. which would be acc. 2 The English order is ἥκειν λαβόντι στράτευμα ὅσον ἦν αὐτῷ, στράτευμα is incorporated inthe rel.clause. 31460,π.7. 4 Ὠ, ἢ. 2 end. 64 Elementary Greek $240 240. Learn the declension of λύθείς (619). In the same manner decline φανείς. ΤΙ, Τ' I. 941. DRILL . Locate the following forms: . ἐκβέβληται, ἐπεπόρευτο, ἐλέλυντο. . συνηλλάγησαν, συνήλλακτο, συναλλαγέντες. . παραγγελεῖς, παραγγελθείς, παρήγγελται. . ἅ, ἥ, οἵ, φανέντι, φανεῖσι, λύθεισαις. . We have been exiled, ordered, reconciled. He has ordered, reconciled, set out. . They had been reconciled, ordered, they had ransomed. . Having been sent, reconciled, ordered. . To whom (dat. sing. and plu. in all genders). TR WN Pwd μα 242. EXERCISES 1. ἐὰν ἐκβάλωσι τοὺς οἴκοι, ἀποπέμψω τοὺς ἄλλους. 2. παρήγγειλε τῷ Κύρῳ ἥκειν ἔχοντι τὸ στράτευμα. 3. τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἐλάνθανον πορευόμενοι. 4. εἰ Κῦρον ὠφελεῖν βούλεται, ἀγαθὸς φίλος ἐστίν. 5. εἴληφεν ἣν εἶχε στρατιὰν καὶ οἱ “Ἕλληνες οὐκ ἤσθοντο. 1. Thereupon Clearchus took good soldiers and came. 2. For Cyrus sent word to him to collect the men whom he had. 3. If it shall seem best to Cyrus, we shall drive them from the city. Fic. 7.—Preparing for Battle 5247 The Optative Active. Purpose Clauses 65 LESSON XXVII THE OptTaTIVE ACTIVE. PuRPOSE CLAUSES 243. καὶ Ξενίᾳ τῷ ᾿Αρκάδι, ὃς αὐτῷ προειστήκει' τοῦ > A , A 9 , ,ὔ 2 Ν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι ξενικοῦ, ἥκειν παραγγέλλει λαβόντα" τοὺς ¥ Ν ε / ε δ, 44 ἧς > , , ἄνδρας πλὴν ὁπόσοι ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν τὰς ἀκροπόλεις φυλάτ- τειν 244, VOCABULARY ἀκρόπολις, ews, ἣ, acropolis, citadel. ᾿Αρκάς, άδος, ὁ, an Arcadian. ἥκω, ἥξω, only in pres. and fut., come, be present; usually of completed action: have come, have arrived. ἱκανός, ή, dv, sufficient, able. ξενικός, 4 dv, foreign, mercenary; as neut. noun, a mercenary force. ὁπόσος, ἡ, ov, rel. pro., as much (many, great) as; or how much (many, great). φυλάττω. φυλάξω, ἐφύλαξα, πεφύλαχα, πεφύλαγμαι, ἐφυλάχθην, watch, guard. [Ρῃν]Ἱδοίογυ) 245. Many verbs do not have all the tense systems (80). In lesson vocabularies hereafter when parts are not given it means that they are not in common use in Xenophon. 946, In the aorist tense some deponent verbs have the middle forms and some have the passive. The former are called middle deponents; the latter, passive deponents: ἡγέομαι, aorist ἡγησάμην, middle deponent; πορεύομαι, aorist ἐπορεύθην, passive deponent. This distinction is without effect on the meaning of the verb. 247. The optative has the following tenses: present, future, aorist, perfect, future perfect. Learn the present optative of εἰμί (655), the second aorist optative active of λείπω (641), and the optative active (all tenses) of λύω (638). instead of being attracted to case of Hevia; cf. Κλεάρχῳ λαβόντι, 235. The difference is due to the position of the words. 2Infin. with ἱκανοί, 66 Elementary Greek § 248 248. The force of the tenses in the optative (except in indirect discourse) is the same as in the subjunctive (199). 249, Observe that in all tenses the secondary endings are used, but that the first person singular has wz. The personal endings are preceded by a mood sign « (ve in the third person © plural of the active and the aorist passive) which unites with the vowel of the tense stem to form oz (az in the first aorist, a+ct=at). Irregular forms are used in the second and third person singular, and the third plural of the first aorist active. 250. After a secondary tense purpose may be expressed by iva, ὡς, or ὅπως with the optative, or the subjunctive may be retained for vividness: of στρατιῶται ἦλθον iva φυλάττοιεν τὴν ἀκρόπολιν (or iva φυλάττωσινῚ, the soldiers came to guard the acropolis. Cf. 200. 251. DRILL I. Locate the following: 1. ἥκοι, λελύκοι, Ado. 4. λύσαιμι, φυλάξαιμεν, ἥκοιμεν. 2. φυλάξειεν, λύσειαν, λύσειας. 5. εἴην, εἶεν, εἴησαν. 8. φυλάξαι, λάβοι, λύσαιεν. II. Give: 1. 3 sing. of the optatives active of λύω; 3 plu. of the optatives active of φυλάττω. 2. In order that he, you, they, might be. 8. In order that he might take, come, guard. 252. EXERCISES I. 1. ἔταττον ἄνδρας ἱκανοὺς τὸ πεδίον φυλάξαι. 2. τὰς ἀκροπόλεις πεφυλάχᾶσιν. 8. ἔλαβε ὅσοι ἦσαν ἄνδρες. 4, συναλλαγεὶς πρὸς τοὺς οἴκοι ἧκεν ἔχων τοὺς ἄλλους πλὴν ὁπόσοι ἐν μάχῃ ἦσαν, ἵνα Κύρῳ συμπράξειεν. II. 1. They were capable οὗ marching. 2. If που guard the acropolis, they will have the city. 3. After announcing these things to Cyrus, he took the army which he had. ; 4, They took the rest in order that they might guard the acropolis. | 8256 Indirect Discourse. Conditional Sentences 67 LESSON XXVIII InpIREcCT Discourse. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES £ A 253. ἐκάλεσε δὲ Kal’ τοὺς Μίλητον πολιορκοῦντας, Kal Ν 3 (ὃ > aN 2 Ν ees ΄ θ ε ΄ τοὺς φυγάδας ἐκέλευσε" σὺν αὐτῷ στρατεύεσθαι, ὑποσχό- - A «1 ἕ μενος αὐτοῖς, εἰ καλῶς καταπράξειεν ἐφ᾽ ἃ" ἐστρατεύετο, μὴ πρόσθεν παύσεσθαι πρὶν' αὐτοὺς καταγάγοι οἴκαδε. 254. VOCABULARY ἀεί, adv., always, ever. el, conj. (proclitic), 17. καλέω, καλῶ (for καλέσω), ἐκάλεσα," κέκληκα, κέκλημαι, ἐκλήθην, call, sum- _ mon. [calendar, ecclesiastic] καλῶς, adv., well, honorably. κατάγω, κατάξω, κατήγαγον, lead back, restore. καταπράττω (κατα -ἰ πρᾶγ), καταπράξω, karémpata, καταπέπραγμαι, κατ- ἐπράχθην, do effectively, accomplish. οἴκαδε, adv., homeward. παύω, παύσω, ἔπαυσα, πέπαυκα, πέπαυμαι, ἐπαύθην, cause to cease, stop; mid., stop oneself, cease. [pause, pose] πολιορκέω, πολιορκήσω, ἐπολιόρκησα, πεπολιόρκηκα, πεπολιόρκημαι, ἔπολιορ- κήθην, besiege. ὑπισχνέομαι, ὑποσχήσομαι, ὑπεσχόμην, ὑπέσχημαι, hold oneself under, undertake, promise. 255. Learn the optative (all tenses), middle and passive, of Avw (639, 640), the second aorist optative middle of λείπω (641), the second aorist optative passive of φαίνω (642), and the future optative of εἰμί (655). 256. A quoted sentence (indirect discourse) may be introduced by ὅτι (that) or ὡς (how). After a primary tense an indicative does not change its mood or tense; after a secondary tense it may be changed to the optative of the same tense or retained unchanged. πέμπω, I send; _ confuse this verb with καλέω. 3Antecedent omitted; it would be ταῦτα, object of καταπρᾶξειεν. 4 Note vocabulary, 197. 5Cf, 196, n. 3. 6 Note that the « in the stem is not lengthened in the aorist, as is usually the case with vowel stems. 68 Elementary Greek § 256 λέγει ὅτι πέμπει, he says that he sends; ἔλεξεν ὅτι πέμπει (or πέμποι), he said that he sent. 257. Before translating English indirect discourse into Greek, the student should first find the tense of the direct form. This will always be the right tense to use in Greek. 258. The less vivid future condition has εἰ with the opta- tive in the protasis and the optative with av in the apodosis. εἰ κελεύσειε, αὐτοὺς πέμψαιμι ἄν, if he should order it, I would send them. 259. A general condition in past time has the optative in the protasis, but in the apodosis has the imperfect indica- tive. εἰ κελεύσειε, αὐτοὺς ἔπεμπον, if ever he ordered it, I used to send them. 260. DRILL I. Locate the following forms: 1. κληθείη, παύσαιο, ἀγάγοι. 2. ὑπόσχοιτο, καταπεπραγμένοι εἶεν. 3. ἔσοιντο, πολιορκήσοιεν, θύσειεν. 4, παύσεσθε. ὑποσχήσοισθε, ἐσοίμην. lI. Give: 1. (a) 3 sing., (b) 3 plu., (c) 2 plu. of all the middle and passive optatives of λύω. 2. 1 plu. of the optatives middle of κελεύω. 261. EXERCISES I. 1. εἰ Κῦρος ὑπόσχοι παρεῖναι eis τὴν πόλιν, ἔλθοι av, 2. ὁ δ᾽ ἔλεξεν ὅτι καλῶς καταπράξειεν. 3. λέξει ὅτι ἐλθὼν τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ἐφύλαττεν. 4. ἔλεξεν ὅτι τὰ ὅπλα λαβὼν πορεύοιτο. 5, ἔτυχον ὄντες ἀγαθοί. Il. 1. He said that he was restoring the fugitives. 2. If “they should accomplish these things successfully, he would lead them home. 3. He promised to summon those besieging Miletus, if he made an expedition, 4. If he summoned the fugitives, they always came. 5. He says that the fugitives will not pause. pa "δ - 8264 Comparison of Adjectives 69 LESSON XXIX CoMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 262. οἱ δὲ ἡδέως ἐπείθοντο: ἐπίστευον yap αὐτῷ. Kai λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα παρῆσαν eis’ Σάρδεις. Ξενίας μὲν δὴ Ν > A / Ν / Jat | ΄ ε Ζ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων λαβὼν παρεγένετο Eis’ Σάρδεις ὁπλί- - > 2 SY ς , \ or. ΕἾ c Z- Tas eis’ TeTpaKioytdiovs, Πρόξενος δὲ παρὴν ἔχων ὁπλίτας μὲν els’ πεντακοσίους καὶ χιλίους, γυμνῆτας δὲ πεντακο- σίους, Σοφαίνετος δὲ ὁ Στυμφἅλιος ὁπλίτᾶς ἔχων χιλίους, Σωκράτης δὲ ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς ὁπλίτας ἔχων ws” πεντακοσίους. 263. VOCABULARY γυμνής, Aros, ὁ, or γυμνήτης, ov, ὁ, light-armed foot soldier. εὐδαίμων, ov, gen. ovos, adj., of good fate, prosperous, fortunate. ἡδέως, adv., sweetly, gladly. ndis, εἴα, 0, sweet, pleasant. [hedonism] ὁπλίτης, ov, ὁ, hoplite, heavy-armed soldier. ὅπλον, ov, τό, implement, plu. arms. [panoply] πεντακόσιοι, at, a, five hundred. πιστεύω, πιστεύσω, ἐπίστευσα, πεπίστευμαι, ἐπιστεύθην, trust (dat.). Σάρδεις, εων, ai, Sardis, a city of Asia. Minor. χίλιοι, ar, a, thousand. 264. Most adjectives form the comparative and superla- tive by adding repos and tatos to the stem of the positive. The declension is that of other adjectives of the first and second declensions ending in 0s, ἡ (or a), ov. If the penult contains a short vowel not followed by two consonants, the final o of the stem becomes ὦ, This is to avoid so many short syllables: νέος, νεώτερος, but πίστος, πιστότερος. The superlative, when not accompanied by the article, may be translated by very, as in Latin. leis and the acc. are used even after παρῆσαν as though it were a verb of motion. 2 With numerals εἰς means as many as; ws means about. 70 Elementary Greek } § 265 265. A few adjectives add ἔων, ἐστος, to form the compara- tive and superlative. These endings are added to the root: ἡδύς͵ ἡδίων, ἥδιστος. 266. Learn the declension of ἡδίων and εὐδαίμων (615). 267. The most common adjectives with irregular compari- son are: Positive Comparative Superlative 1 ἀγαθός, good ἀμείνων ἄριστος βελτίων βέλτιστος κρείττων κράτιστος 2 κακός, bad χείρων χείριστος ἥττων ἥκιστα (ady.) 89 καλός, beautiful καλλίων κάλλιστος 4 μικρός, small μείων Ὁ ὀλίγος, little, plu. few ἐλάττων ἐλάχιστος 6 dvs, sweet ἡδίων ἥδιστος 7 πολύς, much, plu.many πλείων or πλέων πλεῖστος 8 ταχύς, swift θάττων τάχιστος 9 μέγας, great μείζων μέγιστος 268. DRILL I. Locate and give the meaning of the following: 1. καλλίονες, ἡδιόνων, μείζους. 4. θάττονος, βελτίονι, κρείττονες. 2. πλεῖστοι, ἀρίστων, ἡδίω. 5. λυθείη, κελεύσειεν, λύσειαν. 8. μέγιστος, πλείονα, κάλλιστα. II. Give: (1) dat. sing.; (2) dat. plu.; (8) ace. sing.; (4) ace. plu.; (5) nom. plu., of εὐδαίμων ὁπλέτης, μεῖζον πεδίον. 269. EXERCISES I. 1. Ξενίας ὑπέσχετο χιλίους γυμνῆτας καλέσαι. 2. ἐκεῖ- νοι καλλίους τῶνδε ἦσαν. 8, εἰ ἔρχοιτο, ἀπαράσκευοι εἴημεν ἄν. 4, Ἐξενίᾶς ἦλθεν ἔχων στρατιώτας πλείστους. 5. ἡδέως αὐτῷ πειθόμεθα, φίλος γὰρ Κύρῳ ἦν. II. 1. Cyrus was the γουησοβύ son. 2. He had the greatest army. 38. The best soldiers did not trust their general. 4. He was younger than Artaxerxes. 5. These hoplites are swifter. 1 Also compared regularly, uixporepos, utxpotartos, §274 The Imperative Mood 71 LESSON XXX THe IMPERATIVE Moop 270. Πασίων δὲ 6 Μεγαρεὺς τριᾶκοσίους μὲν ὁπλίτᾶς. τριᾶκοσίους δὲ πελταστὰς ἔχων παρεγένετο: ἣν δὲ Kal! e 4 6 , A > Ν A / 2 οὗτος Kal ὁ Σωκράτης τῶν ἀμφὶ Μίλητον στρατευομένων. ι κα Ν > 4 > A3 9 Z οὗτοι μὲν εἰς Σάρδεις αὐτῷ" ἀφίκοντο. 211. VOCABULARY ἀφικνέομαι, ἀφίξομαι, ἀφτκόμην, ἀφῖγμαι, arrive, reach, come. διώκω, διώξω, ἐδίωξα, δεδίωχα, ἐδιώχθην, pursue. δύναμις, ews, ἥ, power, force (of troops). [dynamo] ἐάω, ἐάσω, εἴασα, εἴακα, εἴαμαι, εἰάθην, allow, permit. εὖ, adv., well. [eulogy] θεός, οὔ, 6 or ἣ, god, goddess. [pantheism, theology] κακός, 4, 6v, bad, cowardly. [cacophonous] Μεγαρεύς, éws, ὁ, a Megarian, citizen of Megara. viv, adv., now, just now, at present. Πασίων, wvos, ὁ, Pasion, a Greek general. πελταστής, οὔ, ὁ, peltast (one equipped with the πέλτη, a small shield). Χράομαι, χρήσομαι, ἐχρησάμην, κέχρημαι, ἐχρήσθην (in pass. sense); mid depon., use, employ (dat.). [catachresis] 272. Tue Personat ENDINGS FOR THE ACTIVE IMPERATIVE Sing. Dual Plu. 2 θι τον τε 3 τω των ντων 273, Learn the imperative active of λύω in the present and aorist (638), the second aorist imperative active of λείπω (641), and the present imperative active of τίμάω, ποιέω, δηλόω (647-49). Observe in the second person singular that θι is dropped, and that the first aorist has an irregular form, 6. g. λῦσον. 274. The negative with the imperative is μή. 1Co-ordinate with καί, both... . and. 2Pred. gen. 3 Dative of advantage. 12 Elementary Greek § 275 - 275. In general, the distinction between the tenses in the imperative is the same as in the subjunctive (199). 276. The imperative expresses command. Negative com- mands (prohibitions) are expressed by μή with the present imperative (implying a continued action) or μή with the aorist subjunctive (implying a single act). μὴ ποίει τοῦτο, do not keep doing this; μὴ ποιήσῃς τοῦτο, do not do this. 277. Exhortations are expressed by the first person of the subjunctive. The negative is μή. καλῶς ἀποθνήσκωμεν, let us die honorably. 278. DRILL I. Locate the following: 1. Ave, λίπε, EAE. 2. ποιείτω, ἐποίει. ποιεῖτε. . λυόντων, λυσάτω, λύσωσιν. . ἔλυσαν, λύσάντων, λύὕσαιμι. . ἀξίου, ἠξίου, τιμᾶτε. . Let them have, speak, let him watch. . Let no one annoy Cyrus. . Honor the gods. Do not permit. . Do it now. Do not remain. II. me WwW Re OR WLW NO 279. EXERCISES I. 1. διώκωμεν τοὺς merTaaTas, of στρατεύονται ἀμφὶ Μίλη- τον. 2. μὴ ἐάσῃς τὸν κακὸν ὁπλίτην λαβεῖν τὰ χρήματα. . νϊκήσατε καὶ διώξατε τούτους εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν. ᾿- . καλεῖ δὲ καὶ Πἀσίωνα ἵνα στρατεύηται εἰς τοὺς Πισίδας. 5. Κῦρος ὑπέσχετο χρῆσθαι τοῖς φυγάσι τοῖς ἐκ Μιλήτου. II. 1. The power of the gods is not small. 2. Leave the cowardly hoplites, do not honor them. 3. Let us use this money well. 4. Pasion will be present in order that he may meet Cyrus. 5. Do not make known this plot to the brother of Cyrus. §283 Nouns in evs. pu-Verbs, ἵστημι 73 LESSON XXXI Nouns In evs. μι- ΈΕΒΕ, ἵστημι 280. Τισσαφέρνης δὲ κατανοήσᾶς ταῦτα, καὶ peilova' > x Ν a - ἡγησάμενος εἶναι ἢ ὡς ἐπὶ Πισίδᾶς τὴν παρασκευήν, , ε ᾿ἀτὰ 2 302 8 ΄, ε f= ¥ πορεύεται ws βασιλέα" 7 ἐδύνατο" τάχιστα imméas ἔχων ε , \ \ \ Ἄν, τ ν 4 ὡς πεντακοσίους. καὶ βασιλεὺς μὲν δή, ἐπεὶ ἤκουσε Τισ- Z σαφέρνους τὸν Κύρου στόλον, ἀντιπαρεσκευάζετο. 281. VOCABULARY ἀκούω, ἀκούσομαι, ἤκουσα, ἀκήκοα, ἠκούσθην, hear. [acoustic] ἀντιπαρασκευάζομαι, ἀντιπαρασκευάσομαι, ἀντιπαρεσκευασάμην, prepare oneself in turn (of opposition). βασιλεύς, ws, ὁ, king. [basilisk, Basil] δύναμαι, δυνήσομαι, δεδύνημαι, ἐδυνήθην, be able, can. [dynamite] ἡγέομαι, ἡγήσομαι, ἡγησάμην, ἥγημαι, ἡγήθην, lead, think. ἱππεύς, ws, ὁ, horseman. ἵστημι, στήσω, ἔστησα, ἔστην, ἕστηκα, ἕσταμαι, ἐστάθην, act. (except 2 aor., perf., and plup.), make to stand, station; mid. and 2 aor., perf. and plup. act., take one’s stand, halt. κατανοέω, κατανοήσω, κατενόησα, KaTavevonka, κατανενόημαι, κατενοήθην, observe well, notice, consider. μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα, great. [megaphone, omega] παρασκευή, ἧς, ἢ, preparation. στόλος, ov, 6, expedition. ταχύς, eta, 0, quick, swift. ὡς, prep. (acc.), to, with names of persons only. 282. Learn βασιλεύς (608) and ταχύς (614). 283. Observe that in nouns in evs the v of the stem is dropped before vowel endings, i. e. in all cases except in nominative and vocative singular and dative plural. a in 1 Pred. adj. with εἶναι modifying παρασκευήν. μείζονα, . .. ἣ ws, lit. greater than as, i. 6. too great to be. The expedition was professedly (ὡς) against the Pisidians. Preparation greater than against the Pisidians would be παρασκευὴν μείζονα ἣ ἐπὶ Πισίδας. 3 βασιλεύς usually means the king of Persia, and may be used without the article like a proper name. 3Inflected like mid. (pass.) of ἵστημι. 4Verbs of hearing govern the acc. of the thing heard (dir. obj.) and the gen. of the source. 74 Elementary Greek τος 8388 accusative singular and plural is long, and the genitive singular has ws in place of os. These nouns are masculine gender and oxytone, and express the agent or personconcerned. 284. Learn ἵστημι in present and imperfect indicative, active and middle (passive) (650, 652). ὁ 285. Observe that the verb stem is στὰ (present stem iota) and the personal endings are added directly to the stem (with vowel lengthened in the singular of the present and imperfect active). 286. DRILL I. Locate the following: - . ἱππεῖ ταχεῖ, πόλεις ἡδίους. οὗτοι οἱ βασιλεῖς ς. . βασιλέα, ἰχθῦς, ταχεῖς, ταῖς πόλεσι ταύταις. . ἵστησι, ἵστασαι, ἱστᾶσι, ἵστασαν. . ἵσταμεν, ἵστημι, ἵσταται. σι Ob κα . ἵσταντο, ἵστανται. ἵστατο. II. Give: 1. (a) dat. plu., (b) gen. sing., (6) ace. sing., of βασιλεὺς otros, φάλαγξ ταχεῖα, πόλις μείζων. 2. (a) 2 sing., (b) 2 plu., (c) 3 plu. pres. and imp. ind. act. and mid., of ἵστημι and λύω. 287. EXERCISES I. 1. Κῦρος μείζονα παρασκευὴν ἐδύνατο πέμψαι. 2. βασι- λεὺς ἡγησάμενος τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀπαρασκεύους εἶναι, ὡρμᾶτο. 8, ἔχων ὁπλίτας τριάκοσίους ἀφίκετο εἰς Σάρδεις, 4, τῷ στρατηγῷ ἐδόκει ὡς βασιλέα πορεύεσθαι. 5. οἱ τοῦ βασι- λέως ἱππεῖς ἐδύναντο θᾶττον πορεύεσθαι. II. 1. They reached the plain in the following manner, 2. His brother, noticing this, gathered an army as quickly as he could. 3. They thought the plot was against him. 4. They were able to do this. 5. The horseman is able to go to the king’s satrap. 8292 Third Declension Stems in ες 75 LESSON XXXII THIRD DECLENSION STEMS IN ἐς. IMPERATIVE MIDDLE 288. Κῦρος δὲ ἔχων ovs' εἴρηκα ὡρμᾶτο ἀπὸ Σάρδεων." A. Ὁ , Ν “Ἢ -Qse- Ν A , ~ καὶ ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυδίας σταθμοὺς τρεις Tapacayyas » A 4, 5» A A 4 , εἴκοσι καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τὸν Μαίανδρον ποταμόν. 289. VOCABULARY διά, prep. (gen.), through ; (acc.), through, on account of. [diameter] εἴκοσι, twenty. ἐξελαύνω [era], ἐλῶ, HAaca, ἐλήλακα, ἐλήλαμαι, ἠλάθην, drive out; generally intrans., march (of the commander, i. e. drives his army). ἐρῶ (fut.), εἴρηκα, εἴρημαι, ἐρρήθην, say, speak, tell. Defective verb. The present is supplied from φημί or λέγω and the 2 aor. by εἶπον. εὗρος, ovs, τό, width, breadth. [aneurism] Avsla, Gs, ἡ, Lydia, a country of Asia Minor. Μαίανδρος, ov, ὁ, Maeander, a river of Asia Minor. [meander] Μένων, wvos, ὁ, Menon, a Greek general. παρασάγγης, ov, ὁ, parasang, Persian measure of distance (about 815 miles). σταθμός, οὔ, ὁ, station, stopping-place, day’s journey. 290. Decline εὖρος (609). Observe that the stem ends in eo and that σ is dropped before all case endings. Contraction then occurs. The ε of the stem is changed to o in the nom- inative, accusative, and vocative singular. Nouns like εὖρος are all neuter and have the recessive accent. 291. The personal endings in the middle and passive are: Singular Dual Plural 2 co σθον σθε 3 obo σθων σθων 292. In the second person singular o is dropped and ov results from contraction; the first aorist has the irregular form σαι, 6. g. λῦσαι. The first and second aorist passive use the active endings, retaining θὲ in the second person singular. 1 Antecedent (obj. of ἔχων) omitted. =! Oo Elementary Greek § 293 293, Learn the imperative middle (passive ) of the present, aorist and perfect of λύω (639, 640), of the second aorist middle of λείπω (641), of the second aorist passive of φαίνω (642), and of the present middle (passive) of tivaw, ποιέω, δηλόω (648). 294. DRILL I. Locate the following: λῦσαι, λύσαι, λέλυσαι. 4. λυθέντων, τιμᾶσθε, ποιείσθω. λιποῦ, λίποι, ἐλύσω. 5. ποιείτω, ἠξίου, δηλοῦτε. ΤΊ, Let the city be called Sardis. Soldiers, march to the city and remain one day. 1. 2. 8. λύσατε, λύεσθε, λύεσθαι. τ 2. 3. Let them be conquered, not honored. 295. EXERCISES I. 1. εἴκοσι παρασάγγας πορευθέντες ἐπὶ ΚΚολοσσὰς adixovto. 2. ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν. 3, ταῦτα ἀκούσας βασιλεὺς λαβὼν ois εἴρηκα πολεμεῖν ἐπειρᾶτο. 4, ἐπαύσαντο ἵνα Κῦρον πείσειαν. 5, ἐνόμιζον τὸ εὖρος τοῦ ποταμοῦ εἶναι μεῖζον. II. 1. I heard of the plot from Pasion. 2. If Menon should come with boats, he would guard the acropolis, 3. The citieswere small andprosperous. 4. The Maeander River is larger. 5. They reached Sardis, a prosperous city. 8299 pu-Verbs, δείκνυμι 77 “a LESSON XXXIII pt-VERBS, δείκνυμι 296. rovrov' τὸ εὖρος᾽ δύο πλέθρα: γέφυρα δὲ ἐπὴν ἐζευγμένη πλοίοις" ἑπτά. τοῦτον διαπορευθεὶς ἐξελαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγὰς ὀκτὼ εἰς Κολοσ- σᾶς, πόλιν οἰκουμένην,᾽ εὐδαίμονα καὶ μεγάλην. 297. VOCABULARY ἀληθής, és, gen. ots, trae. δείκνυμι, δείξω, ἔδειξα, δέδειχα, δέδειγμαι, ἐδείχθην, show, point out, indicate. διαπορεύομαι, διαπορεύσομαι, διεπορεύθην, march through, march over, cross. ἔπειμι (ἐπί, εἰμί), be upon, be over. ἑπτά, seven. [heptarchy] ζεύγνῦμι, ζεύξω, ἔζευξα, ἔζευγμαι, yoke, join together, bridge (with boats). {zeugma] Κολοσσαί, dv, ai, Colossae, a city of Asia Mincr. πλέθρον, ov, τό, plethron (about 97 feet). πλοῖον, ov, τό, boat. Φρυγία, as, ἣ, Phrygia, a country in Asia Minor. 298. Learn δείκνῦμιε in the present and imperfect active and middle (passive), all moods (650, 652). Observe that the verb stem is dex, and that the present adds vv to this stem. In the singular of the present and imperfect active the stem is devi (not dexvv). In the subjunctive and optative the inflection is like that of λέω. So also outside the present system. 299. Learn μέγας (616). Observe that μέγας has two stems, veya and peyado/a. The latter gives the first and 1It is so customary to connect Greek sentences with a conjunction that its Omission has a name—asyndeton (not bound together). The asyndeton here is lessened by the fact that τούτου (dem. pro.) has some connective force. 2 edpos is subj. of ἦν understood. 3 Dat. of means. 4So many cities of Asia Minor had become deserted that Xenophon often specifies that a city is inhabited. 78 Elementary Greek § 299 second declension forms. μέγα gives the third declension forms—the nominative, accusative, and vocative of the mas- culine and neuter singular. 300. DRILL I. Locate the following: 1. δείκνυσι, ἐδείκνυς, Cevyvins. 4, πόλεων μεγάλων, στρατεύματι, 2. δεικνύωσι, δεικνύασι, ἐζεύγνυτο. μεγάλῳ, γέρουσι εὐδαίμοσι. 3. δεικνύς, δεικνύῃ, ζευγνύοιντο. 5. λύσειεν, λύσειαν, λίποιεν. II. Give: 1. (a) nom. plu., (6) ace. sing., (c) dat. plu., of yépipa μεγάλη, πόλις εὐδαίμων. 2. (a) 8 plu., (b) 2 plu., (c) 3 sing., pres. ind., subj. and opt. act. of λύω. 301. EXERCISES I. 1. πολλοῖς καὶ μεγάλοις πλοίοις ζευγνύᾶσι γέφῦραν. 2. ἐὰν Κῦρος τὸν στόλον τοῦ στρατηγοῦ ἀκούσῃ ἀντιπαρα- σκευάσεται. 8. τούτου τοῦ πεδίου τὸ etpos ἣν δέκα παρασάγγαι. 4. Κῦρος ἔδειξεν τοῖς στρατιώταις ἑπτά πλοῖα. 5, ἡ πόλις ἣν εἴρηκε εὐδαίμων καὶ μεγάλη ἢν. II. 1. They proceeded two days’ journey. 2. There was a bridge made of (joined by) seven boats. 3. They started from the river when they heard this from Cyrus. 4. The cities of Phrygia were large and prosperous. 5. He took the large boats to make (ζεύγνῦμι) a bridge. Fia, 8.—Hurling a Javelin $306 Subjunctive of Contract Verbs -! Ὁ LESSON XXXIV SUBJUNCTIVE OF CoNnTRACT VERBS 302. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρᾶς ἑπτά: καὶ ἧκε Μένων 6 Θετταλὸς ὁπλίτας ἔχων χϊλίους καὶ πελταστὰς πεντα- κοσίους, Δόλοπας καὶ Αἰνιᾶνας καὶ ᾿Ολυνθίους. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγὰς εἴκοσιν εἰς Κελαι- vas, τῆς Ppvyias πόλιν οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. 303. VOCABULARY Αἰνιᾶνες, wv, οἱ, Aenianes, a Thessalian tribe. Δόλοπες, wv, οἱ, Dolopians, a people of Thessaly. ἐντεῦθεν, adv., from here, from there, thereupon. Κελαιναί, av, αἱ, Celaenae, a city of Asia Minor. ὀκτώ, eight. [octagon] ᾿Ολύνθιοι, wv, ot, Olynthians, the inhabitants of Olynthus. 304. Learn the present subjunctive active and middle (passive) of tiudw, ποιέω, δηλόω (647, 648). Observe that a+ «oe = ὦ €+ ὦ = ὦ o+a=e@ at+y=a4 εἰ ἡΞξΞη o+ ηἡΞξεὼ @+y=e¢ ¢+9=2 O+ 9 =o 305. DRILL I. 1. τιμᾷ, ποιῇ, δηλοῖ. 4, μενοῦσι, μένουσι, ἔμενον. 2. τιμῶσι, τιμᾶται, τιμᾶσθε. ὅ. ἐτίμων, ἠξίουν, ἐπολέμει. 8. ποιῆται, ποιῶνται, δηλῶται. II. Give (a) 2 sing., (b) 3 plu. pres. subj. act. and mid., of λύω, Tipdw, ποιέω, δηλόω. 906. EXERCISES I. 1. ἐὰν Κῦρος τιμᾷ τοὺς στρατιώτας πολιορκήσουσι ταύτην τὴν πόλιν. 2. ἐξελαύνομεν ἵνα ὠφελῶμεν τοὺς Κύρου φίλους. 8. μεταπέμπεται τοὺς ὁπλίτας ἵνα τοὺς φυγάδας λαβόντες ὁρμῶνται. 4. ὦ στρατιῶται, τιμῶμεν τὸν σα- τράπην. 5, μενεῖ ἐν Κελαιναῖς πόλει οἰκουμένῃ. 80 Elementary Greek § 806 II. 1. If the king furnishes six months’ pay, the soldiers will set out. 2. The hoplites remain in order that they may be honored. 3. Let us make war on the enemies of the king. 4. The cities are large, and the inhabi- tants are prosperous. 5. Remain three days in this city. LESSON XXXV PERSONAL PRONOUNS 307. ἐνταῦθα Κύρῳ βασίλεια ἣν kal παράδεισος μέγας 9 , , , νοῦς 52 7 3. ὃ Ἢ ἀγρίων θηρίων πλήρης, ἃ ἐκεῖνος ἐθήρευεν ἀπὸ ἵππου, ε ’ὔ 2 ’ὔ 4, ε ’ὔ Ν Ἀ 9 ὃ Ν ὁπότε γυμνάσαι βούλοιτο ἑαυτόν τε καὶ τοὺς ἵππους. διὰ , 8 δὲ A ὃ ΄, (2 Foy 8G , ὃ ld ε μέσου" δὲ τοῦ παραδείσου pet ὁ Μαίανδρος ποταμός: at δὲ ‘ > A > > “ Χ , ela Se Ν ὃ Ν € πηγαὶ αὐτοῦ εἰσιν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων: pet δὲ καὶ διὰ τῆς Κελαινῶν πόλεως. 908. VOCABULARY ἄγριος, a, ov, of the field, wild. βασίλειον, ov, τό, generally plu, βασίλεια, palace. ἑαυτοῦ, ἧς, reflex. pro., of himself, herself, its. ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ, pers. pro., J. ἐμός, 4, 6v, poss. pro. of 1 pers., my, mine. ἡμέτερος, ἃ, ov, poss. pro. of 1 pers. plu., our. θηρεύω, θηρεύσω, ἐθήρευσα, τεθήρευκα, hunt. θηρίον, ov, τό, wild animal, game. [megatherium] μέσος, n, ov, middle. [Mesopotamia] ol, dat. of 3 pers. pro., indirect reflex., himself. ὁπότε, rel. adv., when, whenever, if ever. παράδεισος, ov, ὁ, park. [paradise] πηγή, As, ἢ, fountain, source. [pegomancy] πλήρης, ες, full of, full. péw,* ῥυήσομαι or ῥεύσομαι, ἐρρύηκα, ἐρρύην, flow. [catarrh, rheumatism] σός, of, σόν, poss. pro., 2 pers. sing., thy, thine. ὑμέτερος, ἃ, ov, poss. pro. 2 pers. plu., your, yours. 1 Adjs. of plenty govern the gen. 2 ὁπότε here = if ever, if at any time; i.e. itis in reality conditional and is so treated. Here the moods of ἐθήρευεν and βούλοιτο follow the rule given in 259, 3Takes pred. position; trans., middle of the park. 4Dissyllabic verbs in éw contract only to εἴ, ῥέει = ῥεῖ, but ῥέουσι is uncontracted, 8818 Personal Pronouns 81 809. Learn ἐγώ, σύ, οὗ (629). The singular, except the nominative and the dissyllabic forms in the first ‘person, are enclitic. The accent may be retained for emphasis. The dissyllabic forms are also emphatic. The nominatives are seldom used except for emphasis. 810. Learn ἐμαυτοῦ, σεαυτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ (630). Observe that the reflexive pronouns are formed from the stems of the personal pronouns+avtds. In the plural of the first and second persons there is of course no neuter. The plural is expressed in two words. These are direct reflexives; i. e. refer to the subject of the clause in which they stand. οὗ is generally in a sub- ordinate clause and refers to the subject of the principal clause; i. e., is an indirect reflexive. 311. The possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος are formed from the stems of the personal pronouns and are declined like adjectives in os. 312. DRILL I. Locate the following: 1. ἐμοί, ὑμῖν, of. 4. αὐτούς, αὑτούς, ἡμᾶς αὐτούς. 2. ἡμῶν, ἡμῖν, σφίσι. 5. ἱππέας, μέγαν, πατράσι. 3. ἑαυτοῖς, ὑμᾶς, ἡμεῖς. II. 1. Me, of you, we. 4. To you, to me, to him. 2. Us, they, them. 5. For ourselves, of ourselves, 3. Of us, thee, to us. myself. 313. EXERCISES I. 1. ἐμοὶ μὲν ἡδέως ἐπείθοντο, ὑμᾶς δὲ ἐξέβαλον. 2. ἔστι δὲ καὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἐν τῇ ἀκροπόλει. 8, εἰ ἐκεῖνοι ἀφίκοιντο ἐπὶ τὰ βασίλεια, δύναιντο ἂν νικᾶν, 4. εἰ βασιλεὺς γυμνάσαιτο, ἔμενεν ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ παραδείσῳ. ὅ. Κῦρος ἔπεισε φίλιος ὧν τοὺς υἱοὺς ἡμῶν γενέσθαι ἀγαθούς. f 82 Elementary Greek one $313 II. 1. These generals thought you were honorable. 2. The hoplites benefited themselves and their friends. 3. The river flows through a large and prosperous plain. 4. This city was full of men. 5. If he wishes to exercise, he hunts wild animals on (ἀπο) his own horse. LESSON XXXVI REVIEW OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 314, ἔστι δὲ καὶ μεγάλου βασιλέως βασίλεια ἐν Κελαι- vats ἐρυμνὰ ἐπὶ ταῖς πηγαῖς τοῦ Μαρσύου ποταμοῦ ὑπὸ τῇ ἀκροπόλει. 918, VOCABULARY aipéw, αἱρήσω, εἶλον, ἥρηκα, ἥρημαι, WpeOnv, act., take, seize, capture; mid., choose, prefer. (heresy, diaeresis] γυνή, aks, ἢ; woman, wife. [misogyny] épupves, 4, ov, fortified. κῆρνξ, ὕκος, ὁ, herald. Μαρσύας, ov, ὁ, Marsyas, a satyr of Phrygia. μάχομαι, μαχοῦμαι, ἐμαχεσάμην, μεμάχημαι, contend, fight. ναῦς, νεώς, ἢ, ship, vessel. [mausea, argonaut] dpvis, os, 6 or h, bird. [ornithology] mais, παιδός, ὁ or 4, boy, girl, child. [pedagogue, encyclopaedia] πόλεμος, ov, ὁ, war. [polemic] τριήρης; ovs, ἢ, trireme, a ship with three banks of oars. χείρ, 6s, q, hand. [chirography, surgeon (old spelling chirurgeon)] 316. Nouns of this declension are classified according to the last letter of the stem as follows: 1. Labial or palatal mutes (7, 8, $; κ, Ὑ, x), never neuter. 2. Lingual mutes (τ, δ, 6); δ, 6, feminine; τ, of different genders, except at, always neuter. 3. Liquid (A, v, p), chiefly masculine. 4. co, mostly neuters in eo (nominative, os). 1Nom, plu. in agreement with βασίλεια, $320 Review of the Third Declension A 88 i 5. ἐς v, feminine; stems in ὁ have recessive accent. 6. ev, masculine, oxytone, denoting the agent. 317. Observe that lingual mute stems whose nominatives end in ἐς (not oxytone) drop the final τ, 6, θ of the stem and add v to form the accusative singular: χάρις [ χαριτ), χάριν, but ἀσπίς [ἀσπιδ])͵ ἀσπίδα. 318. Decline γυνή (610), ὄρνις (604), ναῦς, παῖς. τριήρης, χείρ (611). 819. DRILL State gender and decline nouns formed from the following stems: ἡγεμόν. dpes, χρῆματ. φάλαγγ. τεῖχες, μάντι, ὄνοματ, ἀσπίδ. μήν, κῆρυκ, ἑρμηνεύ, Aer, γίγαντ, χάριτ. γυμνῆτ. ἀγών. φύλακ. θεράποντ, κρίσι, φῶτ, διῶρυχ. 920. EXERCISES I. 1. ταῦτα ta στρατεύματα τοῖς ἄρχουσι ods εἴλετο πείθεται. 2. εἰ μὴ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐκβάλλοιμεν, πράγματα ἡμῖν παρ- εἶχον. 8. τούτου τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὸ εὗρος ἦν μεῖζον ἣ ἐκείνου. 4, τοῖς ἱππεῦσι ἐμάχοντο ἵνα Κῦρον βασιλέα ποιήσαιντο. 5. τούτοις τοῖς ἀνδράσι ἦσαν ἄλλαι προφάσεις. II, 1. They collected the fugitives from the cities in order that they might honor them. 2. The Greeks came from the king to Sardis and remained four months. 3. The land of the Thracians is full of large wild beasts. 4. They sent the money which Cyrus promised to the soldiers. 5. If the satrap should march through the midst of the city, the king would make war on him. Fic. 9.—A School Scene 84 Elementary Greek § 321 ὡ LESSON XXXVII THE NUMERALS 321, ῥεῖ δὲ kal οὗτος διὰ τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐμβάλλει εἰς Ἀν ΄ ὃ A NE ͵΄ \ Ce’. 9 ¥ τὸν Μαίανδρον: τοῦ δὲ Μαρσύου τὸ εὖρός ἐστιν εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ποδῶν. ἐνταῦθα λέγεται ᾿Απόλλων ἐκδεῖραι = » = 2 = Μαρσύαν, νϊκήσὰς ἐρίζοντά᾽ οἱ περὶ σοφίας, καὶ τὸ δέρμα κρεμάσαι ἐν τῷ ἄντρῳ ὅθεν αἱ πηγαί: 922. VOCABULARY ἄντρον, ov, τό, Cave. ᾿Απόλλων, wvos, ὁ, acc. wa or w, Apollo. δέρμα, atos, τό, skin. [epidermis] ἐκδέρω, ἐκδερῶ, ἐξέδειρα, strip off the skin, flay. ἐμβάλλω, ἐμβαλῶ, ἐνέβαλον, ἐμβέβληκα, ἐμβέβλημαι, ἐνεβλήθην, throw in (i.e. an army), make an attack, invasion; empty (of rivers). [emblem] ἐρίζω, only pres. and imperf., strive, contend. [eristic] Kpepdvvipe [κρεμα], κρεμῶ, ἐκρέμασα, ἐκρεμάσθην, hang. μηδείς, μηδεμία, μηδέν, not even one, no one. vikdw, νϊκήσω, ἐνίκησα, νενίκηκα, conquer, surpass. [Nicolas] ὅθεν (rel. pro. θεν, indicating source), conj. adv., from which place, whence. οὐδείς, οὐδεμία, οὐδέν, not even one, nO ONe. πέντε, five. [pentagon] πούς, ποδός, ὁ, foot. [tripod, antipodes} σοφία, as, ἡ, wisdom, skill (6. 5. in music). [philosophy, sophomore] 323, Learn the cardinal numbers from one to twenty-one (625). Look over the other cardinals, the ordinals, and numeral adverbs, observing the method of formation, and which ones are inflected. (Hereafter numerals will not be given in lesson vocabularies. ) 324, Review declension of εἷς, δύο, τρεῖς, τέτταρες (626). Like εἷς decline οὐδείς (οὐ-δ᾽ -εἷς δῦ, (627) and μηδείς (μή-δ᾽ -εἷς), no one, nothing. 1 Pred. gen. ἢ ἐρίζοντά οἱ περὶ σοφίας, who entered into a contest of musical skill with him (Apollo); lit., as he contended, etc. 4 Se. εἰσί, i . § 326 The Numerals 85 325. DRILL I. Locate the following forms: i, οὐδενί, μηδένα, οὐδέν. 4. τέτταρας, τρία, δυοῖν. 2. ὑμεῖς, μηδείς, τρεῖς. 5. οὐδεμίαν. ἐμέ, μηδεμία. II. 1 ΤΠ’ 3. τρισί, σφῖσι, τέτταρσι. 1. One spring, three hides, two caves. 2. No city, no war, four cities. 3. Eleven soldiers, thirteen bridges, fifteen kings. 4, Ten armies, eighteen heralds, twenty months. 326. EXERCISES 1. συγγενόμενος αὐτῷ περὶ χρημάτων ἤριζεν. 2. ὁ ποτα- μὸς ἐνέβαλε εἰς τὸν Μαρσύαν καὶ τὸ εὗρος εἴκοσι καὶ ὀκτὼ ποδῶν ἦν. 8. ἡμῖν ἔδοξε μαχέσασθαι τόνδε τὸν τρόπον. 4. οἱ δυνάμενοι τὴν ἀκρόπολιν λαβεῖν πειράσονται ἵνα μέγαν βασιλέα ὠφελῶσι. 5. ῥέουσι δὲ ποταμοὶ μεγάλοι τρεῖς διὰ τούτου τοῦ πεδίου. 1. No one conquered the friends of the king. 2. Let us demand a thousand darics as pay. 3. If Apollo flays him, he will die. 4. The width of the river is twenty feet and there is no bridge over it.’ 5. Upon hearing this he proceeded to the park from which the river flowed. 1 Cf. 296. Fic. 10.—The Contest between Apollo and Marsyas 86 Elementary Greek § 327 LESSON XXXVIII IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 327. dua δὲ τοῦτο ὁ ποταμὸς καλεῖται Μαρσύας. ἐν- ταῦθα Ἐέρξης, ὅτε ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἡττηθεὶς τῇ μάχῃ ἀπεχώρει, λέγεται οἰκοδομῆσαι ταῦτά τε τὰ βασίλεια καὶ Ν A > , > »“)λ » Ὁ“ e 4 - τὴν Κελαινῶν ἀκρόπολιν. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινε Κῦρος ἡμέρας Er 2 ar ee ΄, ε , Ν τριάκοντα: καὶ ἧκε Κλέαρχος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος φυγὰς ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους καὶ πελταστὰς Θρᾷκας ὀκτακοσίους καὶ τοξότας Κρῆτας διακοσίους. ; 328. - VOCABULARY ἀποχωρέω, ἀποχωρήσω, ἀπεχώρησα, ἀποκεχώρηκα, go away, withdraw. ιλλάς, άδος, ἢ, Hellas, Greece. ἡττάομαι, ἡττήσομαι, ἡττήθην, to be weaker than, be defeated. Κρής, Kpnrés, Cretan. οἰκοδομέω, οἰκοδομήσω, ὠκοδόμησα, ὠκοδόμηκα, build, erect. ὅτε, adv. Conj., when, whenever. πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, adj., all, every. [panacea, Pan-American] πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, adj., much, many. [polygamy] τοξότης, ov, ὁ, archer, bowman. Eléptns, ov, 6, Xerxes, king of Persia. χαρίεις, eroa, ev, graceful, pleasing. 329. Complete tornm (650, 652) in present system, active, middle (passive). Learn second aorist system of ἵἴστημι (active and middle). Note in the general vocabulary the | transitive and intransitive tenses. 330. Learn πᾶς, χαρίεις (614), πολύς (616). Observe that the stem of πᾶς and of χαρίεις ends in vt. When ¢ is added in the nominative masculine, vt is dropped and the vowel lengthened, ἄ to ad, ε ἰο ει. The ε is not lengthened in the dative plural. πάντων and πᾶσι do not obey the law for monosyllables (135). 8388 Irregular Adjectives 87 331. These adjectives are of the first and third declen- sions. Like μέγας (299), πολύς has two stems, πολυ and πολλοΐα. πολυ gives third declension forms—the nomina- tive, accusative, vocative, singular, masculine and neuter. All the other forms are from zroAXo/a, and are of the first (the feminine form) and second (the masculine and neuter forms) declensions. 332. DRILL I. Locate the following: 1. στάντας, ἱστάναι, ἵσταται. 4, σταῖεν, σταίην. στῆναι. 2. στάντων, ἔστησαν, iorasay. 5. πολλά, πάσαις. χαριεσσῶν. 3. στῶσι, ἱστῶσι, ἱστᾶσι. 1. Give (a) ace. sing., (b) nom. plu., (6) dat. sing., (d) dat. plu., of πᾶς φυγάς, ἀγὼν πολύς, χαρίεσσα ἀκρόπολις. πᾶν στράτευμα. 2. (a) We are placing guards. (6) He was halting (making stand) the horse. (c) The horses stood. (d) The heralds were standing. (e) I am standing. 333. EXERCISES II. I. 1. ἦλθεν λαβὼν ἄνδρας πολλοὺς ὡς πολεμήσων Κύρῳ. 2. Ἐέρξης ἐλέγετο ἡττηθῆναι τῇ μάχῃ καὶ ἐξ Ἑλλάδος ἀποχωρῆσαι. 8. ἐὰν δύνωμαι, πέμψω πάντας τοὺς ἱππέάς. 4. ἀποχωρήσας ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἔστησε τὸ στράτευμα. ὅ. αὕτη ἡ χαρίεσσα χώρα “Ἑλλὰς ἐκαλεῖτο. 11. 1. The river is said to have been called Marsyas on this account. 2. When the king was conquered in battle, he came to terms. 3. Xerxes is said to have built all these cities. 4. They happened to be standing. 5. There are many large armies which will hinder them. EAAHNANHPYONT OTEOAY MPIAIHRIKAMOITE TE ΔΩ ΚΕΝΝΙΚΗ ZAIN PAT ONOAYMTIAS4 [MP οἱ € AOADPOPOIE TOAEAEY TEPONAYTIZEPEZ HE Impojle ¥ t OL AHNTPAIACEAA K| woo Fie. 11.—A Record of the Olympic Victories of Troilus 88 Elementary Greek 8384 LESSON ΧΧΧΙΧ INDIRECT DIscouRsE. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 334, ἅμα δὲ καὶ Σῶσις παρῆν ὁ Συρᾶκόσιος ἔχων ε 1 τως - , Ν ΄, fo Ν » ε Ζ ὁπλίτᾶς τριᾶκοσίους, καὶ Σοφαίνετος ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς ἔχων ὁπλί- - Ce Ν > A A Lets Ν > Ν τᾶς χιλίους. καὶ ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος ἐξέτασιν καὶ ἀριθμὸν Ae 2: Ἢ > , b aA , A eee 1 ε τῶν “Ἑλλήνων ἐποίησεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, καὶ ἐγένοντο᾽ ot 2 A ~ Ἢ σύμπαντες ὁπλῖται μὲν μύριοι καὶ χίλιοι, πελτασταὶ δὲ ἀμφὶ" τοὺς δισχιλίους. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο , - , > ΄ - ΄ > , > ag? παρασάγγὰς δέκα eis Πέλτᾶς. πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθ ἔμεινεν ἡμέρᾶς τρεῖς: 990, VOCABULARY ἅμα, adv., at the same time. ἀριθμός, od, ὁ, number, numbering. (arithmetic, logarithm] δέχομαι, δέξομαι, ἐδεξάμην, δέδεγμαι, ex Onv, receive, accept. [synecdoche, pandect, dock] ἐξέτασις, ews, H, review, inspection. θώραξ, ἄκος, ὁ, breastplate, corslet. [thorax] Πέλται, dv, ai, Peltae. σύμπας, σύμπασα, σύμπαν, all together, the whole. Συρακόσιος, a, ov, of Syracuse, Syracusan. σώζω, σώσω, ἔσωσα, σέσωκα, σέσω(σ)μαι, ἐσώθην, save, preserve. (creosote, sozodont, soteriology | Laos, tos, ὁ, Sosis. τριάκοντα, thirty. φημί, φήσω, ἔφησα, say, state, declare. [euphemism, prophet] 336. Review εἰμί (655). Learn εἶμι complete (656). Observe that εἶμι is used in the present system only. It usually has a future meaning and serves as a future to ἔρχομαι. 1Trans. amounted to. 2Trans. all told. ϑ ἀμφί with numerals means about and the numeral takes the article. 8339 Indirect Discourse. Conditional Sentences 89 337. There are three common verbs of saying; of these (1) φημί takes the infinitive in the main verb of the quota- tion; (2) εἶπον (second aorist) takes ὅτι or ὡς; (3) λέγω usually takes ὅτι or ws after an active form, the infinitive after a passive. 338. The infinitive in indirect discourse takes the tense of the finite verb which it represents. For the mood and tense after ὅτι and ὡς see 256. of ἄνδρες 7AOov—direct form; φησὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας éAGetv— indirect form. 339. Four classes of conditional sentences have been given (201-3, 258, 259). There are two others. I. The simple supposition has εἰ with the indicative in the protasis and any form of the verb in the apodosis. This class states a present’ or a past particular supposition and implies nothing. as to fulfilment. εἰ ᾿Ελληνικός ἐστι, ἀγαθός ἀστι ἀνήρ, if he is Greek, he is a good man. II. A supposition contrary to reality (present or past) has εἰ with a past tense of the indicative in the protasis and a past tense of the indicative with av in the apodosis. The imperfect usually shows a condition untrue in present time; the aorist in past time. The imperfect sometimes refers to the past, denoting a continued or repeated act. εἰ ᾿ Ἑλληνικὸς ἦν, ἀγαθὸς av ἦν ἀνήρ, if he were Greek, he would be a good man. ConDITIONAL SENTENCES IN TABULAR FORM I. Simple supposition (particular): εἰ - present or past indicative — any form of the verb. II. Present general: ἐάν (qv, av) + subjunctive— present indicative. III. Past general: et-++ optative — imperfect indicative. IV. Untrue supposition: et+ past indicative—past indicative with av. V. More vivid future: ἐάν (ἤν, av) + subjunctive — future indicative or imperative. VI. Less vivid future: εἰ -ἰ- optative—optative with av. Elementary Greek 340. DRILL I. Locate the following: 1. ef, εἴη, ἴῃ. 4. ἦσαν, ἦσαν, εἴησαν. 2. εἶσι, εἰσί, εἶτε. D. yet, ἔσει, ἐστί. 3. ἔασι, ἴωσι, ὦσι. II. 1. He says (φησῶ that the king will go. 2. They said (λέγω) that the general was in the tent. 3. I said (εἶπον) that Cyrus became satrap. 341. EXERCISES I. 1. ἅμα δὲ καὶ ὁ ἄρχων ἧκε καὶ ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας τριἄκοντα. 2. ταῦτα κατανοήσας, ὑπέσχετο ἐξέτασιν ποιήσεσθαι. 8. ἐτάχθησαν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ὥστε ἔλαθον ἐρίζοντες. 4. φημὶ σύμπαντας εἶναι ἀμφὶ τοὺς τριάκοντα στρατιώ- tas. 5, εἶπεν ὅτι ὁ στρατηγὸς παρείη καὶ ἐξέτασιν ποιή- σειεν. 0. ἐὰν Σῶσις τοὺς ὁπλίτας ἔχῃ, ἅμα πορευσόμεθα. If. 1. If Cyrus should make a review, he would summon all. 2. If the peltasts were present, the number would be ten thousand. 3. If he made a review all were present. LESSON XL PRESENT AND SECOND AORIST OF τίθημι 342. ἐν ais' Bevias ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς τὰ Λύκαια ἔθῦσε καὶ ἀγῶνα ἔθηκε. τὰ δὲ ἄθλα ἦσαν στλεγγίδες ypioat: ἐθεώρει δὲ τὸν ἀγῶνα καὶ Κῦρος. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει ‘ , x 4, - 4 > ld > a σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγᾶς δώδεκα εἰς Κεράμων ayopar, πόλιν οἰκουμένην, ἐσχάτην" πρὸς TH Μῦσίᾳ χώρᾳ. 1 ὅς, ἡμέραις. 2 Υ̓Βαῦ position does καί occupy as regards the word which it emphasizes? 3 ἐσχάτην πρός, lit. farthest in the direction of, i.e. on the borders of. $347 Present and Second Aorist of τίθημι. *™ 91 343. VOCABULARY ἄθλον, ov, τό, prize. [athlete] ἔσχατος, 7, ov, last, farthest. [eschatology] θεωρέω, θεωρήσω, ἐθεώρησα, τεθεώρηκα, look at, watch, inspect. [theory, theater] καθίστημι (see ἴστημι for prin. pts.), act., set down; mid., take one’s place. Κεράμων ἀγορά, as, ἡ, Ceramon Agora (lit. market for tiles). Αύκαια, wv, τά, Lycaean festival, festival of Zeus Lycaeus. Mica, as, ἡ, Mysia. στλεγγίς, Sos, 4, flesh-scraper, strigil. τίθημι, θήσω, ἔθηκα, τέθηκα, ἐτέθην, put, establish, institute, station. [{π65ὲ5, theme, apothecary } χρυσοῦς, ἢ, οὖν, of gold, golden. [chrysanthemum] 344, Learn the present and second aorist systems of τίθημι (650-53). The verb-stem is Je; present stem, τιθε (length- ened to τεθη in the singular of the present active, and in the first person of the imperfect indicative active). 345. The second and third persons of the imperfect active are from τιθέω. The second aorist lacks the singular in the indicative, and the first aorist takes its place and is itself rarely used in the dual and plural. In τίθημι, ἴημι, and δίδωμι the first aorist is an irregular form ending in ka, kas, ΚΕ. 346. DRILL I. Locate the following forms: bo 1. τίθεσαι, τίθησι, ἐτίθεσο. . ἔθεσαν. ἔθεντο. θεῖντο. 2. τιθείη, ἐτίθει, τιθεῖτο. 5. ἔθετο, ἐτίθετο, θῶσι. 8. τίθεσθαι, τιθέναι, θεῖναι. II. 1. He stands, he set up a prize, he stood. 2. They were setting up a prize, they institute a contest, they set up prizes. 4. If he sets up prizes all watch the contest. 847. EXERCISES | I. 1. τὰ Λύκαια θύσαντες ἀγῶνα ἔθεσαν. 2. ἔλεγεν ὅτι αὕτη ἡ πόλις εἴη ἐσχάτη πρὸς τῇ Ελλάδι. 8. ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι τὰ ἄθλα ἣν πολλά. 4. πολλὰς ἡμέρας οἱ φύλακες οὐκ ἐδύ- vavto καθίστασθαι. 5. ἐδέοντο Κύρου μὴ ἀγῶνα τιθέναι. 92 EKlementary Greek § 347 II. 1. He stations guards. 2. After remaining there three days he marched two days’ journey. 3. And the general also offered the Lycaean sacrifice. 4. All the other soldiers watched the contest. 5. There were not many prizes. LESSON XLI δίδωμι. SUPPLEMENTARY PARTICIPLE 348, ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγᾶς > oh ’ὔ ’ > , > lew 4) τριἄάκοντα εἰς Καὕστρου πεδίον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθ ἔμεινεν ἡμέρᾶς πέντε: καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ὠφείλετο Ν , 1. ἫΝ aA Ay 2 Ss , 27 fee μισθὸς πλέον᾽ ἢ τριῶν μηνῶν," Kal πολλάκις ἰόντες ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας ἀπήτουν" ὁ δὲ ἐλπίδας λέγων διῆγε, καὶ “. > ca > “ 4 δῆλος ἦν avidpevos: ov yap ἣν πρὸς" Tod Κύρου τρόπου ἔχοντα" μὴ ἀποδιδόναι. 949. VOCABULARY avidw, ἀντάσω, ἠνίασα, ἠνίακα, ἠντάθην, grieve; pas., be grieved, distressed. ἀπαιτέω, ἀπαιτήσω, ἀπήτησα, ἀπήτηκα, ask from, demand. ἀποδίδωμι, ἀποδώσω, ἀπέδωκα (ἀπέδοτον), ἀποδέδωκα, ἀποδέδομαι, ἀπεδόθην, give back (what is due), pay. δῆλος, ἡ; ov, clear, plain, evident. διάγω, διάξω, διήγαγον, διῆχα, διῆγμαι, διήχθην, lead through or across; of time, spend, continue. Καύστρου πεδίον, ov, τό, Cayster plain. ὀφείλω [ὀφελ], ὀφειλήσω, ὠφείλησα and ὥφελον, ὠφείληκα, ὠφειλήθην, owe; pas., be due. πολλάκις, adv., many times, often. 350. Learn the present and second aorist systems of δίδωμι (650-53). The present stem is 6:60 from the root 50 (dda in the singular of the present and imperfect active indica- 1 Used as anindeclinable adj. 2Gen.of measure, dependent on μισθός, 8 Note the force of the tense. 4Compound verbs do not allow the accent to go back of the augment, 5 Note meanings of πρός in Vocab. Trans.: Jt was not like Cyrus not to payifhehad money. ‘®Theppl. has a conditional force; cf. 243, n. 2 for case. $354 δίδωμι. Supplementary Participle 93 tive). The singular imperfect active is as if from a contract form διδόω. The lack of a singular in the second aorist active is supplied by the first aorist in «a. 351. A participle sometimes forms an essential part of the predicate, and is called a supplementary participle. When followed by a supplementary participle, the main verb is sometimes best translated by an adverb of manner (cf. 181, 4): ἐλπίδας λέγων, speaking hopefully. The participle here defines the scope of the main verb: διῆγε ἐλπίδας λέγων, kept speaking hopefully, or continually spoke hopefully; δῆλος ἣν avi@pevos, literally, he was evident being troubled, i. e. he was evidently troubled, or it was clear that he was troubled. 9 352. οὐ is the absolute negative; μή marks the negative as willed or desired or conditional; so, in general, μή is used with the infinitive (not in indirect discourse), in purpose and conditional clauses, with the participle when it implies a con- dition, and with imperatives. ov is used elsewhere. The same is true of compound negatives, 6. g. οὐδείς, μηδείς, οὐδέ, μηδέ, ete. 353. DRILL I. Locate the following: ῦ 1. δίδως, δίδωσι, τιθῶσι. 4. δοίη, διδοῖεν, θεῖτε. 2. ἐδίδου, ἔθου, δοῦναι. 5. τιθέασι, ἐτίθει, ἱστᾶσι. 8. διδόναι, ἔθυσαν, ἐδίδοτο. II. 1. They gave, I was giving, he gives. 2. Cyrus clearly owed pay to the soldiers. 3. If he does not give pay, the soldiers demand (it). 354. EXERCISES I. 1. Κῦρος δῆλος ἣν πειρώμενος ἀποχωρεῖν. 2. ὁ στρατηγὸς ἠνιᾶτο. 8. μισθὸς πλέον ἢ τεττάρων μηνῶν τοῖς ὁπλίταις ὠφείλετο. 4. ἐλθόντες ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας συνεβουλεύοντο. ὅ. αὐτῷ πολλὰ χρήματα ἔδοσαν. ~ | 94 Elementary Greek ᾿ς 88δ4 II. 1. After remaining ten days he marched to Peltae. 2. If he remains there five days, the soldiers will demand their pay. 3. If Cyrus had owed pay, he would have given it. 4. They went to Cyrus many times and at- tempted to persuade him. 5. He gave the soldiers many days’ pay. LESSON XLII PASSIVE OF λύω. PrrFect or ἵστημι 355. ἐνταῦθα ἀφικνεῖται ᾿Επύαξα ἡ Συεννέσιος' γυνὴ τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως παρὰ Κῦρον: καὶ ἐλέγετο Κύρῳ δοῦναι χρήματα πολλά, τῇ δ᾽ οὖν" στρατιᾷ τότε ἀπέδωκε Κῦρος μισθὸν τεττάρων μηνῶν. εἶχε δὲ ἡ Κίλισσα καὶ Ν ‘ rN , Aye ΄ + 2 3 φυλακὴν περὶ αὑτὴν Κίλικας καὶ ᾿Ασπενδίους - ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ συγγενέσθαι' Κῦρον τῇ Κιλίσσῃ. 9560. VOCABULARY ᾿Ασπένδιος, a, ov, of Aspendos, Aspendian. δίδωμι, δώσω, ἔδωκα, δέδωκα, δέδομαι, ἐδόθην, give. [antidote, dose] ᾿Επύαξα, ns, 4, Epyaxa. Κίλιξ, txos, of Cilicia, Cilician. Κίλισσα, ns, Cilician woman. πράττω [rpay], πράξω, ἔπραξα, πέπραχα or πέπραγα, πέπραγμαι, ἐπράχθην, do, accomplish. [practice] Lvévverts, cos, ὁ, Syennesis. φυλακή, fis, ἢ, guard, garrison. 357. Learn the future perfect middle (passive) of λύω (640). Observe that the stem of the future perfect middle (passive) is formed by adding ao/e to the stem of the perfect middle. In inflection it is identical with the future middle, except that it has the reduplication. It represents a com- 1 Retains « of the stem. Cf. πόλις, πόλεως, 26’ οὖν introduces known facts after expressions of uncertainty, here after ἐλέγετο = hearsay or common report; trans. but at any rate. 8 ἐλέγετο is here impersonal, Κῦρον the subj. of infin, 4Trans, συγγενέσθαι, on terms of intimacy with. Ἂ 8861 Passive of vo. Perfect of ἵστημι 95 pleted action or state in future time, and is usually passive in force. It is rare. 358. Learn the first future passive (all moods) of λύω (640) and the second future passive of ¢aivw (642). The first future passive is formed by adding the future middle endings to the stem of the first aorist passive; the forms of the second future passive bears the same relation to the second aorist passive. 359. Learn the second perfect and pluperfect active (all moods) of fornus (654). Observe the declension of the perfect participle (621), and note the meaning of these tenses. (See general vocabulary. ) 360. DRILL Locate the following forms: 1. λύσεται, λέλυσαι, λελύσεται. 4. λυθήσονται, ἐφάνησαν, φανείς. 2. φανεῖται, φανήσεται, ἑστάναι. Ὁ. ἑστᾶσι, ἔστησαν, ἕστασαν. 8. ἑστῶσι. ἑστῶτι, ἱστᾶσι. 361. EXERCISES I. 1. ἡ φυλακὴ εἱστήκει περὶ τὴν γυναῖκα. 2. λέγεται ᾿Επύαξα πεμφθήσεσθαι εἰς Κιλικίαν. 8, εἰ μὴ ἔδωκε ἡ γυνὴ χρήματα Κύρῳ, οὐκ ἂν ἀπεδόθη τῷ στρατεύματι ὁ μισθός. 4. ἐνταῦθα ἑστῶτες ἀπήτουν χρῦσίον. 5. μὴ ἵστασθε ἐπὶ ταῖς τοῦ βασιλέως θύραις. II. 1. If Cyrus gives money to the army, he will be hon- ored. 2. The hoplites stood around the tent as guards. 3. They went to meet the wife of theking. 4. Epyaxa, standing by the tents, inspected the army. 5. The guard will be sent to Syennesis. Fic. 12.—A Greek Razor 96 Elementary Greek 8862 LESSON XLIII VERBAL ADJECTIVES 362. ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγᾶς ,ὔἅ > , , 5 5 lal > 9 4 δέκα εἰς Θύμβριον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθα ἣν Tapa τὴν ὁδὸν κρήνη ἡ Μίδου καλουμένη" τοῦ Φρυγῶν βα- σιλέως, ἐφ᾽ ἧ λέγεται Midas τὸν Σάτυρον θηρεῦσαι οἴνῳ" κεράσᾶς αὐτήν. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρα- σάγγᾶς δέκα εἰς Τυριάειον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρᾶς τρεῖς. 363. VOCABULARY ἀνάγκη, ns, ἢ, necessity. Θύμβριον, ov, τό, Thymbrium, a city of Asia Minor. κεράννυμι [κερα], Kepdow, ἐκέρασα, κέκραμαι, ἐκεράσθην, or ἐκράθην, mia. {crater} κρήνη; ns, ἣν fountain. [Hippocrene] Μίδας, ov, ὁ, Midas. ὁδός, οὔ, ἡ, way, road. [exodus, method] οἶνος, ov, ὁ, wine. [oenophilist] Σάτυρος, ov, ὁ, Satyr. Τυριάειον, ov, τό, Tyridéum, a city of Asia Minor. Spit, Ppvyds, Phrygian, a Phrygian. χρή, ἐχρῆν (imperf.), -χρήσει, -ἔχρησε, impers., 7t is necessary, one must. 364, Verbal adjectives are formed by adding tos or τέος to the verb-stem as found in the first aorist passive. φ and x become 7 and « before τ: Adw, ἐλύθην, λυτέος ; ποιέω, ἐποιήθην, ποιητέος. πορεύομαι, ἐπορεύθην, πορευτέος ; διώκω, ἐδιώχθην, διωκτέος ; πέμπω, ἐπέμφθην, πεμπτέος. 365. The verbal in τός (ή, ov) indicates what has been done or may be done: ἡ διῶρυξ διαβατή ἐστιν, the ditch is crossable. 1Note in vocab. all meanings of παρά, 2 The spring called Midas’s; i. 6. the so-called spring of Midas. 3The dat. is that of association. 8.869 Verbal Adjectives 97 366. The verbal in τέος (d, ov) indicates what must be done, and is either personal or impersonal in use. The agent is in the dative (cf. Latin passive periphrastic). αἱ διώρυχες ὑμῖν διαβατέαι εἰσίν (personal), τὰς διώρυχας ὑμῖν διαβατέον ἐστίν (impersonal), you must cross the ditches. Observe that διαβατέον is nominative neuter singular and, though passive in form, governs διώρυχας. 367. Necessity is also expressed by δεῖ (197), or χρή, or ἀνάγκη (ἐστί) with the accusative and infinitive. 368. DRILL I. 1. ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἡμῖν πορευτέον. 4. ἡ φυλακὴ πεμπτέα. 2. δεῖ ras ναῦς λαβεῖν. 5. ἀνάγκη τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἐξέτα- 3. οἱ πολέμιοι διωκτέοι εἰσίν." σιν ποιήσασθαι. II. Translate in three ways: The soldiers must proceed now. 369. EXERCISES I. 1. ὁ δὲ καὶ ἔλεγεν ὅτι δεῖ Κῦρον αὐτοῖς δοῦναι πολλὰ χρήματα. 2. ἐχρῆν Κῦρον ἐνταῦθα μένειν ἡμέρας τρεῖς. 3. μὴ πειρώμεθα Μίλητον πολιορκῆσαι. 4. Κῦρος ποιητέος σατράπης βασιλεῖ. 5. ᾿Επυάξη τῇ Συεννέσιος γυναικὶ πολλοὶ ὁπλῖται ἦσαν. If. 1. The king had a park there. 2. The beautiful foun- tain was along theroad. 3. They mingled wine with it. 4. We must proceed ten days’ journey. 5. The king says that Midas hunted the Satyr. Fie. 13.—A Greek Lady in. Her Boudoir 93 Elementary Greek 8870 LESSON XLIV PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT MIDDLE A Z 370. καὶ λέγεται δεηθῆναι ἡ Κίλισσα Κύρονυ᾽ ἐπιδεῖξαι Ν ,ὔ Gent} / ΗΝ 3 A 907 τὸ στράτευμα αὑτῇ" βουλόμενος οὖν ἐπιδεῖξαι, ἐξέτασιν A 9 ~ , A ε , Ν A ld ποιεῖται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ Tov βαρβάρων. é aN δὲ A ΑΝ ὧ , 2 9 A 9 , κέλευσε δὲ TOUS νας, ὡς νόμος" αὐτοῖς εἰς μάχην, οὕτω ταχθῆναι καὶ στῆναι, συντάξαι δ᾽ ἕκαστον“ τοὺς ε a4 δὲ > 3. ΟΝ 4, 5 > Ν Ν. Ν ἑαυτοῦ. ἐτάχθησαν οὖν ἐπὶ τεττάρων" εἶχε δὲ τὸ μὲν Πα , Ne N 2 κα N ἂν , δεξιὸν" Μένων καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὸ δὲ εὐώνυμον Κλέαρχος ᾿ εν ΄ Ἂ Ν , CF. , καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου, TO δὲ μέσον οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοί. 371. VOCABULARY δεινός, 4, dv, terrible, severe, skilful, clever. [dinotherium] δεξιός, 4, dv, right; cf. Lat. dextra, Eng. dexterous. ἕκαστος, ἡ; ov, each. ἐπιδείκνῦμι, ἐπιδείξω, ἐπέδειξα, ἐπιδέδειχα, ἐπιδέδειγμαι, ἐπεδείχθην, exhibit. εὐώνομος, ov, left; lit. of good name; euphemistic for left, the side from which evil omens were supposed tocome. Cf. Lat. sinister. Kparéw, κρατήσω, ἐκράτησα, κεκράτηκα, ἐκρατήθην, to be strong, rule, conquer (gen.). νόμος, ov, ὁ, custom, law. [economy] συντάττω, συντάξω, συνέταξα, συντέταχα, συντέταγμαι, συνετάχθην, draw up in order. [syntax] 372. Learn the perfect, pluperfect middle (passive) of λείπω [rum], τάττω | Tay], πείθω [ πειθῚ (643-45). 373. When the verb-stem ends in a vowel, the perfect middle (passive) is the simplest tense of the verb to conju- gate. When the verb-stem ends in a labial, lingual, or palatal mute, the addition of the personal endings is attended by euphonic changes, as follows: 1 δέομαι, to need, beg of, governs the gen. 2Sc. ἦν, 3I1.e,each general. 4 rov¢ ἑαντοῦ, lit. those of himself = hisown. The noun στρατιώτᾶς or ἄνδρας is thought but not expressed. 5 Four deep, to make the army seem as large as possible. Se. κέρας, wing. 5877 Perfect and Pluperfect Middle 99 874. A labial mute (7, 8, ¢) before ~ becomes u;' with σ᾽ forms Ψ; before 7 or @ it assumes the same degree of roughness. See 599, 2. A lingual mute (7, δ, @) before μ, τ, or @ becomes σ᾽ and is dropped before σ. A palatal mute («, y, v) before » becomes y; with o forms ἕξ; before τ or θ it assumes the same degree of roughness. 375. Since the endings of the third plural vtaz, vro could not be pronounced with consonant stems, the third person plural of such verbs in the perfect and pluperfect indicative becomes a compound form—the perfect passive participle and εἰσί in the perfect and ἦσαν in the pluperfect: λελειμμένοι εἰσί; λελειμμένοι ἦσαν. 376. DRILL I. Locate the following: . ἐπιδείκνυσι, ἐδεήθη, ἔστη. . τέτακται, τεταγμένοι ἦσαν, ταχθείη. . ἐπιδείξειαν, ἐχρῶντο, ἐδεῖτο. . κεκελεύκᾶσι, ἐκεκελεύκη, TGs. . ἐπέπειστο, ἦγμαι, ἠγμένοι ἦσαν. He has been left, he had left, we have obeyed. . They had been drawn up, they stood, he shows. . You have been persuaded, you had been arranged, he has persuaded. 4, They are showing, he begs Cyrus, he employs Greeks. 377. EXERCISES \ e \ eT ἢ 3 aging , I. 1. Μένων καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ὡς νόμος αὐτοῖς πεπόρευνται. ΤΕ wre σι τ τα 2. δεινὸς πόλεμος ἐγένετο, ἀλλὰ οἱ “Ἕλληνες ἐκράτουν. 5. πέπεισται τοῦ στρατεύματος ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖσθαι. 4. βουλόμενος λαθεῖν ἐπορεύετο ἐπὶ μέγα ἄντρον. 5, οἱ ᾿Ασπένδιοι τὸ μὲν εὐώνυμον εἶχον, Κῦρος καὶ οἱ ἑαυτοῦ τὸ δὲ δεξιόν. 1When μμμ would result one» is dropped. ξσ batween two consonants is dropped, 3Sce. ἦν. 100 Elementary Greek IJ. 1. The soldiers had been sent to the acropolis. 2. Epyaxa begged Cyrus to arrange his soldiers according to their custom. 3. The Greeks did not use horses in battle. 4. The soldiers were not able to hear. 5. So they arranged themselves for battle and stood. LESSON XLV 2 REVIEW OF THE INFINITIVE 378. ἐθεώρει οὖν ὁ Hopes πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς βαρβάρους: ot’ δὲ παρήλαυνον τεταγμένοι κατ᾽ ἴλας" καὶ κατὰ τάξεις: εἶτα δὲ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, παρελαύνων ἐφ᾽ ἅρματος καὶ ἡ Κίλισσα ἐφ᾽ ἁρμαμάξης. Ν “ - “ Ν τὸ Ν Ἂς > / και χιτῶνας φοινικοῦς και κνημιθοας καὶ τὰς ἀσπίδας i? \ , , A εἶχον δὲ πάντες κράνη χαλκᾶ ἐκκεκαλυμμένᾶς ὃ 979. ἅρμα, ατος, τό, chariot. ἁρμάμαξα, ns, ἣ, covered carriage. εἶτα, adv., then, thereupon; πρῶτον «εἶτα, in the first place... in the second place. ἐκκαλύπτω, ἐκκαλύψω, ἐξεκάλυψα, ἐκκεκάλυμμαι, ἐξεκαλύφθην, wn- , cover. [apocalypse] iAn, Ns, 9, crowd, band; squadron of cavalry. [homily] κνημΐς, tos, ἢ, legging, greave. κράνος, ous, τό, headpiece, helmet; ef. Lat. cranium. οἴομαι or οἶμαι, olfjropar, wfOnv, think, suppose. οὐδέ, conj. and adv., and not, but not, nor yet, not even, not either. VOCABULARY παρελαύνω, παρελῶ, TaphAaca, παρε- λήλακα, παρελήλαμαι, παρηλάθην, ride or drive by, march by. πρῶτος, ἡ; ov (πρό), first, foremost; πρῶτον as adv., first. [proto- plasm, protocol] τάξις, ews, ἢ, Order, arrangement, array, company, line (of an army). [syntax, taxidermy] φοινικοῦς, ἢ, οὖν (613), purple-red, purple. χαλκοῦς, ἢ, otv (613), of bronze, bronze. [chalcography] χιτών, @vos, ὁ, an undergarment, chiton, tunie. 1 The nominative of the article with δέ regularly shows a change of subject and has the value of a pronoun. 2 By squadrons. 3 The leather coverings, to protect from the weather or injury in handling, were removed, 8885. Review of the Infinitive 101 380. Review the infinitives of Avo (eleven in all, 638-640), and the present infinitives (all voices) of τέμάω, ποιέω, δηλόω (647, 648); the second aorist of λείπω me 381. Observe that: (1) The active endings are ev and va. εν contracts with ε of the stem to form εἰν (Aveev, λύειν). vat is found in the perfect active and aorist passive. The aorist active (λῦσαι) is irregular. (2) The middle and passive (except aorist) infinitives end in σθαι. (3) The accent is regular (recessive), except that the penult receives the accent (a) in forms ending in vas, (b) in first aorist active, (6) the perfect middle (passive), (d) the second aorist middle and passive. The second aorist active has the circumflex on the ultima. 382. Review the infinitives of ἵστημι, τίθημι, δίδωμι, δείκ- νῦμι, εἰμί, εἶμι (650-56) in the present and in the second aorist (when it exists). Note the accent. 383. The future and perfect infinitives may properly be said to denote differences in time, the future denoting a time after that of the verb on which it depends, the perfect a time prior to it. But the present and aorist infinitives distinguish different kinds of action or condition, not differences in time. 384, The present infinitive expresses an activity or state continued or repeated. The aorist expresses simply occur- rence of a definite kind. ἱκανοὶ τὰς ἀκροπόλεις φυλάττειν, men suitable to guard the acropolis (to guard continuously) ; ἐλέγετο Κ ὕρῳ δοῦναι χρήματα, it was said that she gave Cyrus money (a single gift; kept giving would be διδόναι. 385. Verbs of thinking (οἴομαι, νομίζω, ἡγοῦμαι, Soxdw) regularly take the infinitive in indirect discourse. Review the verbs introducing indirect discourse (337). 102 Elementary Greek § 386 386. In indirect discourse the infinitive retains the tense which the finite verb had in the direct form; but the present represents both the present and the imperfect; the perfect, both the perfect and the pluperfect. 387. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative case; but when it is the same as the subject of the main verb, it is usually omitted: Κῦρος οἴεται ἔσεσθαι βασιλεύς, Cyrus thinks he will be king. 388. Many adjectives, especially those meaning ability, fit- ness, willingness, take an infinitive to complete their meaning. 989. DRILL I. Locate the following forms: 1. ἰέναι, στῆναι, λελυκέναι. 4, ἀξιοῦν, λελύσθαι, λιπέσθαι. 2. τάξαι, θεωρεῖν, καλύπτεσθε. 5. δοῦναι, λυθῆναι, λαβεῖν. 3. τιμῶν, εἶναι, θεῖναι. II. Translate: 1. To do, to be, to be about to be. 2. To stand, to use, to honor. 3. To be left, to have been arranged. 4, To leave, to go, to obey. 5. To have ordered, to show, to place. 390. EXERCISES I. 1. οὐκ ἐδύναντο στῆναι οὐδὲ μεῖναι ἐν ταύτῃ TH πόλει. 2. ἐβούλοντο τούτους ταχθῆναι κατ᾽ Ἰλᾶς καὶ κατὰ τάξεις. 8. ἡγεῖται ποιήσεσθαι ἐξέτασιν τῶν βαρβάρων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. 4, Κῦρος τῶν βαρβάρων δεῖται παύσασθαι. 5. ταχθέντες ὡς νόμος αὐτοῖς ἣν εἰς μάχην τὴν πόλιν ἐφυλάττοντο. II, 1. Xenophon says that Cyrus watched the contest. 2. They beg Cyrus to ride by, 3. They thought that Cyrus gave much money, 4. The soldier stood with’ a bronze helmet, a shield, and a purple chiton, 5, Cyrus thought he was able to give pay to all the soldiers. 1Use ἔχω. 8394 Adverbs. Optative of Contract Verbs 103 LESSON XLVI ADVERBS. OPTATIVE OF CONTRACT VERBS 391. ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάντας παρήλασε, oTHoas τὸ ἅρμα ἈΝ ἊΝ , la 8 ΄, - ΄, Ν ε »- πρὸ τῆς φάλαγγος μέσης; πέμψας Πίγρητα τὸν ἑρμηνέα παρὰ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐκέλευσε προβα- λέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα Kal ἐπιχωρῆσαι olny’ τὴν φάλαγγα. οἱ δὲ ταῦτα προεῖπον τοῖς στρατιώταις" καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξε," ’, Ἅ Ψ > , προβαλλόμενοι τὰ ὅπλα ἐπήεσαν. 992. VOCABULARY ἐπειδή (ἐπεί + δή), conj. adv., when. προβέβληκα, mpoBéBAnpat, πρου- ἔπειμι (ἐπί -- εἶμι), go on, advance, βλήθην, throw before or forward ; attack. mid. w. τὰ ὅπλα, present arms. ἐπιχωρέω, ἐπιχωρήσω, ἐπεχώρησα, The o of πρό is not elided, but ἐπικεχώρηκα, move on, advance. unites with the augment, e. g. ἑρμηνεύς, éws, ὁ, interpreter. imperf. προύβαλλον. ὅλος, ἡ, ον, whole, entire, in a προεῖπον, 2 aor. to προαγορεύω, pro- body. [catholic, holocaust] claim. Πίγρης,ητος, 6, Pigres, aninterpre- σαλπίζω, ἐσάλπιγξα, cound the ter. trumpet, signal. προβάλλω, προβαλῶ, προύβαλον, ταχέως, adv., quickly, swiftly. 393. Adverbs usually end in ὡς and are derived from adjectives. Those derived from the vowel declensions have the form and accent of the genitive plural neuter, but with s in place of ν. πιστός, faithful, genitive plural πιστῶν, adverb πιστῶς δίκαιος, just ie: Ὁ δικαίων ἐ δικαίως χαλεπός, difficult τὰ “χαλεπῶν “ χαλεπῶς 394, Adverbs formed from adjectives with consonant stems add ws to the stem. This gives the same result as though the ν of the genitive plural neuter were changed to s. 1TIn subordinate clauses, especially in those of time, the aorist is often to be translated by the English pluperfect. 2The Ist aor. of ἵστημι is transitive. 3 See 307, n. 3. ὅλος takes the predicate position; it implies unity more than πᾶς, and means whole rather than all. ὁ σαλπιγκτής, the trumpeter, is to be supplied as subject. 104 Elementary Greek § 395 395. Adverbs derived from adjectives have no separate comparison. The comparative is the same as the neuter singular accusative of the comparative in the corresponding adjective, and the superlative is the same as the accusative neuter plural of the superlative. πιστῶς πιστότερον πιστότατα καλῶς κάλλιον κάλλιστα 396. The comparison of other adverbs must be learned from the vocabulary. Learn from the vocabulary the mean- ing and comparison of the following adverbs: ἄνω, ἐγγύς, μάλα, κακῶς, καλῶς, ῥαδίως, ταχέως. 397. Learn the present optative active, middle (passive) of Tivaw, ποιέω and δηλόω (647-48). Observe that a+o—=@, e+o1—o1, o+0o1—o1, 398. DRILL I. Locate the following forms: 1. ποιοίη, ποιοῖεν, δηλοίμην. 2. Tima, τιμῴη, τιμῷτο. 3. δηλοίην, τιμῷντο, τἱμήσειεν. II. Give (1) 3 sing. opt. act., (2) 3 plu. opt, mid., οὗ νϊκάω, ἐπιχωρέω. 399. EXERCISES I. 1. ἔλεξεν ὅτι οἱ “EXAnves νικῷεν. 2. ὡς κάλλιστα TO στρά- τευμα ἐτάχθη. 8. μετεπέμψατο τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἵνα τοὺς φυγάδας λαβόντες ὁρμῷντο. 4. εἰ Κῦρος κελεύσειεν, οἱ στρατιῶται ἐπιχωροῖεν ἄν. 5, ἔστησε τοὺς στρατιώτας πρὸ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἵσταντο. II. 1. If the trumpet should sound, the phalanx would advance. 2. Sending the interpreter, he bade the army withdraw rapidly. 3. The soldiers gladly withdrew. 4. They presented arms in order that they might honor Cyrus. 5. He summoned the hoplite from the middle __ of the phalanx. 8402 Review of Participles 105 LESSON XLVII REVIEW OF PARTIOCIPLES 400. ἐκ δὲ τούτου θᾶττον προϊόντων' σὺν κραυγῇ, ἀπὸ A 2 a τοῦ αὐτομάτου δρόμος" ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐπὶ τὰς A 9 ‘ s σκηνᾶς. τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων φόβος πολύς, καὶ ἥ τε Ki- χισσ ἔφ Pan ange (ἕ \ €4 «9 an > A a ἔφυγεν ἐπὶ TH ἁρμαμάξῃ καὶ ot ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ’ Ν ¥ ¥ δ᾽, Ὁ Ν 4 καταλιπόντες τὰ ὠνια epvyov: ot Ἕλληνες σὺν γέλωτι Σ x > ἐπὶ Tas σκηνὰς ἦλθον. 401. VOCABULARY αὐτόματος, ἡ, ov, self-prompted; ἀπὸ or ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, of one’s own accord, voluntarily. [automatic] γέλως, wos, ὁ, laughter. δρόμος, ov, ὁ, a running, race. [hippodrome] καταλείπω, καταλείψω, κατέλιπον, καταλέλοιπα, καταλέλειμμαι, κατελείφθην, leave behind, forsake. κραυγή, ἧς, ἣ, cry, outcry, uproar. πρόειμι (πρό + εἶμι), go forward, proceed. φεύγω, φεύξομαι or φευξοῦμαι, ἔφυγον, mépevya, flee. φόβος, ov, 6, fear. [hydrophobia] ὦνιος, a, ov, purchasable; τὰ va, goods, wares. 402. Review all the participles of Avw (eleven in all), the present participles of tiwaw, ποιέω, and δηλόω, the second aorist participle of λείπω (638-41, 647, 648). Learn the declension of the perfect participle active of λύω (621) and in the same manner the second perfect active participle of φαίνω, and review the declension (617-24) and uses of par- ticiples (181, 186, 351). 1Gen. abs. with αὐτῶν omitted (as often). 26pouos . . . . στρατιώταις, the soldiers began to run; lit. a@ running happened to the soldiers. 8 πολύς has frequently the translation of μέγας; cf. Eng. much pleasure, for great pleasure. 4See 131, ἢ, 3, 106 Elementary Greek § 403 I. iu 403. DRILL Locate the following: . Aurov, AdovTwr, οὖσαι. . τιμῶσαν, ποιουσῶν, λυθεῖσι. λελυκότα, Avouevas, λυθέντι. λελυκυῖαν, ποιοῦσι, λελυμέναι. συ He Oo DD κα . ὄντι, λελυκόσι, λυσάμενα. 404. EXERCISES 1. πολὺς τῶν βαρβάρων ἣν ὁ φόβος δρόμου γενομένου τοῖς Ἕλλησιν. 2. σὺν γέλωτι πορευόμενοι οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ἦλθον. 3. λέγεται ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου δρόμος γενέσθαι τῇ στρατιᾷ ἐπὶ τὰς oxnvas. 4. ἡ Κίλισσα τὴν ἁρμάμαξαν καταλιποῦσα ἔφυγεν. 5. στήσας οὖν τοὺς Ἕλληνας Κῦρος αὐτὴν ἀπέπεμψεν. 1. He commanded them to go forward more quickly. 2. Great fear arose among the barbarians as the Greeks presented arms. 3. The people’ from the city fled and abandoned all their goods. 4. When the trumpet sounded, the Greeks came to their tents. 5. Cyrus came to his tent laughing, upon hearing the outery of the barbarian. 1 See 131, πη. 3. Fic. 14,—A Scene in a Shoemaker’s Shop 8407 Purpose and Object Clauses 107 LESSON XLVIII PuRPOSE AND OssEcT CLAUSES. FoRMATION OF WorDS 405. ἡ δὲ Κίλισσα ἰδοῦσα τὴν λαμπρότητα καὶ τὴν ’ wn , 5 , » \ 9 Ν ] τάξιν Tov στρατεύματος ἐθαύμασε. Κῦρος δὲ ἥσθη τὸν ἐκ τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους φόβον ἰδών. ἐντεῦ- θεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγᾶς εἴκοσιν εἰς Ἰκόνιον, τῆς Φρυγίᾶς πόλιν ἐσχάτην. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινε τρεῖς ἡμέρας. 40θ. VOCABULARY δέδοικα 1 perf., δέδια 2 perf, (both used as presents), Selropat, aor. ἔδεισα, fear. ἥδομαι (ἡδύς), ἡσθήσομαι, ἥσθην, be glad, be pleased. θαυμάζω, θαυμάσομαι, ἐθαύμασα, τεθαύμακα, ἐθαυμάσθην, wonder at. (thaumaturgy] *Ixéviov, ov, τό, Tconium, a city of Asia Minor. λαμπρότης, ητος, q, brilliancy, splendor. [lamp] ὁράω, ὄψομαι, εἶδον, ἑόρακα or ἑώρακα, ἑώραμαι or ὦμμαι, ὥφθην, see. {[panorama, optics, idea, spheroid] φοβέω, φοβήσω, ἐφόβησα, act., frighten; φοβέομαι, φοβήσομαι, πεφόβημαι, ἐφοβήθην, pass. depon., fear. [hydrophobia] PURPOSE AND OBJECT CLAUSES 407. Purpose and object clauses are expressed by: 1. ἵνα, ὡς, ὅπως with the subjunctive after primary tenses. After secondary tenses the optative is used, or the subjunc- tive may be retained for vividness. If negative, μή is used: ἄνδρας εἵλοντο ἵνα γέφῦραν φυλάττοιεν, they selected men to guard the bridge. 1 All which stands between τόν and φόβον, its noun, is in effect an adjective modi- fier of φόβον, The prepositions express the source and direction of the fear. Trans.: The fear which the Greeks inspired in the barbarians. Whatis the literal translation? 108 Elementary Greek 8401 2. The future participle (often with ὡς): ἄνδρας εἵλοντο γέφυραν φυλάξοντας, they selected men to guard the bridge. 3. A relative pronoun with the future indicative: ἄνδρας εἵλοντο οἱ γέφῦραν φυλάξουσι, they selected men to guard the bridge (lit. who will guard). 4. The infinitive, especially after verbs of giving and choosing: ἄνδρας εἵλοντο γέφῦραν φυλάττειν, they selected men to guard the bridge. 5. After verbs signifying attention, care, precaution, or effort, ὅπως is used with the future indicative (after both pri- mary and secondary tenses): βουλεύεται ὅπως μήποτε ἔτι ἔσται ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, he plans never again to be in the power of his brother (lit., how he shall never). 6. Verbs of fearing take μή with the subjunctive after a primary tense, after a secondary tense μή with the optative (or subjunctive for vividness). The negative is οὐ: δεδοίκᾶσι μὴ ov Κῦρος ἔλθῃ, they are afraid that Cyrus will not come. THE FORMATION OF WorDS 408. Many of the suffixes by which nouns are formed have definite meanings. 1. The actor, i. e. doer or agent, if masculine has the endings -τῆς, -Tnp, -Twp, -εύς: ποιητής (ποιέω), poet; σωτήρ (σώζω), savior; ῥήτωρ (pw), orator; γραφεύς (γράφω, writer. 2. The action: -tus, -σις, -σία: -σις is the most common: πρᾶξις (mpattw) , action. 3. The result: -wa (stem par), all neuter: πρᾶγμα (πρᾶἄττωῚ, deed. 4. Quality: -rs, -ία, -cvvn; ia is the most common: Aap- πρότης (λαμπρός), brightness; σοφίᾳ (coos), wisdom; δικαιοσύνη (δίκαιος), justice. 5. Diminutive: -cov, τίσκος: παιδίον (παῖς). small child; νεανίσκος (vedv), youth, 8410 Purpose and Object Clauses 109 6. Place: -τήριον, all neuter: κοιμητήριον, sleeping-place. The adjective termination -ἰκός implies fitness: ἀρχικός, jit to rule. 409. DRILL I. Translate each sentence in as many different ways as possible: 1. They sent soldiers to ask for pay. 2. They select (αἱρέομαι) men to guard the queen. 410. EXERCISES I. 1. οὗτοι οἱ ἄνδρες ἡδέως ἐπορεύοντο ἵνα εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὡς τάχιστα ἀφίκοιντο. 2, ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς πέντε τῶν βαρβάρων οὐ κωλύόντων. 8. ἔπειθον τὸ στράτευμα μεῖναι. 4. συνέλαβε τοὺς “Ἕλληνας ὡς ἀποκτενῶν. 5. βασιλεὺς ἐφοβεῖτο μὴ Κῦρος παρείη ἔχων μέγα στρά- τευμα. II. 1. Cyrus was pleased as he saw' those things. 2. All wondered at the brilliancy of the armor. 3. There was great laughter. 4. They stayed three days in Iconium in order to be ready. 5. The barbarians fled when they beheld the array of the Greek army. 6. They feared that the soldiers might plunder their wares. 7. They planned to fight the barbarians. 1Use a participle. Fie. 15.—A Scene in a Blacksmith’s Shop 110 LESSON Elementary Greek 8411 XLIX : 4 REVIEW OF λῦω IN PRESENT SySTEM 411. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυκαονίας σταθμοὺς πέντε παρασάγγας τριᾶκοντα. ταύτην τὴν χώραν ἐπ- , 4 1 A 9 - > έτρεψε διαρπάσαι' τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὡς πολεμίὰν οὖσαν ἐντεῦθεν Κῦρος τὴν Κίλλισσαν εἰς τὴν Κιλικίᾶν ἀπο- , \ , ες, 8 πέμπει τὴν ταχίστην ὁδόν" 412. ἀδικέω, ἀδικήσω, ἠδίκησα, ἠδίκηκα, ἠδίκημαι, ἠδικήθην, be unjust, wrong, injure. διαρπάζω, διαρπάσω, διήρπασα, διήρ- πακα, διήρπασμαι, διηρπάσθην, plunder, sack. ἐπιτρέπω, ἐπιτρέψω, ἐπέτρεψα, ἐπ- ἔτραπον (2 aor.), ἐπιτέτροφα, ἐπι- τέτραμμαι, ἐπετράπην (2 aor.), ἔπ- ετρέφθην, turn over to, intrust. ἔπομαι, ἕψομαι, ἑσπόμην, mid. de- pon., follow (dat.). VOCABULARY Κιλικία, Gs, ἡ, Cilicia, a country of Asia Minor. Avkiovia, Gs, n, Lycaonia, a coun- try of Asia Minor. ξίφος, ous, τό, sword. πολέμιος, ἃ, ov, hostile; ot πολέμιοι, the enemy. [polemic] τρέχω, Spapotpar, ἔδραμον, δεδρά- μηκα, δεδράμημαι, run. [(trochee]} χαλεπός, ή, 6v, hard, harsh. REVIEW OF THE VERB 413. Most verbs have the following tense systems: 1. Present system—present and imperfect tenses (all voices); verb-stem + 0/e: Ado/e, Ava, ἔλῦον. 2. Future system—future (active and middle); verb- stem + co/e: λῦσογε, λύσω, λύσομαι. 3. First aorist system—first aorist (active and middle) ; verb-stem + oa: λῦσα, édica, ἐλῦσάμην. 4. First perfect system— first perfect and pluperfect active; reduplicated verb-stem - κα (xe in pluperfect): AeAvKa, λελυκε (pluperfect), λέλυκα, ἐλελύκη. 1369 407, 4. 2In agreement with χώραν. 3 Adv. acc. $416 Review of λύω in Present System 111 5. Perfect middle system— perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect, middle and passive; verb-stem reduplicated: Aedv, Aehuoo/e (future perfect), λέλυμαι, λελύσομαι. Ὁ. First passive system —first aorist and first future passive; verb-stem + θὲ (θη when not followed by a vowel or two consonants); verb-stem + @yco/e in future: Ave, AvOnoo/e, ἐλύθην, λυθήσομαι. 414. Three other tense systems also occur: 7. Second aorist—second aorist, active and middle; verb- stem + 0/e: Autro/e, ἔλιπον, ἐλιπόμην. 8. Second perfect—second perfect and pluperfect active; verb-stem reduplicated + α (ein pluperfect): AedXoura, ἐλε- λοίπε, λέλοιπα, ἐλελοίπη. 9. Second passive system—second aorist and second future passive; verb-stem + € (7 when not followed by a vowel or two consonants): ypade, ἐγράφην. When these systems occur they usually take the place of the corresponding first tenses; thus a single verb seldom has more than six tense systems. 415. Review the present system (all moods), active, middle, and passive, of λύω (638-40). 416, DRILL I. 1. Locate the following: 1, λύει, Ady, Ade. 2. édtov, Adov, λύου. 3. Averw, λύηται, ἐλύετο. 4. Avo, λύομαι, λῦυόμεναι. δ. λύεσθε, λύεσθαι, ἐλύεσθε. IL Givea synopsis of λύω pres., act., and mid. (pass.) in all moods: (1) 3 sing., (2) 3 plu., (3) 2 sing., (4) 1 plu. Δ ! 112 Elementary Greek 43 8417 417. EXERCISES I. 1. οἱ πολέμιοι τὴν πόλιν διαπορευθέντες τὴν χώραν διήρ- DT macav, 2. Κῦρος ἔμεινεν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ iva μὴ τούτους τοὺς ἄνδρας ἴδοι. 8. εἰ μὴ τὴν χώραν αὐτοῖς διαρπάσαι ἐπι- τρέψειαν, οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει πολέμιοι ἂν εἶεν. 4. ἡ Κίλισσα ἀπεπέμφθη τὴν ταχίστην ὁδόν. 5. Κῦρος μὲν ἠδίκει οὐδένα, Κλέαρχος δὲ χαλεπώτερος ἦν. 1. From there Cyrus followed the enemy to Phrygia. 2. Cyrus sent the soldiers back that they might plunder the hostile country. 3. Seeing the swords, the soldiers ran to their tents. 4. After waiting one day, he turned the general over to the barbarians. 5. The country of the Cilicians was plundered by the Greeks. Fra. 16.—Athletic Exercises 8421 Pronouns. φημί 118 LESSON 1, PRONOUNS. φημί 418. καὶ συνέπεμψεν αὐτῇ στρατιώτας οὗς Μένων εἶχε καὶ αὐτόν. Κῦρος δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐξελαύνει διὰ Καπ- madokias σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρασάγγας εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε εἰς Θόανα, πόλιν οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαί- μονα. ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς: ἐν ᾧ᾽ Κῦρος ἀπέκτεινεν ἄνδρα Πέρσην Μεγαφέρνην, φοινϊκιστὴν βα- σίλειον, καὶ ἕτερόν τινα τῶν ὑπάρχων δυνάστην, aitia- σάμενος ἐπιβουλεύειν" αὐτῷ. 419. αἰτιάομαι, αἰτιάσομαι, ῃτιασάμην, ῃτίαμαι, reproach, blame, accuse. δυνάστης, ov, ὁ, man of power, chief, prince. ἕτερος, ἃ, ov, other, the other (of two). [heterodox] Θόανα, wv, τά, Thoana, a city of Asia Minor. Καππαδοκία, Gs, ἢ, Cappadocia, a VOCABULARY συνέπεμψα, συν- συμπέμπω, συμπέμψω, συμπέπομφα, συμπέπεμμαι, ἐπέμφθην, send with. tis, τὶ, α certain one, anybody, someone; as adj., certain, some, any. ὕπαρχος, ov, ὁ, subordinate com- mander, lieutenant. φοινϊκιστής, οὔ, ὁ, purple-wearer, country of Asia Minor. an officer of high rank, noble- Μεγαφέρνης, ov, ὁ, Megaphernes. man. [phoenix] Πέρσης, ov, Persian. χρόνος, ov, ὁ, time. [chronology] 420. Learn the declension of τὶς, τὶ, τίς, τί, ὅστις (633, 634). 421. Observe that ὅστις is a union of the relative and the indefinite pronouns, and that both parts retain their declen- sion. The accent is that of the relative pronoun. In the genitive and dative abbreviated forms are sometimes used. The neuter singular is written 6 τι, to distinguish it from ὅτι, that. 1Refers to Menon. 286, χρόνω, meanwhile. 3Infin. in ind. disc. implied in αἰτιασάμενος, The direct discourse was ἐπιβουλεύεις μοι, you are plotting against me. {= 114 Elementary Greek > ~ gage 422, Learn the present (in all moods), and imperfect of φημί (658). Observe that the present indicative is enclitic, except the second singular. 423. DirEcT QuEsTions.—A question may be introduced by an interrogative word or simply indicated by the punctua- tion: ποῦ εἰσι οἱ ἵπποι; where are the horses? 424. DRILL I. Locate the following: A ΄ , = . τῷ, τινά, τίνα. 4. φαίη, φάναι, ὧντινων. -“ σ , . του, τινῶν, ἥτινι. 5. ἔφασαν, φησί, τίσι. . ὅτῳ, αἷστισι, ἅττα. ΠΕ For a certain man, for a certain queen, of certain chiefs. To certain cities, of a certain subordinate, a certain gift. . Whatever he heard, whatever soldiers, of whatever soldiers. . Whom did he send? To whom did he give pay? 425. EXERCISES I. 1. εἰ τοὺς στρατιὠώτᾶς αὐτῷ συνέπεμψεν, Μένων στράτευμα ἣν σα whe s yv la) / / > / e ᾿Ξ n εἶχεν dv. 2. Κῦρός τινας βαρβάρους ἀπέκτεινεν ὡς ἑαυτῷ ἐπιβουλεύοντας. 8. ἐπεί τις ἄνδρα ἀποκτείνειν βούλοιτο > la) > 4 “ / v -“ ε a ἠτιᾶτο ἐπιβουλεύειν TH πόλει. 4. πέμπει ἄνδρα ὅστις ἡμῖν ἡγήσεται. 5, τίνας ἄνδρας φησὶ πεμφθῆναι; II. 1. He said he would send someone with the soldiers. 2. After killing all the Persians, they marched through the other city. 3. They say that the general plundered the country. 4. Meanwhile Cyrus together with Mega- phernes wished to follow the cavalry of the enemy, who were rapidly fleeing. 5. Where are these men? Did Cyrus put them to death? Fia, 17.—Scene in a Bronze Foundry Review of λύω in Future Systei 115 LESSON LI REVIEW OF λύω IN FuTURE SysTEM 426. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπειρῶντο εἰσβάλλειν εἰς THY Kudtxiav: ἡ δὲ εἰσβολὴ ἦν ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτὸς ὀρθία ἰσχῦρῶς, καὶ ἀμή- A 2 - Ξ χανος εἰσελθεῖν' στρατεύματι εἴ τις ἐκώλῦεν.ἢ 427. ἁμαξιτός, dv, traversable by wagon. ἁμαξιτὸς ὁδός, wagon-road. ἀμήχανος, ov, without resource, helpless, impracticable, impos- sible. εἰσβάλλω, εἰσβαλῶ, εἰσέβαλον, εἰσ- βέβληκα, εἰσβέβλημαι, εἰσεβλήθην, throw into, enter, invade. elo Bort, fis, ἢ, entrance, pass. VOCABULARY εἰσέρχομαι, εἰσῆλθον, εἰσελήλυθα, go or come into, enter. ἰσχυρῶς, adv., strongly, violently, exceedingly. ὀλίγος, ἡ, ov, little, few. [oligarchy] ὄρθιος, ἃ, ov, straight up, steep. σκοπέω, imp. ἐσκόπουν, look at, con- sider. [microscope, episcopal] REVIEW OF VERB—Continued 428. Review the future (all moods), active, middle, and passive, of λύω (638-40). Review the method of forming the future in liquid verbs (230, 231). of daivw complete (642). 429. Ξ I. Locate the following: 1. λύσοι, λύσοιο, λύσει. 2. λύσοιμεν, λυσόμενοι, λύσομεν. 3. μενοῦμεν, μενοῦμαι, βαλεῖν. 4, λύθητι, λιπών, φανῶν. Review the future DRILL 5. λυθήσῃ, λυθήσεσθαι, λυθήσεσθε. II. Write a synopsis of βάλλω, γράφω, ἁρπάζω in fut. in all moods and voices: (1) 3 sing., (2) 1 plu., (8) 2 sing., (4) 3 plu. 1Infin. complementary to ἀμήχανος, 2Dat. of person affected or interested (disadvantage). #Conative imperfect; the condition limits ἀμήχανος (ἦν) εἰσελθεῖν, 116 Elementary Greek § 430 480. EXERCISES I. 1. ἐὰν μή τις κωλύῃ THY χώρᾶν διαρπάσει ὡς πολεμίᾶν οὖσαν. 2, ἐπεὶ ἡ ὁδὸς ὀρθίὰ ἰσχυρῶς ἦν, εἰσβαλεῖν οὐκ ἐπειρῶντο. 8. σκοπῶμεν ὅπως τοὺς ἐκ τούτων τῶν πόλεων στρατιώτᾶς ἀποκτενοῦμεν. 4, ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς τὴν εἰσβολὴν ἵνα τοὺς πολεμίους κωλύσειαν εἰσελθεῖν. 5. ἀμήχανον εἰσβαλεῖν ἣν ἂν στρατεύματι, εἴ τις ἐκώλῦεν. II. 1. If anyone attempts to hinder, the road is impass- able. 2. These men are exceedingly hostile. 3. In Cilicia there are many wagon-roads. 4. He will turn them over to their enemies to kill. 5. He accused another man of attempting to plunder. LESSON LII REVIEW OF λύὕω ΙΝ AORIST AND PERFECT SysTEMS A » 431. ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ Συέννεσις εἶναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων 4 Ἁ » / XR ε ΓΆΡ 3 ”~ ld φυλάττων τὴν εἰσβολήν: διὸ ἔμειναν ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. A > ε »,» ἃ a 3 ,ὕ Ψ 4... » τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ' ἧκεν ἄγγελος λέγων ὅτι λελοιπὼς" εἴη v id Ν ᾿, > \ » 3 Ψ ἃς VS 4 Συέννεσις τὰ ἄκρα, ἐπεὶ HoVETO ὅτι TO Μένωνος στρά- ¥ > 2. ὧι ¥ Ἄν ΣΖ \ ἣν , τευμα ἤδη ἐν Κιλικίᾳ ἣν εἴσω τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ ὅτι' τριήρεις ¥ » Aone is) is s- 3 f= N ἤκουε περιπλεούσας᾽ am Twvias εἰς Κιλικίαν Ταμὼν » AEG , Ν > ων .- ἔχοντα τὰς" Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ αὐτοῦ Κύρου. 156, ἡμέρᾳ. 2The predicate ppl. with εἴη is used as the perf. opt. of λείπω for λελοίποι; the compound form is most common. 3 The same mood and tense in the original statement. The aor. ind. usually remains unchanged in subordinate clauses inindirect discourse, 4Trans. because; co-ordinate τ ἐπεί, 5 Ppl. agreeing with τριήρεις which is obj. of ἔχοντα. Ταμών is object of ἤκουε and is modified by ἔχοντα, but in thought noun and ppl. taken together are objects of ἤκουες and state the thing heard, The order in translation would be: ἤκουε Ταμών ἔχοντα τριήρεις Tas Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ αὐτοῦ Kupov περιπλεούσᾶς: am’ ᾿Ιωνίᾶς eis Κιλικίᾶν, 6 The article has the effect of repeating τριήρεις. Apparently Xenophon saw the need of specifying what triremes they were, and added the words tas.... Κύρου as an afterthought, 7See 126, II. [ ἜΑ β4817 Review of λύω in Aorist and Perfect Systems 117 432. ἀγγέλλω, ἀγγελῶ, ἤγγειλα, ἤγγελκα, ἤγγελμαι, ἠγγέλθην, announce, report. ἄκρος, ἃ, ov, highest, topmost; τὸ ἄκρον, the summit; more often τὰ ἄκρα, the heights. [acrobat] διό, adv. (δι᾽ δ), on which account, wherefore. εἴσω, ady., within (gen.). VOCABULARY οὐκέτι, adv., no longer. περιπλέω, περιπλεύσομαι, περιέπλευ- σα, περιπέπλευκα, περιπέπλευσ- μαι, sail around. Tapes, gen. Tapa, dat. Tapw, acc. ἸΤαμών, voc. Tapas, Tamos, an Egyptian. ὑστεραῖος, a, ov, following, next; τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ (ἡμέρᾳ), on the fol- ὄρος, ovs, τό, mountain. [orology] lowing day. 433, Review the first aorist, active, middle, and passive, of Avw in all moods (638-40). Review the method of form- ing the first aorist in liquid verbs (230, 231). 434, Review the first perfect active of Adw and νομίζω. Review the second perfect active of λείτω, πέμπω, γράφω, and πρἄττω. 435, After certain verbs (ἀκούω, ὁράω, γιγνώσκω, ἀγγέλλω, οἶδα͵ αἰσθάνομαι, etc.) the accusative of the participle may be used in indirect discourse. The tense of the participle is the same as that of the verb in the original statement. When the participle refers to the subject of the main verb, it appears in the nominative instead of in the accusative. 436. DRILL I. Locate the following: 1. λῦσαι, λύσαι, γεγραφέναι. 2, λελύκω, λελυκώς, λελυκόσι. 3. λυθῆναι, λυθεῖεν. λυθέν. 4. λελυκέναι, πέπομφα, πέπραχεν. 5. λύσειεν, λύσαιεν, λύσειαν. II. Write synopsis (a) 3 sing., (b) 3 plu. of 1 aor. of Avw (all moods and voices) and 1 aor. act. and mid. of φαίνω. 437. EXERCISES I. 1. τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐπεὶ ὁ ἄγγελος ἦλθεν αὐτοῖς ἐδόκει μεῖ- vat. 2, τὰ ἄκρα οὕτως ὄρθιά ἐστι ὥστε τοὺς πολεμίους μὴ 118 II. Elementary Greek ΚΑ. 437 ὶ ) δύνασθαι τὴν χώραν ἡμῶν εἰσβάλλειν. 8. ἤθροισεν στρα- τιώτᾶς πλέονας καὶ ἀμείνονας τῶν ἄλλων στρατηγῶν. 4, αἰσθόμενος τὸν βασιλέα ὄντα εἴσω τῶν ὀρέων ἐπορεύθη ἡἣ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα εἰς τὴν πόλιν. 6. ἐπεὶ ὁ ἄγγελος ἦλθεν, Κῦρος ἐκέλευσε τοὺς ἄνδρας ταχθῆναι καὶ στῆναι ὡς εἰς μάχην. 1. If Syennesis should remain in the plain, we should leave the heights. 2. We hear that Cyrus is proceed- ing against you. 38. They obeyed him gladly. 4. They had sent men in order to drive the Greeks from the country. LESSON LIII REVIEW OF VERB IN PERFECT SYSTEM 438, Κῦρος δ᾽ οὖν ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη οὐδενὸς Kwhvov- . i> ἣν , @ A τος, Kal εἶδε τὰς σκηνὰς οὗ οἱ Κίλικες ἐφύλαττον. ἐντεῦ- θεν δὲ κατέβαινεν εἰς πεδίον μέγα καὶ καλόν, ἐπίρρυτον, Ν , A , 2 Ae 2 , καὶ δένδρων παντοδαπῶν σύμπλεων᾽ Kal ἀμπέλων. 439. VOCABULARY ἄμπελος, ov, ἢ, grape-vine. οὗ (ds), adv., where, originally gen. δένδρον, ov, τό, tree. [rhododen=- of place. dron] παντοδαπός, ή, ov, of every kind. ἐπίρρυτος, ov (ἐπὶ -[- péw), overflowed, σύμπλεως, wv, quite full of, filled well-watered. with (gen.). kataBalvw, καταβήσομαι, κατέβην, καταβέβηκα, καταβέβαμαι, κατε- βάθην, go down, descend. 1The 2d aor. of ἀναβαίνω is conjugated exactly like ἔστην (iarnut). 2Decline in mas. and fem. like Tauds (432) ; the neuter has ν in nom. and ace. sing. and a in nom. ana ace. plu. Declined: MAS. AND FEM. NEU. MAS, AND FEM. NEU. Sing. N.V. σύμπλεως σύμπλεων Plu. σύμπλεῳ σύμπλεα 6, σύμπλεω σύμπλεων Ὦ, σύμπλεῳ σύμπλεῳς A. σύμπλεων σύμπλεως σύμπλεα Dual N. A.V. σύμπλεω G. Ὁ. σύμπλεῳ 8449 _ Revi iew of Verb in Perfect System ‘119 440, Review the perfect and pluperfect middle (passive ) of all verbs (pure, lingual, palatal, labial, liquid): io, πείθω, τάττω, γράφω, ἀγγέλλω. 441, DRILL I. Locate the following: . πέπεισται, πεπεισμένοι εἶεν, ἤγγελτο. . κεκωλύκᾶσιν, ἐπεφυλάγμην, πεφυλαχώς. . τετάχθαι, τέτακται, ἐτέτακτο. . ἤγγελται, ἠγγέλκασι, γεγραφώς. . No one had prevented. . The tents have been guarded. We have seen the Cilicians. . All the soldiers had obeyed Cyrus. . The king has been persuaded. 442. EXERCISES x ᾽ 5 I. 1. ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη καὶ ἰδὼν τὰς σκηνὰς κατέβαινεν εἰς Il. TOR Ὁ mob τὸ πεδίον. 2. τῶν Κιλίκων κωλῦόντων εἰσέβαλον εἰς τὴν μεγίστην πόλιν Φρυγίας. 3. ἐπέτρεψε πᾶσαν τὴν χώραν τοῖς “Ἑλλησι διαρπάσαι. 4. ἤγαγον ὁπλίτας ὅτι πλεί στους. 5. εἶδον τὰ ἄκρα οὗ Κῦρος ἐφύλαττεν καὶ κατ- ἔβησαν εἰς τὸ πεδίον. If. 1. The Greeks went up to see the tents of the Cilicians. 2. Messengers reported that the king was not guard- ing the road. 3. The general persuaded the army not to go down from the mountains. 4. The trees in that plain were large. 5. If the Cilicians had been on guard Cyrus would not have descended into the plain. ax τα. 18. ἘΡΕΙ͂ Ladies’ Toilet 120 Elementary Greek Bp. 8.448 LESSON LIV REVIEW oF VERB IN AORIST PASSIVE 443, πολὺ δὲ Kal σήσαμον Kal μελίνην καὶ κέγχρον Ν - Ν \ iO Σ ΄ »” δ᾽ 5; νῶν ΄ 3 καὶ Tupous καὶ Kpifas φέρει. ὄρος δ᾽ αὐτὸ᾽ περιέχει ὀχυ- ρὸν καὶ ὑψηλὸν πάντῃ ἐκ θαλάττης εἰς θάλατταν. 444. VOCABULARY κέγχρος, ov, ὁ, millet. κριθή, ἧς, ἢ, barley; usually plural. μελίνη, ns, ἣν panic, a kind of millet. ὀχυρός, dv (ἔχω), strong. πάντῃ, adv., every way,on every side. περιέχω, περιέξω OF περισχήσω, περιέσχον, περιέσχηκα, περιέσχημαι, “17"- round, encompass. πλήττω, πλήξω, ἔπληξα, πέπληγα, πέπληγμαι, ἐπλήγην or ἐπλάγην, strike. [apoplexy, plectrum] πυρός, οὔ, ὁ, wheat; often plural. σήσαμον, ov, τό, sesame; also written σησάμη. ὑψηλός, 7, dv, high, lofty. φέρω, οἴσω, ἤνεγκα (1 aor.), ἤνεγκον (2 aor.), ἐνήνοχα, ἐνήνεγμαι, ἠνέχθην, bear, carry, produce. Like the Latin fero, φέρω contains three distinct stems; these are ¢ep, οἱ, évex. 445. Review the first aorist passive of λύω, πείθω, πέμπω, ayo. Review the second aorist passive of φαίνω. 446. DRILL I. Locate the following: — . ἠνέχθησαν, πεισθήτω, πεμφθέντες. . λυθεῖσιν, ἀχθεῖεν, λυθῆναι. . ἀχθέντες, πεισθήσεται, ἀχθῶσι. . πληγείς, πεισθείην, πληγεῖεν. II. 1. We were persuaded. . The man was frightened. . The wheat and the barley were brought. WN ὦ ὧδ bd 11. 6. τὸ πεδίον. 8447 Review of Verb in Aorist Passpte 121 447. EXERCISES I. 1. οἱ ξένοι δῆλοι ἧσαν ἀνϊώμενοι, τοῖς yap στρατηγοῖς οὐκ ἐπίστευον. 2. ἡττηθεὶς ἐν μάχῃ ἀπεχώρει εἰς ὄρος τι ὑψηλόν. 8. εἰ οἱ στρατιῶται ἀγῶνα ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ θεῖεν, Κῦρος ἂν τὰ ἄθλα παρέχοι καὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα θεωροίη. 4. ἐλπίδας δὲ λέγοντες διῆγον, ἀλλὰ τότε οὐδενὶ χρήματα ἐδί- δοσαν. 5. καὶ στήσας τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα ἔλεξεν ὅτι δέοι ἄνδρας πέμψαι φυλάξοντας τὴν εἰσβολὴν τὴν εἰς Κιλι- kiav. 6, οἱ πεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ ἄρχοντος ἡττήθησαν ἐν μάχη. 7. τριήρεις λαβὼν πρὸς Κῦρον ἦλθε καὶ ἐπολέμει ταῖς τῶν πόλεων φυλακαῖς. II. 1. His own soldiers are the swiftest. 2. And they are capable of guarding both the market-place and the acropolis. 3. They were sent to the doors of the king to demand more pay. 4. For four months’ pay was due the soldiers, and they wished him to give it. 5. This plain bears every kind of tree and vine. Fic. 19.—Odysseus and the Sirens > 122 Elementary Greek $448 LESSON LV REVIEW OF pt-VERBS IN PRESENT SYSTEM » a 448, καταβὰς δὲ διὰ τούτου τοῦ πεδίου ἤλασε σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρασαγγὰς πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν εἰς Ταρσούς, τῆς a , , \ 9 ΄ » > N Κιλικίᾶς πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ἔνθα ἦν τὰ Συεννέσιος βασίλεια τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως: διὰ μέσου δὲ A , ca Ν , » 1 > 1 4 ΄ τῆς πόλεως ῥεῖ ποταμὸς Κύδνος ὄνομα, evpos’ δύο πλέ 2 , Ν ,ὔ 55 7 ε 9 A Ἀ θρων. ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες μετὰ Σ z is χωρίον ὀχυρὸν ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, πλὴν ot τὰ Συεννέσιος εἰς χωρ xup pn, πλὴν οἱ τὰ καπηλεῖα ἔχοντες. ! 449, VOCABULARY ἐκλείπω, ἐκλείψω, ἐξέλιπον, ἐκλέλοιπα, καπηλεῖον, ov, τό, huckster’s shop, ἐκλέλειμμαι, ἐξελείφθην, leave, tavern. abandon, forsake. [eclipse] Κύδνος, ov, ὁ, Cydnus, a river in ἐλαύνω, ἐλῶ, HAaca, ἐλήλακα, ἐλήλα- Cilicia. pat, ἠλάθην, drive, ride, march. Taprol, av, oi, Tarsus, a city of ἔνθα, adv., there, here; as rel., Cilicia. where. φιλέω, φιλήσω, ἐφίλησα, πεφίλη- ἐνοικέω, ἐνοικήσω, ἐνῴκησα, ἐνῴκηκα, κα, πεφίλημαι, ἐφιλήθην, love. dwell in, inhabit ; οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες, [Philadelphia } the inhabitants. : χωρίον, ov, τό, place, spot; cf. χώρα, 450. Review the present and imperfect active and middle (passive) in all moods of ἵστημι, τίθημι, δίδωμι. δείκνῦμι (649-52). 451. DRILL I. Locate the following: δίδωσι, δίδοσο, ἐδίδου. . ἐδείκνυ, ἐδείκνυσαν, δείκνν. ἵστασο, τίθει, τιθεῖεν. . ἵστασαν, τιθέντων, ἱστάντων. orm ON κμα δίδου, ἐδίδουν, ἱστᾶσι. 1 Acc. of specification. 2Gen. of measure, 8452 Review of pr-Verbs in Present System 123 II. Write a synopsis (a) 3 sing., (b) 3 plu., of present tense (all moods) in active voice of ἵστημι, δίδωμι, τίθημι, and δείκνυμι: (6) the passive of the same verbs in all moods of the present tense. 452. EXERCISES ᾽ ᾽ , fi “- , A > na 4 1. 1. οὐκ ἐπείθοντο Κύρῳ καλοῦντι, πολέμιοι yap auTw σαν. 17. 2. ἐβούλετο τοὺς μὲν ἀποκτεῖναι, τοὺς δὲ ἐκβαλεῖν. 3. ἐπεὶ δρόμος τούτοις τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τὰ Opn, Κῦρος ἐκέλευσε τοὺς ἄλλους τὰς σκηνὰς λιπόντας προβαλέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα καὶ ἐπιχωρῆσαι ἡ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα. 4. Κῦρος μετεπέμπετο τοὺς ἱππέας ἵνα τοὺς πολεμίους ἐκβάλλοι παντάπασιν ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου. 5. Μένων δὲ τὸ στράτευμα ἐπεδείκνῦ Κύρῳ πρόφασιν ποιούμενος ὡς ἀριθμὸν ποιῆσαι βουλόμενος. 6. ἀγῶνας ἐτίθεσαν οἱ “Ἕλληνες καὶ ἀθλα ἐδίδοσαν. 7. συνέπραττον βασιλεῖ ταῦτα φιλοῦντες αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν υἱόν. 1. After going down through this plain, they instituted a great contest. 2. Tarsus was an inhabited city, larger than Celaenae. 3. Cyrus marched through the midst of this city and displayed his army in the plain. 4. So all the inhabitants abandoned Tarsus for the mountains except the Greeks. 5. There was a river four plethra wide whose name was Cydnus. Fic. 20.—The Bridegroom going for the Bride 124 Elementary Greek 8.488 LESSON LVI REVIEW OF pt-VERBS IN SECOND AORIST 453, ἔμειναν δὲ καὶ οἱ Tapa THY θάλατταν οἰκοῦντες ἐν Σόλοις καὶ ἐν ᾿Ισσοῖς. ᾿Επύαξα δὲ ἡ Συεννέσιος γυνὴ e-1 δ 2 , ε , 3 5 Ν ΓΝ le Ε] προτέρα Kupov πέντε ἡμέραις" εἰς Ταρσοὺς adixero ἐν \ a 12 “ “ > , a4 > Ν / 4 /, A δὲ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ὀρέων TH’ εἰς τὸ πεδίον δύο λόχοι τοῦ Μένωνος στρατεύματος ἀπώλοντο. 454, VOCABULARY ἀπόλλῦμι, ἀπολῶ, ἀπώλεσα, ἀπωλόμην, ἀπολώλεκα, ἀπόλωλα, destroy, mid., and 2 perf. (as pres.), be destroyed, perish. βαίνω, βήσομαι, ἔβην (2 aor.), βέβηκα, βέβαμαι, ἐβάθην, go. γιγνώσκω, γνώσομαι, ἔγνων (2 aor.), ἔγνωκα, ἔγνωσμαι, ἐγνώσθην, Know. [agnostic, gnome] Ἰσσοί, dv, ot, Isst or Issus, a city of Cilicia. λόχος, ov, ὁ, company, a division of an army.. πρότερος, ἃ, ov (πρό, comparative), former, earlier. πρότερον, adv., before, previously. [hystercn-proteron] Σόλοι, wv, ot, Soli, a city of Cilicia. ὑπερβολή, fis, ἣν, crossing, passage. [hyperbole] 455. Review the second aorist active of ἵστημι, τίθημι, δίδωμι, and the second aorist middle of τίθημι and δίδωμι. Some -verbs have a second aorist without connecting vowel and are inflected like the second aorist of ui-verbs: γιγνώσκω [yvo |, to know; second aorist singular, ἔγνων. Learn ἔβην, second aorist of Baive, and ἔγνων, second aorist of γυγνώσκω, in all moods (662). 456. DRILL I. Locate the following: 1, Bas, δός, στῶσι. 4. ἔβησαν, γνῶθι, ἔγνω. 2. ἔγνως, ἔδοσαν, ἐδίδοσαν. 5. γνώτω, γνῶναι, σταίη. 3. θείην, θεῖναι, By. 1 Ῥγρᾶ, adj. with value of δὴ ady. 2 Gen. sae a *, 3 Dat. of difference. 4A prepositional phrase with the value of an adjective may stand between the article and the noun or follow the noun with the article repeated. 8461 - ἐουΐοιυ of pr-Verbs in Second Aorist 125 Il. 1 at. Write a synopsis (a) 3 plu. and (δ) 3 sing. of all the moods of ἔγνων. ἔβην. ἔλιπον, ἐθέμην. ἐδόμην. ἐλιπόμην. 457. EXERCISES 1. ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξε ἐκέλευσε πάντας στῆναι. 2. οὗτος ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανε πρότερος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τρισὶ ἡμέραις. 3. τά ὄρη τῆς Κιλικίας κωλύσει Κῦρον καταβῆναι εἰς τὴν πόλιν. 4, τὸ στράτευμα ἔστησε καὶ ἐκέλευσε στῆναι πρό- βαλομένους τὰ ὅπλα. 5, ἐνόμισε Ta’Tas τὰς πόλεις ἑαυτῷ δοθῆναι, ὥστε ἐβούλετο τοὺς φίλους ἄρχειν αὐτῶν. 6, ἐὰν αὐτοῖς μισθὸν ἀποδῷ ἡδέως πείθονται Kredpyw. 7. λα- βὼν ὅσον ἣν αὐτῷ στράτευμα παρῆν εἰς τὸ χωρίον οὗ Κῦρος ἐξέτασιν ἐποιεῖτο. 1. Those who dwelt by the sea all perished. 2. When Cyrus came to Tarsus, he destroyed it. 3. They reached the tents a few days sooner than the barbarians. 4. In the passage over the mountains they saw the heights where Syennesis guarded. 5. The best men remained there five days. — = SS Ν Uo Σ - Ws we Fic. 21.—A Greek Parasol and Fan 126 Elementary Greek ἡ 8458 LESSON LVII ἴημι AND κάθημαι 458. οἱ pev' ἔφασαν ἁρπάζοντάς᾽ τι κατακοπῆναι ὑπὸ" τῶν Κιλίκων, οἱ δέ ' ὑπολειφθέντας καὶ οὐ δυναμένους εὑρεῖν AL ὙΩΝ 5 , IAA) ee ε Ν > , > τὸ ἄλλο᾽ στράτευμα οὐδὲ τὰς ὁδοὺς εἶτα πλανωμένους ἀπο- λέσθαι- ἦσαν δ᾽ οὖν" οὗτοι ἑκατὸν ὁπλῖται. οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι > Ἂν ἐν ΄ ΄, ΄ Ν Ν » A ἐπεὶ ἧκον, THY τε πόλιν διήρπασαν, διὰ τὸν ὄλεθρον τῶν συστρατιωτῶν ὀργιζόμενοι, καὶ τὰ βασίλειαΐ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ. Κῦρος δὲ ἐπεὶ εἰσήλασεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, μετεπέμπετο τὸν Συέννεσιν πρὸς ἑαυτόν' 459. VOCABULARY ἁρπάζω [ἁρπαδ], ἁρπάσω, ἥρπασα, ἥρπακα, ἥρπασμαι, ἡρπάσθην, snatch, plunder. [(harpy] εἰσελαύνω, εἰσελῶ, εἰσήλασα, εἰσελήλακα, εἰσελήλαμαι, εἰσηλάθην, ride or march into, enter. εὑρίσκω [εὑρ], εὑρήσω, ηὗρον, ηὕρηκα, ηὕρημαι, ηὑρέθην, find. [eureka] κατακόπτω, κατακόψω, κατέκοψα, κατακέκοφα, κατακέκομμαι, κατεκόπην, CUT down, destroy. ὄλεθρος, ov, ὁ, destruction. ὀργίζομαι, ὀργίσομαι or ὀργιοῦμαι, ὠργίσθην, be angry. συστρατιώτης, ov, 6, fellow-soldier. ὑπολείπω, ὑπολείψω, ὑπέλιπον, ὑπολέλοιπα, ὑπολέλειμμαι, ὑπελείφθην, leave behind. 460. Learn fue (659), send, and κάθημαι (661), sit down, in the present and imperfect active and middle (passive) in all moods. 401. DRILL I. Locate the following: ὃ LY ¥ ΕΗ $4 Sin L Pr Ll. tecav, ἴωσι, tact. 4. τέναι, τεῖεν, τείη. Ψ z Z 2. ἴην, Leds, Les. 5. κάθησο, ἐκάθησο, καθοῖτο. m4 2 ~ 3. leo, ἴεσαι; ἵετο. lopwev....68€ means the one.... theother; plu.,some.... others. 3866 186, (a), (Ὁ); trans.: while engaged in some act (τι) of plunder. 3See 178, n. 2. 4Sc. ἔφασαν. 5 ἄλλος with the article means the rest of. 6 See 355, n. 2. 7 Obj. of διήρπασαν. τὰ ᾿ 3463 Reciprocal Pronoun. Relative Particles 12% 462. EXERCISES I. 1. ἔφη εὑρεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας of κατεκόπησαν ὑπὸ τῶν Κιλίκων. 2. οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι ἀπώλοντο... οὗτοι δὲ ἔφυγον σὺν φόβῳ πλείονι. 3. αὕτη ἣν πρόφασις τοῦ τοὺς ἄνδρας λιπεῖν ἐν ᾿Ιωνίᾳ. 4. οἱ ὑπολειφθέντες ἵεντο ἐπὶ τὴν Ke- λαινὰς πόλιν. 5. ἐπεὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν πόλιν, μάχη ἡττώ- μενοι τοῦ πολέμου ἐπαύσαντο. 6. ἔφασαν ἐθελῆσαι πέμπειν ληψομένους ταῦτα τὰ ὄρη. “. παρήγγειλε τῷ ἄρχοντι πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα λαβόντα ἥκειν ὡς πολεμήσων τοῖς ἀντι- στασιώταις. 8. ὑπέσχετο αὐτοὺς οἴκαδε καταγαγεῖν. II. 1. Some were left behind and some found the rest of the army. 2. Since they could (δύναμαι) not conquer, they withdrew very rapidly. 3. The rest of the soldiers were not willing to plunder their friends. 4, If Cyrus finds the enemy in a city, he besieges it. 5. He said that these fled when the enemy charged. LESSON LVIII RECIPROCAL Pronoun. RELATIVE PARTICLES 463. ὁ δ᾽ ovre πρότερον᾽ ovdevi’ πω κρείττονι ἑαυτοῦ" εἰς A ~ Z χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν ἔφη οὔτε τότε Κύρῳ᾽ ἰέναι' ἤθελε, πρὶν ἡ γυνὴ Ass ¥ \ ΄ ¥ . \ A ἀπε αὐτὸν ἔπεισε καὶ πίστεις ἔλαβε. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐπεὶ , «“ συνεγένοντο ἀλλήλοις, Συέννεσις μὲν ἔδωκε Κύρῳ χρή- Ν 3 ἈΝ a - A ae ͵,ὕ ὃ ~ a ματα πολλὰ εἰς τὴν στρατιάν, Κῦρος δὲ ἐκείνῳ δῶρα ἃ , 5 6 ΤΕΥ, σ΄ 1 -- ΄ \ vopilerar παρὰ" βασιλεῖ τΐμια, ἵππον᾽ ypvaoyadivoy καὶ στρεπτὸν χρῦσοῦν καὶ ψέλια καὶ ἀκινάκην χρῦσοῦν καὶ 1Ady. 2Dative of association with the phrase εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν, 3 Genitive after comparative. ‘4Sc.cisxetpas. 5Passive. ὃ παρὰ βασιλεῖ, at the king's court. * Ἰδῶρα has the following appositives: ἵππον, στρεπτόν, ψέλια, axtvaxny, στολήν ; and the infinitive expressions, διαρπάζεσθαι, ἀπολαμβάνειν, 128 Elementary Greek ae Se § 463 Ν "6 Ν Ν ’ - /, , στολὴν Περσικήν, καὶ THY χώρᾶν μηκέτι διαρπάζεσθαι, τὰ δὲ ἡρπασμένα ἀνδράποδα, ἦν που ἐντυγχάνωσιν, ἀπολαμβάνειν. 464. VOCABULARY ἀκινάκης, ov, ὁ, short sword. ἀλλήλων, ors, recip. pronoun, one another, each other. [parallel] ἀνδράποδον, ov, τό, captive, slave. ἀπολαμβάνω, ἀπολήψομαι, ἀπέλαβον, ἀπείληφα, ἀπείλημμαι, ἀπελήφθην, take back. ἐθέλω, ἐθελήσω, ἠθέλησα, ἠθέληκα, be willing. : ἐντυγχάνω, ἐντεύξομαι, ἐνέτυχον, ἐντετύχηκα, ἐντέτευχα, happen upon, find (dat.). ἕως, conj. adv., while, until. μέχρι, conj. adv., wntil. μηκέτι, adv., not again, no longer. οὔτε, conj., and not, nor; οὔτε... οὔτε, neither .... nor. Περσικός, 4, 6v, Persian. πίστις, ews, ἡ, faith, confidence, pledge. [pistic] mov, adv., enclitic, somewhere, anywhere, perhaps (qualifying a state- ment). mo, adv., enclitic, yet, up to this time. στολή, As, ἢ, dress, robe. [stole] στρεπτός, 4, ov, twisted; neut. as a noun, necklace. [strophe] τίμιος, a, ov, honorable, valuable. χρυσοχάλῖινος, ov, with gold-studded bridle. ψέλιον, ov, τό, bracelet, armlet. 465. Learn the reciprocal pronoun (631). 466. Clauses introduced by ἕως, ἔστε, μέχρι, ἄχρι, as long as, while, until, when they refer to a definite time (usually past) have the indicative: ἔμενον ἕως Κῦρος ἧκεν, they waited until Cyrus came. 467. When they refer to an indefinite time (usually present or future), they take the subjunctive with ἄν after a primary tense, and the optative alone after a secondary 1Object of ἀπολαμβάνειν. ta.... ἀνδράποδα, the slaves which had been seized (by the Greeks). *%More vivid future condition. Syennesis and the Cilicians are the subject. ἘΝ Reciprocal Pronoun, Relative Particles 129 tense: ἕως ἄν τις παρῇ, χρῶμαι, while one is with me, I make use of him; πορεύσεται ἔστε ἂν Κῦρος ἔλθη, he will proceed until Cyrus comes; ἔδοξε αὐτοῖς πορεύεσθαι μέχρι Kipos ἔλθοι, they resolved to proceed until Cyrus should come. 468, Clauses introduced by πρίν (meaning before), dependent on an affirmative clause, take the infinitive: ἐέναι ἤθελε πρὶν THY γύναικα αὐτὸν πεῖσαι, he wished to go, before his wife persuaded him. If dependent on a negative clause, mpiv-clauses take the indicative when the time is definite (past); when the time is indefinite (present or future), they have av with the subjunctive after primary tenses and the optative after secondary tenses. ἐέναι οὐκ ἤθελε, πρὶν ἡ γυνὴ αὐτὸν ἔπεισεν, he did not wish to go before (until) his wife persuaded him. For further examples see 196 and 253. 469. EXERCISES I. 1. Κῦρος καὶ Συέννεσις πολέμιοι ἦσαν ἕως συνεγένοντο ἀλλήλοις. 2. ὑπισχνεῖται μὴ πρόσθεν παύσασθαι πρὶν ἂν αὐτοὺς καταγάγῃ οἴκαδε. 8. Κλέαρχος Κῦρον ἔπειθε δοῦναι τῇ στρατιᾷ χρήματα πολλά. 4. τὰ ἀνδράποδα ἀπέλαβε πρὶν τῷ Κύρῳ συγγενέσθαι. 5. Μένωνι ἐδόκει στρατεύεσθαι ἕως τοῖς Ἰ]έρσαις ἐντύχοι. 6. Κῦρος ὑπισχ- νεῖτο τῷ Κιλίκων βασιλεῖ μὴ τὴν χώρᾶν διαρπάσασθαι. 7. ἤκουσε τοὺς “EXAnvas πορευομένους διὰ Φρυγίας σὺν μεγάλῃ στρατιᾷ. II. 1. The Greeks will remain until their generals come. 2. They will not give pledges until they meet. 3. Syen- nesis received back his slaves before he gave pledges. 4. He said that these gifts were considered valuable. 5. lf they happened upon the fugitives, they killed them. 180 Elementary Greek $470 LESSON LIX τημι AND οἶδα. INDIRECT QUESTIONS 470. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινε Κῦρος καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ ἡμέρᾶς et KooW: οἱ γὰρ στρατιῶται οὐκ ἔφασαν᾽ ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω“ ε ef, Ν ¥ tye s- : Lad ὑπώπτευον yap ἤδη ἐπὶ βασιλέᾷ ἰέναι: μισθωθῆναι δὲ 5 2 ek 4, 4 » aA 5 Ν , Ν ε οὐκ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἔφασαν. πρῶτος" δὲ Κλέαρχος τοὺς αὖ- τοῦ" στρατιώτας ἐβιάζετοἶ ἰέναι: 471. VOCABULARY ἀνίστημι (ἀνὰ -ἰ- icrnut, and for prin. pts. and use of tenses, see ἵστημι); transitive tenses, make to stand up; intrans., stand up. ἀποκρίνομαι, ἀποκρινοῦμαι, ἀπεκρινάμην, ἀποκέκριμαι, mid. depon., answer. ἀφίημι (ἀπὸ- τημι), ἀφήσω, ἀφῆκα, ἀφεῖκα, ἀφεῖμαι, ἀφείθην, send away. βιάζομαι [βιαδ], βιάσομαι, ἐβιασάμην, force, compel. ἐρωτάω, ἐρωτήσω, ἠρώτησα, ἠρώτηκα, ask, inquire; ἠρόμην (from ἔρομαι) is generally used for the aorist. κίνδυνος, ov, ὁ, danger. μισθόω, μισθώσω, ἐμίσθωσα, μεμίσθωκα, μεμίσθωμαι, ἐμισθώθην, let for hire, hire; pass., be hired. πρόσω, adv., forward. τεῖχος, ovs, τό, Wall, fortification. 472. Learn the second aorist active and middle of fu (659), and οἶδα (657) in the second perfect active system. Observe that the second aorist of te is defective. The ‘singular is supplied by a first aorist in κα. Cf. τίθημι and δίδωμι. 478.. Indirect. questions follow the law of indirect dis- course (256). εἰ (whether), τίς or ὅστις (who), πότερον..... n{whether ... . or), are common introductory words: ἐρώ- τησεν ὅ τι ποιοῖεν, he asked what they were doing. 1Supply ἔμεινε, 2 οὐ φημί = deny (cf. nego in Latin), often best translated as if the neg. modified the infin.; here, said they would not go, or refused to go. %Gen. of place, but with value of an adv., forward. ‘4Notforthis. 5Clearchus was the Jirst, etc. 6 Note rough breathing. 7 The imperfect sometimes shows attempted action. ἴημι and οἶδα. Indirect Questions 131 474 DRILL . Locate the following: 1, ἴσᾶσι, ἥδειν, εἰδείη. 2. ἴσθι, ἴθι, εἰδέναι. 3. doo, ἔσει, εἰδῶσι. 4 εἷσαν, εἶεν. εἶντο. 5 εἶναι, εἶναι. εἷς. 475. EXERCISES I. 1. οὐκ ἴσμεν πότερον of “Ἕλληνες ἡττήθησαν ἢ ov-' πολέ- II. μου ἐπαύσαντο. 2. εἰ οἱ στρατιῶται ov φαῖεν ἰέναι πρόσω, - ᾿ A ͵ / Μ e / > 4 Κῦρος ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ μείνειεν av. 3. οἱ κήρυκες ἀπεκρί- vavTo ὅτι τὰ ὄρη εἴη ἰσχυρῶς ὑψηλὰ πάντῃ ἐκ θαλάττης εἰς θάλατταν. 4. ἐδόκει ἡμῖν τοὺς φυγάδας καλέσαντας ἐξελαύνειν εἴς τινα πόλιν, ᾿Ικόνιον ὄνομα. 5. καὶ ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος ἐλέγετο ἀποκτεῖναι ἄνδρας ἸΠέρσᾶς τρεῖς αἰτιά- 4 / . ς σι = /, σάμενος πολεμίους εἶναι αὑτῷ: 6. Τισσαφέρνης προ- ΄ \ bl = / \ > \ a > / ἤσθετο τοὺς ἐν MidnTw τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἐπιβουλευομένους. ν » »" 7. Κλέαρχος nde ὅτι τοῖς μὲν χρήματα πολλά, τοῖς δὲ δῶρα ἄλλα παντοδαπὰ Κῦρος δοίη. 8. τὸ μὲν ἑαυτοῦ ΄ ’ Ἀ / ’ \ > 5 e A Μ 3 στράτευμα εἰς TO χωρίον ὀχυρὸν adixeto, of δὲ ἄλλοι ἐν © a - ? ,ὔ > , » δ ἈΝ ’ , , ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ὀρέων ἀπώλοντο. Y. ἀναστὰς δὲ ἠρώτησέ > e , / “ ΄ Ν τις εἰ οἱ μεγάλου βασιλέως στρατιῶται φυλάττοιεν τὸ τεῖχος. 1. The army tried to march through the mountains. 2. If no one hinders, Clearchus will collect an army and march against them. 3. They rushed from the walls and violently attacked the besiegers. 4. Cle- archus replied that he did not know- whether there was danger or not. 5. A messenger from Cyrus came to Clearchus, but he sent him away at once. 1 Observe the accent of ov at the end of a clause. ha Ι 182 Elementary Greek LESSON LX CONDITIONAL RELATIVES 476. οἱ δὲ αὐτόν τε ἔβαλλον καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια τὰ ἐκεί- 9 , ¥» os ὔ \ 4 ἈΝ ιν. νου, ἐπεὶ ἄρξαιντο προϊέναι. Κλέαρχος δὲ τότε μὲν μικρὸν » Ὁ 2 Ν A 9 1 3.5 \ ¥ 9 > ἐξέφυγε μὴ καταπετρωθῆναι, ὕστερον᾽ δ᾽, ἐπεὶ ἔγνω ὅτι οὐ δυνήσεται" βιάσασθαι, συνήγαγεν ἐκκλησίαν τῶν αὑτοῦ στρατιωτῶν. 477. ἐκκλησία (ἐκ + καλέω), Gs, ἣ, assem- bly. [ecclesiastic] ἐπειδάν, conj. adv. with the subj., whenever. ἐκφεύγω, ἐκφεύξομαι, ἐξέφυγον, ἐκπέ- φευγα, flee forth, escape. VOCABULARY ὅταν, conj. adv. with subj., when- ever. συνάγω, συνάξω, συνήγαγον, συνῆχα, συνῆγμαι, συνήχθην, lead or bring - together. ὑποζύγιον (ὑπό + ζυγόν, yoke), ov, τό, καταπετρόω, κατεπετρώθην, stone to death. μῖκρός, 4, dv, small, little; acc. neut. as adv., for a short space or time, barely. [microscope] baggage-animal. ὕστερος, a, ov, later; neut. as adv., later, afterward. [hysterics] 478, Clauses introduced by a relative (pronoun or con- junctive adverb) with an indefinite antecedent have a condi- tional force. The clause upon which the relative clause (protasis) depends is the apodosis. Relative conditional sentences assume all the forms of conditional sentences, although the contrary to fact form is rare. Temporal clauses present frequent examples: 6 τὶ ἂν πέμψῃ, λήψοντο, whatever he sends they will take (more vivid future; 6 τι ---- ἐάν τιν ; ὅ τι πέμψειε, λάβοιεν av, whatever he should send, they would take (less vivid future; 6 τι Ξε εἴ τι); ἐπεὶ ἄρξαιντο προιέναι, αὐτὸν ἔβαλλον, whenever they began to go forward, they threw at him. 1 Acc. neut. used as adv. after a past tense, for vividness. 2The mode of the original thought is retained, even 547% Conditional Relatives 133 II. 479. EXERCISES 1. ὅστις δ᾽ ἀφικνοῖτο τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν, πάντας ἀπεπέμπετο φίλους αὐτῷ μᾶλλον ἢ βασιλεῖ. 2. ἐπειδὰν βασιλεῖ ἐπιβουλεύωσι. αὐτοὺς συλλαμβάνει. 3. Κῦρον δὲ ἐλάνθανον ἀπελθόντες. 4. ὁ δ᾽ ἀγαθός ἐστι φίλος ᾧ ἂν φίλος 7. ὅ. οἱ δὲ ὁρῶντες ἐθαύμαζον καὶ οὐκ ἤσθοντο τὴν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιβουλήν. 6. ἐπειδὴ δὲ Κῦρες καλέσειεν, λαβὼν ὑμᾶς ἐπορευόμην, ἵνα ὠφελοίην αὐτόν. 7. ὅταν καταβαίνῃ διὰ μέσου τοῦ πεδίου οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν φεύγουσιν. 8. εἴδομεν μὲν μῖκρόν τι θηρίον. οὐ δὲ γιγνώσκομεν ὅ τι ἦν. 1. To whomsoever he was a friend he gave gifts. 2. The Greeks knew that they could not find the way. 3. They barely escaped being cut to pieces by the enemy. +. Whenever he wishes to take exercise, he hunts in the park. 5. An assembly of my own army was brought together, and I spoke as follows: Fie. 22.—The Gravestone of Dexileos ANABASIS, BOOK I, CHAP. III, 2-21 Kal πρῶτον μὲν ἐδάκρῦε πολὺν χρόνον ἑστώς" οἱ δὲ ὁρῶν- τες ἐθαύμαζον καὶ ἐσιώπων" εἶτα δὲ ἔλεξε τοιάδε. ‘*” Avdpes στρατιῶται, μὴ θαυμάζετε ὅτι χαλεπῶς φέρω τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασιν. ἐμοὶ γὰρ ξένος Κῦρος ἐγένετο καί με φεύγοντα 2 -“ f / ” 4 - ΄ Μ - 5 ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος τά τε ἄλλα ἐτίμησε καὶ μῦρίους ἔδωκε δάρει- ’΄ a 5 Χ \ > > Xf / 3 \ > Ν κούς: ods ἐγὼ λαβὼν οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἴδιον κατεθέμην ἐμοὶ οὐδὲ a ) ; SA OA ety ' \ a \ καθηδυπάθησα, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐδαπάνων. Kal πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς τοὺς Θρᾷκας ἐπολέμησα, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς “Ελλάδος ἐτίμω- ρούμην μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν, ἐκ τῆς Χερρονήσου αὐτοὺς ἐξελαύνων 10 βουλομένους ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας Ελληνας τὴν γῆν. \ 2 A ἐπειδὴ δὲ Κῦρος ἐκάλει, λαβὼν ὑμᾶς ἐπορευόμην, ἵνα εἴ τι δέοιτο ὠφελοίην αὐτὸν ἀνθ᾽ ὧν εὖ ἔπαθον ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνους ἐπεὶ = 4 4 ὦ -“ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐ βούλεσθε συμπορεύεσθαι, ἀνάγκη δή μοι ἢ ὑμᾶς προδόντα τῇ Κύρου φιλίᾳ χρῆσθαι ἢἣ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ψευσά- 1. πρῶτον μέν: correlative with εἶτα δέ (1.2). ἐδάκρυε: note force of each tense in this sentence. χρόνον: 514. ἑστώς; second perfect from iornut with present meaning. 2. τοιάδε; less definite than τάδε. ἄνδρες: with στρατιῶται a term of respect. 3. μή: 569. χαλεπῶς φέρω: see vocabulary under φέρω. 4, πράγμασιν: 535. ἐμοί; 534. δ. ἄλλα: 513; the English would naturally reverse the order, putting the specific before the general. 6. ἐγώ: 496. ἴδιον: adj. used as noun. οὐδέ; not even, or not... . either. 7. ἐδαπάνων: note the tense. 9. μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν: more complimentary than σὺν ὑμῖν. 10. γῆν: 512. 11. ri: 510. 12. δέοιτο: implied indirect discourse. ὠφελοίην; 551. ὧν" the antecedent (τούτων) is omitted; the relative, which would naturally be accusative, is attracted to the case of the antecedent: ἀντὶ τούτων ἃ εὖ ἔπαθον, in return for the benefits I had veceived. ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνου: gen. of agent, since εὖ ἔπαθον is in effect passive; ἐκείνου is more emphatic than αὐτοῦ. 13. ἀνάγκη: sc. ἐστί. pol: with ἀνάγκη; the person concerned may be dat. as here, or accus, (367) subject of the infin. 14. προδόντα: agrees in form with the omitted subject (μέ) of χρῆσθαι; it might have been dat. agreeing with μοέ; cf. preceding note. φιλίᾳ: instrumental dat. 134 Anabasis ΒΡ ΄ μενον μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἶναι. εἰ μὲν δὴ δίκαια ποιήσω οὐκ οἶδα. es ee ae es Se νῶν Soe SL αἱρήσομαι δ᾽ οὖν ὑμᾶς Kal σὺν ὑμῖν 6 τι ἂν δέῃ πείσομαι. Mv > - ’ A e ᾽ Ν σ » Ἁ ᾿ \ καὶ οὔποτε ἐρεῖ οὐδεὶς ὡς ἐγὼ “Ἕλληνας ἀγαγὼν εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους, προδοὺς τοὺς “Ἕλληνας τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων φι- « λίαν εἱλόμην, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἐθέλετε πείθεσθαι, ὃ ἐγὼ σὺν ὑμῖν Bron καὶ 6 τι ἂν δέῃ πείσομαι. νομίζω yap ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ εἶναι καὶ πασρίδα καὶ φίλοις καὶ συμμάχους, καὶ σὺν ὑμῖν μὲν ἂν οἶμαι εἶναι τίμιος ὅπου ἂν ὦ, ὑμῶν δὲ ἔρημος @y οὐκ ἂν ἱκανὸς οἶμαι εἶναι οὔτ᾽ ἂν φίλον ὠφελῆσαι οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐχθρὸν ἀλέξασθαι. ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς, 10 οὕτω τὴν γνώμην ἔχετε." ταῦτα εἶπεν: οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται οἵ τε αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες ὅτι οὐ φαίη παρὰ βασιλέὰά ΄ > / \ δὲ — / \ , ΄ πορεύεσθαι ἐπήνεσαν" παρὰ δὲ Ξενίου καὶ Πασίωνος πλείους with χρῆσθαι. 1. εἰ: 413. δίκαια: 10. ποιήσω: fut. indic.; what other part of the verb has the same form? 2. δ᾽ οὖν: at any rate; cf. 355, n. 2. δέῃ: 562, sc. πάσχειν. πείσομαι; from πάσχω; πείθω would give the same ~ form. 3. οὐδείς: when a negative (οὔποτε) is followed by another com- pound of the same negative (οὐδείς), the negation is strengthened; in translation only one negative can be used. ὡς; 573. ἀγαγών: conces- sive or circumstantial ppl. 4, προδούς: from προδίδωμι, preliminary ppl. ὅ. εἱλόμην: from alpéw; note meaning of mid. voice. ὑμεῖς: 496. ἐμοί: 533; observe that Greek like Latin tends to gather the pronouns of a sentence. 7. ἐμοί: 534. πατρίδα: acc. because pred. after εἶναι. 8. ἄν: goes with εἶναι; ἄν is retained with an infin. when it stands fora finite verb which would have ἄν; here ἂν εἶναι stands for ἂν εἴην; the pro- tasis is implied in σὺν ὃ ὑμῖν which equals εἰ σὺν ὃ ὑμῖν ἑποίμην. τίμιος: nom. because the subj. οὗ the infin. is not ompressed, leaving τίμιος to agree with the subj. of the main verb (οἶμαι), 577. &: 567. ὑμῶν: gen. with ἔρημος. 9. ἄν: in long sentences ἄν is often repeated as here; ἂν εἶναι stands for ἂν εἴην; the protasis is in ὥν which stands for el εἴην. ὠφελῆ- σαι: 596. 10. as: suggests ind. disc., though strictly ἐμοῦ ἰόντος is gen. abs. expressing cause; therefore, since (as I say, as) I am going (ἰόντος is fut. in effect) wherever you also go, have this opinion; i.e. be of this opinion, that I shall go, etc. καί: intensive, also, too. ὑμεῖς: se. tyre. 12. ot: receives accent from τέ. 13. οὐ taken closely with φαίη, 470, 3, φαίη: from φημί, 573. 14. πλεί- 136 Elementary Greek ἢ δισχίλιοι λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα Kal τὰ σκευοφόρα ἐστρατο- , AN ’ὔ lal , > nA πεδεύσαντο παρὰ Κλέαρχον. Κῦρος δὲ τούτοις ἀπορῶν τε - , ’ὔ Ν ’ id ἈΝ »,ὕ, Ἀ καὶ λυπούμενος μετεπέμπετο τὸν Κλέαρχον" ὁ δὲ ἐέναι μὲν οὐκ ἤθελε, λάθρᾳ δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν πέμπων αὐτῷ ἄγγελον 5 ἔλεγε θαρρεῖν ὡς καταστησομένων τούτων εἰς τὸ δέον" μετα- / + Le oS / > / WEEN >] > y” », \ πέμπεσθαι δ᾽ ἐκέλευεν αὐτόν" αὐτὸς δ᾽ οὐκ ἔφη ἰέναι. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συναγαγὼν τούς θ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώτᾶς καὶ τοὺς προσελθόντας αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τὸν βουλόμενον, ἔλεξε a “4 A τοιάδε. ““ἴΑνδρες στρατιῶται, τὰ μὲν δὴ Κύρου δῆλον ὅτι 10 οὕτως ἔχει πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὥσπερ τὰ ἡμέτερα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον" οὔτε γὰρ ἡμεῖς ἐκείνου ἔτι στρατιῶται, ἐπεί γε οὐ συνεπόμεθα αὐτῷ, οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔτι ἡμῖν μισθοδότης. ὅτι μέντοι ἀδικεῖ- / Cpe: aA 3 ef \ / ’ lel σθαι νομίζει ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οἶδα" ὥστε Kal μεταπεμπομένου αὐτοῦ > > / Lal \ \ / > - / “ x οὐκ ἐθέλω ἐλθεῖν, τὸ μὲν μέγιστον αἰσχῦνόμενος ὅτι σύνοιδα > aA A > / > / » \ ‘ Ἁ 15 ἐμαυτῷ πάντα ἐψευσμένος αὐτόν, ἔπειτα καὶ δεδιὼς μὴ λαβών με δίκην ἐπιθῇ ὧν νομίζει ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἠδικῆσθαι. ἐμοὶ φ a > “ - τὸ [τοῖς , 9. 8 a ε a οὖν δοκεῖ οὐχ wpa εἶναι ἡμῖν καθεύδειν οὐδ᾽ ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν ovs: contracted from πλείονες, 1. ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο: a verb of rest, but fol. by a prep. implying motion; cf. rapa Ξενίου; some texts have the dat. παρὰ Κλεάρχῳ. 2. τούτοις: neuter, dat. of cause. ἀπορῶν: cause or concession. 4. στρατιωτῶν: gen. with λάθρᾳ. 5. ὡς: on the ground that, fol. by gen. abs. 7. θ᾽: τέ with elision of vowel and roughening of consonant before the rough breathing of ἑαυτοῦ, 8, mpoc- ελθόντας: 490. αὐτῷ: dat. after πρός in composition. 9. τά: the sub- stantive (πράγματα) is omitted. δῆλον ὅτι, it is clear that, ec. ἐστίν, 10. ἔχει: when modified by an adv. ἔχω is equivalent to εἰμί and an adjec- tive of same meaning as the adv. 11. ἡμεῖς: 56. ἐσμέν. 12, ἡμῖν; 534, ἀδικεῖσθαι: subject not expressed, as it is the same as that οὗ νομίζει. 13: ὑφ’ ἡμῶν: gen. of agent. καί: intensive with gen. abs. indicating concession. 14, μέγιστον: 511. σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ, conscious; ἐμαυτῷ is dat. after σύν in composition. 15. ἐψευσμένος : observe form of redupli- cation; ppl. in ind. disc.; for case see 578. δεδιώς: perf. with present meaning. μή: 554. 16. λαβών: 581. ὧν: omission of antecedent and attraction, for that (sc. τούτων) in which (ὧν for 4, cog. acc.) he thinks he has been wronged by me. ἠδικῆσθαι: tense? 17. δοκεῖ, meaning to seem, is followed by infin. in ind. disc. καθεύδειν: depends on dpa; so Anabasis 137 αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ βουλεύεσθαι 6 τι χρὴ ποιεῖν ἐκ τούτων, καὶ ἕως τε μένομεν αὐτοῦ σκεπτέον μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ὅπως ὡς ἀσφα- λέστατα μενοῦμεν, εἴ τε ἤδη δοκεῖ ἀπιέναι, ὅπως ὡς ἀσφα- Χέστατα ἄπιμεν, καὶ ὅπως τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἕξομεν" ἄνευ γὰρ τού- ᾿ς νὰν ~ oo» >» Ὁ " γα oS eee κα 2 τῶν οὔτε στρατηγοῦ οὔτε ἰδιώτου ὄφελος οὐδέν. ὁ δ᾽ ἀνὴρ 5 πολλοῦ μὲν ἄξιος φίλος ᾧ ἂν φίλος ἦ, χαλεπώτατος δ᾽ ἐχ- θρὸς ᾧ ἂν πολέμιος 7, ἔχει δὲ δύναμιν καὶ πεζὴν καὶ ἱππικὴν καὶ ναυτικὴν ἣν πάντες ὁμοίως ὁρῶμέν τε καὶ ἐπιστάμεθα: καὶ > / a / > a - “ “ - γὰρ οὐδὲ πόρρω δοκοῦμέν μοι αὐτοῦ καθῆσθαι. ὥστε wpa λέγειν ὅ τι τις γιγνώσκει ἄριστον εἶναι." 10 ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. ἐκ δὲ τούτου ἀνίσταντο οἱ μὲν > A ’ , / On Tey F ς \ αν ἰα la ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, λέξοντες ἃ ἐγίγνωσκον, οἱ δὲ Kal ὑπ᾽ ἐκεί. νου ἐγκέλευστοι, ἐπιδεικνύντες old εἴη ἡ ἀπορία ἄνευ τῆς Z , \ / Notes / 2 \ \ 3 Κύρου γνώμης καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι. εἷς δὲ δὴ εἶπε προσ- ΄ ΄ ε , > Sine , Υ: ποιούμενος σπεύδειν ὡς τάχιστα πορεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, 15 στρατηγοὺς μὲν ἑλέσθαι ἄλλους ὡς τάχιστα, εἰ μὴ βούλεται Κλέαρχος ἀπάγειν" τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτήδει᾽ ἀγοράζεσθαι (ἡ δ᾽ ἀγορὰ ἦν ἐν τῷ βαρβαρικῷ στρατεύματι) καὶ συσκευάζεσθαι: ἐλθόν- τας δὲ Κῦρον αἰτεῖν πλοῖα, ὡς ἀποπλέοιεν: ἐὰν δὲ μὴ διδῷ ταῦτα, ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν Κῦρον ὅστις διὰ φιλίᾶς τῆς χώρας 20 also ἀμελεῖν and βουλεύεσθαι. 1, ἐκ τούτων: in view of these things. 2. ἕως: as long as, while. τέ (also τέ after el): both .... and, frequently rendered merely and. αὐτοῦ: adv. of place. σκεπτέον: 366, pred. with εἶναι. pol: connect with δοκεῖ, ὅπως: 553. ἀσφαλέστατα: 395. 3. ἤδη: at once. 4. ἄπιμεν: present with future meaning. ἕξομεν: see ἔχω. 5. στρατηγοῦ: depends upon ὄφελος; sc. ἐστίν. ὁ ἀνήρ: Cyrus. 6. πολ- hod: ὅ81. ᾧ ἂν φίλος 7: a rel. clause, present general condition. 8. τέ .... καί; both ....and, with emphasis on the second member. ὁμοίως: to be taken with πάντες, all alike. καὶ γάρ: ellipsis, and (καί) I mention this, for (γάρ), etc. 9. αὐτοῦ: gen. with adv. πόρρω. Gpa: 56. ἔστιν. 11. οἱ μέν. .. . of δέ; 487, 12. λέξοντες: 583. ἐκείνου; Clearchus. 13. εἴη: ind. disc. 14, δή: but one in particular (δή) proposed, etc. εἶπε: when εἶπον means bid or command, it is followed by the infin.; hence ἑλέσθαι and the other co-ordinate infinitives. 16, et: simple sup- position. μή: neg. in condition. 17. 4 δ᾽ ἀγορά. ... στρατεύματι: a parenthesis inserted by the historian to show the absurdity of the plan. 19. Kipov.... πλοῖα: 512. ws: 551. 20. ὅστις... ἀπάξει: 552. φιλίας: 138 Elementary Greek > ΄ 5 \ EE 4 , A , \ ΄ ἀπάξει: ἐὰν δὲ μηδὲ ἡγεμόνα διδῷ, συντάττεσθαι τὴν ταχίσ- την, πέμψαι δὲ καὶ προκαταληψομένους τὰ ἄκρα, ὅπως μὴ φθάσωσι μήτε Κῦρος μήτε οἱ Κέλικες καταλαβόντες, ὧν πολλοὺς καὶ πολλὰ χρήματα ἔχομεν ἀνηρπακότες. οὗτος 5 μὲν τοιαῦτα εἶπε" μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Κλέαρχος εἶπε τοσοῦτον. «Ὡς μὲν στρατηγήσοντα ἐμὲ ταύτην τὴν στρατηγίαν μηδεὶς ὑμῶν λεγέτω: πολλὰ γὰρ ἐνορῷ δι’ ἃ ἐμοὶ τοῦτο οὐ ποιητέον: ὡς δὲ τῷ ἀνδρὶ ὃν ἂν ἕλησθε πείσομαι ἡ δυνατὸν , “ IQA “ \ ” > / oe μάλιστα, iva εἰδῆτε ὅτι Kal ἄρχεσθαι ἐπίσταμαι ὥς τις Kal 10 ἄλλος μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων." μετὰ τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη, > x X Ν πον a \ a > A ΄ ἐπιδεικνὺς μὲν τὴν εὐήθειαν τοῦ τὰ πλοῖα αἰτεῖν κελεύοντος, C4 ὥσπερ πάλιν τὸν στόλον Κύρου ποιουμένου, ἐπιδεικνὺς δὲ ε ΝΜ v e / 3 a \ 4 ? - , \ ὡς εὔηθες εἴη ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν Tapa τούτου @ λῦμαινόμεθα τὴν πρᾶξιν. εἰ δὲ καὶ τῷ ἡγεμόνι πιστεύσομεν ὃν ἂν Κῦρος δῷ, ἘΣ “ ΄ “- ne 15 τί κωλύει Kal τὰ ἄκρα ἡμῖν κελεύειν Κῦρον προκαταλαβεῖν ; pred. adj. sc. οὔσης. 1. μηδέ: not.... either. τὴν ταχίστην: sc. ὁδόν, 511. 2. καί: intensive. προκαταληψομένους: sc. ἄνδρας, those who will preoc- cupy, etc.; cf. λέξοντες, p. 137, 1.12. ὅπως: 551. 3. καταλαβόντες: ppl. with φθάσωσι, 585. ὧν: possessive gen.; dv... . dvnpraxéres is an extract from the original speech. 4. ἀνηρπακότες: ppl. showing means or manner; ἔχω with a pres. ppl. (sometimes perf. as here) may have the effect of a perf. tense, have plundered; or ἔχομεν ἀνηρπακότες may equal ἀνηρπάκαμεν καὶ ἔχομεν. 6. στρατηγήσοντα: ppl. ind. disc. 578. στρατηγίαν: 510. 7 ἐμοί: dat. of agent. 8. ὡς δὲ τῷ ἀνδρί, etc.: dependent on words to be supplied; 6. g. οὕτω λέγετε (imperative), or ἕκαστος λεγέτω. ἀνδρί: 533. ἡ: sc. ὁδῷ, dat. of means. δυνατόν: sc. ἐστί. Of. ὅτι... ἀνθρώ- πων: that I know how to submit to authority as well as any man that lives; μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων (part. gen.), lit. best of all men. 9. tls: sc. ἐπίσταται. 10. μετὰ τοῦτον; distinguish from μετὰ ταῦτα. 11, τοῦ: goes with κελεύοντος, ppl. used 885 ποῦπ. 12, Κύρου: gen.abs. 13, ὡς: how, adv. οὗ degree. εἴη: ind. disc. αἰτεῖν; cf. 178, where there are two acc.; the person may be governed by a prep. as here. 13f. wapd.... πρᾶξιν: exact words of the speaker. 13. &: whose, 538. 14, πιστεύ- gopev: If we shall trust Cyrus’ man, as it is proposed that we shall do, we might as well (τί κωλύει) have him prepare our defense against him. The apodosis is ironical, and shows the absurdity of the soldier’s pro- posal. ὅν: the rel. clause has a cond. force, hence subj. (δῷ). 15, ἡμῖν; Anabasis 139 ἐγὼ yap ὀκνοίην μὲν ἂν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα ἐμβαίνειν ἃ ἡμῖν δοίη. Δ Pine Ω , « / 95 ἡ a ἃ , μὴ ἡμᾶς ταῖς τριήρεσι καταδύσῃ, φοβοίμην δ᾽ ἂν τῷ ἡγεμόνι ᾧ δοίη ἕπεσθαι, μὴ ἡμᾶς ἀγάγῃ ὅθεν οὐκ ἔσται ἐξελθεῖν" βουλοίμην δ᾽ ἂν ἄκοντος ἀπιὼν Κύρου λαθεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελ- θών' ὃ οὐ δυνατόν ἐστιν. ἀλλ᾽ ἐγώ φημι ταῦτα μὲν φλυά- σι pias εἶναι: δοκεῖ δέ μοι ἄνδρας ἐλθόντας πρὸς Κῦρον οἵτινες ἐπιτήδειοι σὺν Κλεάρχῳ ἐρωτᾶν ἐκεῖνον τί βούλεται ἡμῖν a ΝΟ ΣΧ Χ id κ > f= " ‘ χρῆσθαι" καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἡ πρᾶξις ἦ TapatAnola οἵᾳπερ Kal πρόσθεν ἐχρῆτο τοῖς ξένοις, ἕπεσθαι καὶ ἡμᾶς καὶ μὴ κακίους εἶναι τῶν πρόσθεν τούτῳ συναναβάντων: ἐὰν δὲ μείζων ἡ 10 πρᾶξις τῆς πρόσθεν φαίνηται καὶ ἐπιπονωτέρα καὶ ἐπικιν- δυνοτέρα, ἀξιοῦν ἢ πείσαντα ἡμᾶς ἄγειν ἢ πεισθέντα πρὸς f= > -.-, ὦ LA \ \ « / x tf ᾽ Lod \ φιλίαν ἀφιέναι" οὕτω yap Kal ἑπόμενοι ἂν φίλοι αὐτῷ καὶ "2 -" e / ΟΕ. / > nn bal > / oe πρόθῦμοι ἑποίμεθα καὶ ἀπιόντες ἀσφαλῶς av ἀπίοιμεν" 6 τι δ᾽ ἂν πρὸς ταῦτα λέγῃ ἀπαγγεῖλαι δεῦρο" ἡμᾶς δ᾽ ἀκούσαν- 15 dat. of advantage or disadvantage according to the point of view. 1. ὀκνοίην: potential optative; might be regarded as apodosis of a less vivid future cond. of which ἃ δοίη is the protasis; 1 should fear, etc.; 50 also φοβοίμην and βουλοίμην. 2. τριήρεσι: 535. καταδύσῃ:; 554. ἡγεμόνι: 533. 3. @: attracted from acc. (ὅν). ὅθεν: relative, antecedent omitted; into a place (ἐκεῖσε) from which, etc. ἔσται: fut.for vividness. ἐξελθεῖν; infin. with ἔσται, which here means it is possible. 4. ἄκοντος: sc. ὄντος, 592. ἀπίων: conditional force, equals εἰ ἀπίοιμι. ἀπελθών; supplementary ppl. with λαθεῖν, 585; lit. to escape his notice getting away. 5. 8: antecedent is the thought of the previous sentence. φλυαρίας: plu. (more forcible) where Eng. usessing. 6. δοκεῖ: it seems best. οἵτινες: 66. εἰσί. 7. ἐρωτᾶν: infin. with δοκεῖ; so also ἕπεσθαι, εἶναι, ἀξιοῦν, ἀπαγγεῖ- Xa, βουλεύεσθαι. ἐκεῖνον: Cyrus. τί, 510, for what he desires to use us. 8. οἵᾳπερ: antecedent omitted; the rel. is attracted from olavrep (cog. acc.). 9. πρόσθεν: refers to former journey to Babylon just before the death of Darius; cf. 91. κακίους: contracted from xaxtovas. 10, τούτῳ: gov. by σύν in comp.; more emphatic than αὐτῷ. συναναβάντων; ppl. used as a noun. 11, πρόσθεν: full expression is τῆς πρόσθεν mpatews. 12. πείσαντα: acc. agreeing with unexpressed subj. of ἄγειν (αὐτόν, i. 6. Cyrus). 12f. πρὸς φιλίαν: the phrase has the vaJue of an adverb. 13, ἑπόμενοι: conditional; equals εἰ ἑποίμεθα; similarly ἀπιόντες (1. 14). 140 Elementary Greek τας πρὸς ταῦτα βουλεύεσθαι. ἔδοξε ταῦτα. καὶ ἄνδρας ἑλό- \ , / Cae , »“ \ , μενοι σὺν Κλεάρχῳ πέμπουσιν of ἠρώτων Κῦρον τὰ δόξαντα - ca t 3 .5 Zz “ 2 , > / = ? A τῇ στρατιᾷ. ὁ δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι ἀκούοι ᾿Α βροκόμᾶν ἐχθρὸν y ὌΝ a > ya a? 5) ? ΄ ἄνδρα ἐπὶ τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ εἶναι, ἀπέχοντα δώδεκα σταθ- ΄ "»" Lal a 5 μούς: πρὸς τοῦτον οὖν ἔφη βούλεσθαι ἐλθεῖν: Kav pev 7 ἐκεῖ, τὴν δίκην ἔφη χρήζειν ἐπιθεῖναι αὐτῷ, ἢν δὲ φύγῃ. ἡμεῖς ἐκεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλευσόμεθα. ἀκούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα « « \ > , lal , »" A € - οἱ αἱρετοὶ ἀπαγγέλλουσι τοῖς στρατιώταις τοῖς δὲ ὑποψία \ > “ὔ »Μ Ν ὦ ΝῪΣ , -“ μὲν ἣν ὅτι ἄγοι πρὸς βασιλέα, ὅμως δὲ ἐδόκει ἕπεσθαι. προσ- 10 αἰτοῦσι δὲ μισθόν: ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπισχνεῖται ἡμιόλιον πᾶσι δώσειν οὗ πρότερον ἔφερον, ἀντὶ δαρεικοῦ τρία ἡμιδαρεικὰ ῆ fol Ν aA 4 -“ ἈΞ \ ον» > ἣν Le] τοῦ μηνὸς τῷ στρατιώτῃ. ὅτι δὲ ἐπὶ βασιλέὰ ἄγοι οὐδὲ ἐνταῦ- θα ἤκουσεν οὐδεὶς ἔν γε τῷ φανερῷ. 1. ἑλόμενοι: from αἱρέω.ὠ. 2. ἠρώτων; from ἐρωτάω, Ὁ12. 8. ἀκούοι: 573. ἐχθρόν: a personal enemy (inimicus); πολέμιος is generally used for a public enemy (hostis). 4, σταθμούς: 514. 5. Kav: by crasis for καὶ ἐάν. 6. αὐτῷ: dat. after ériin comp. ἤν: contracted from ἐάν; ἣν.... βουλευσόμεθα, the exact words of the speaker. 8. aipero(: verbal used as a noun. τοῖς: the article followed by δέ at the beginning of a sen- tence has a demonstrative force, but they. 11, δώσειν: a verb of promising takes fut. infin. (which gives more the impression of a quota- tion) or the pres. (or aor.) infin. οὗ: gen. after the comparative in ἡμιό- λιον; it stands for τούτου ὅν. 12. rod: the article sometimes has a dis- tributive force, 6. g. per man ora man. μηνός: 523. τῷ; cf. note on τοῦ above. οὐδέ--- οὐδείς: strengthened negative thought. 13. ἐν τῷ φα- νερῷ: has the value οὗ an adv. (φανερῶς), openly. γε: at least. This chapter furnishes an excellent opportunity for the study of prepositions. The student should consult the vocabulary, grammar, and notes for the exact meaning, the cases which follow, ete. The fol- lowing important prepositions occur in the chapter: ἀντί, διά, els, ἐν, ἐπί, ἐκ (ἐξ), μετά, παρά, πρός, σύν, ὑπέρ, ὑπό. _ “».Ὁ — APPENDICES APPENDIX I.—RULES OF SYNTAX RULES OF AGREEMENT ADJECTIVES 479, An adjective agrees with its noun in gender, number, and case: εἰς πόλιν μεγάλην, to a large city. APPOSITION 480. A noun which qualifies another noun or pronoun, and denotes the same person or thing, agrees with it in case, and is called an appositive: ἔπεμψε Πίγρητα τὸν ἑρμηνέα, he sent Pigres the interpreter. SUBJECT AND PREDICATE 481. A predicate noun or adjective is in the same case as the subject of the verb: 6 ποταμὸς καλεῖται Maiavdpos, the river is called Maeander. 482. A finite verb agrees with its subject in number and person, except that a neuter plural subject regularly takes a singular verb: Κῦρος ἀναβαίνει, Cyrus marches up; τὰ ὑποζύγια ἦν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, the beasts of burden were tn the plain. THE ARTICLE 483, With proper names of persons already mentioned or well known the article may be used: Κῦρον μεταπέμπεται: ἀναβαίνα οὖν ὁ Κῦρος, he sends for Cyrus; Cyrus therefore goes up. 484. With names of countries the article is generally used: ἡ Ἑλλάς, Greece. 485. With abstract nouns the article is frequently used: ἡ ἀρετή, virtue, 488. The article is regularly used with demonstrative pronouns . when they qualify a noun. The demonstrative is always in the predicate position. See 495: οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος or ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, this man, 143 ᾿ς) 144 Elementary Greek $487 487. The article standing alone with μέν and δέ has the force of a demonstrative: ol μέν. . .. of δέ, some .... others, ὁ δέ, but he; οἱ δέ, but they. 488. With possessive pronouns the article is used when refer- ence is made to a single definite object: 6 ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, my brother ; but ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, a brother of mine. 489. The article very frequently has the force of an unemphatic possessive pronoun: Κῦρος ἀθροίζει τοὺς στρατιώτας, Cyrus assembles his soldiers. 490. A participle with the article is equivalent toa noun or toa relative clause: οἱ φεύγοντες, those who are fleeing, i.e. the fugitives ; ὃ βουλόμενος, the one who wishes, 491, Adjectives and adverbs or their equivalents with the article are used as nouns. The use of the article with an adjective or an ad- verb makes the phrase in effect a noun: of ἀγαθοί, the brave; of οἴκοι, the homefolks ; οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς, the people from the market-place. 492. The neuter article is frequently used with the infinitive, which is a verbal noun, showing more clearly the case-relation: εἰς τὸ διώκειν ὁρμήσαντες, hastening to the pursuit. : 493. βασιλεύς without the article is generally used to designate the Persian king. 494 If an adjective stands between the article and its noun, it is said to be in the attributive position: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἀνήρ, or less fre- quently ὁ ἀνὴρ 6 ἀγαθός and ἀνὴρ ὁ ἀγαθός, the good man. 495. Ifan adjective either precedes or follows the noun with its article, it is in the predicate position: ὁ ἀνὴρ stil or ἀγαθὸς 6 ἀνήρ, the man is good. PRONOUNS 496. The personal pronoun is not used as the subject of a verb except for emphasis or clearness: ταῦτα λέγεις, you say these things; ταῦτα μὲν δὴ σὺ λέγεις, that 18 what you say. 497. Personal pronouns in the genitive case are frequently equivalent to possessive pronouns: ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἐμοῦ ΞΞ ὁ ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, my drother. 498, The reflexive pronoun regularly refers to the subject of the clause in which it stands; it is called the direct reflexive. ὁπότε γυμνάσαι βούλοιτο ἑαυτόν, whenever he wished to take exercise (exer- cise himself), I 8607 Rules of Syntax 145 499. Tho pronoun of the third person, which occurs in Attic Greek in the forms of, σφεῖς, σφῶν, σφίσι, σφᾶς, When used in a sub- ordinate clause, or with an infinitive or participle in the principal clause, refers to the main subject; it is called the indirect reflexive: Κῦρος δεῖται αὐτοῦ δοῦναι of ravras ras πόλεις, Cyrus asked him (the king) to give him (Cyrus) these cities. 500. αὐτός is an intensive pronoun and has three uses. . 501. When it stands between the article and the noun which it modifies (attributive position), it means same: ὃ αὐτὸς φίλος. OF more rarely ὁ φίλος ὁ αὐτός, the same friend. 502. When it modifies a noun, but is not in the attributive position, it means self or very, like Latin ipse « αὐτὸς ὃ φίλος or ὃ φίλος αὐτός, the friend himself, the very friend. When the noun to which it refers is not expressed, it is always intensive in the nominative (cf. ipse): αὐτὸς ἔχει, he himself has, In the other cases also αὐτός may be intensive, if it is placed in an emphatic (i. 6. an unusual) position: αὐτὸν μὲν λαμβάνει, of δὲ ἄλλοι φεύγουσιν, him he captures, but the rest escape. 503. When used substantively without the article, it becomes | in the oblique cases (i. 6. other than the nominative and vocative) an unemphatic personal pronoun, him, her, it, them, his, hers, theirs: ὁ φιλος αὐτοῦ, his friend, πέμξα αὐτούς, he sends them. This is its most frequent use. 504. ὅδε, this, refers to what follows; otros, this, refers to what precedes; ἐκεῖνος, that, differs from otros in indicating something more remote in time or space: ἔλεξε τάδε, he spoke as follows; ἔλεξε ταῦτα, thus he spoke. 505. ἄλλος means another, one of many; ἕτερος, another, one of two, or the other: ἄλλο στράτευμα, another army; τὸ ἕτερον στρά- τευμα, the other army. But observe τὸ ἄλλο, the rest of. 306. The antecedent of a relative pronoun is frequently omitted when it can be easily supplied from the contest: ἔχων ots εἴρηκα ὡρμᾶτο ἀπὸ Σάρδεων, he set out from Sardis with those 1 have mentioned. 507. If the antecedent is a genitive or dative, a relative which would naturally be in the accusative is usually attracted into the case of the antecedent: ἀποπέμπει τοὺς δασμοὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων ὧν ἔχεαν, he sends tribute from the cities which he haa, 146 Elementary Greek 8508 THE CASES THE VOCATIVE 508. The vocative is the case of address; ὦ usually precedes: ὦ ἄνδρες στρωτιῶται, fellow-soldiera. THE ACCUSATIVE ῬΑ 509, The object of a transitive verb is in the accusative: ὁρῶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, I see the man. 510. Many verbs are followed by an accusative of kindred meaning. This is called the cognate accusative: νίκην vixay, fo win a victory; τί κελεύεις; what order do you give? 511. The accusative is sometimes used with the value of an adverb, and is called the adverbial accusative: ἔπεμψεν αὐτοὺς τὴν ταχίστην ὁδόν, he sent them the shortest way. 512. Certain verbs take two accusatives, one the cognate accu- sative, the other the accusative of the person or thing affected. These verbs are to ask, clothe, demand, conceal, deprive, remind, teach, and verbs meaning to do anything to a person: ἐποίησαν ἀγήκεστα κακὰ αὐτούς, they inflicted irreparable injury upon them; ἀφαιρεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς τὴν γῆν, to deprive them of their land. 513. The accusative is used to specify the part, character, or quality to which a verb, noun, or adjective refers —the accusative of specification: ποταμὸς Κύδνος ὄνομα, a river, Cydnus by name; διίο πλέθρα τὸ εὖρος, two plethra wide, 514 Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the accusative: ἐνταῦθα ἔμενεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά, he remained there seven days. 515. Both a predicate accusative and an object accusative, referring to the same person or thing, may follow a verb of nam- ing, choosing, appointing, making, πο τς regarding: ss a aa Κῦρον ἀπέδειξεν, he appointed Cyrus general. THE GENITIVE 516. The genitive denotes: (a) possession— the possessive gen- itive: ἡ Kipou ἀρχή, the province of Cyrus. 617. (Ὁ) The subject of an action or feeling denoted by a noun—the subjective genitive: ὁ τῶν βαρβάρων φόβος, the fear of the barbarians (i. e. the fear which they feel). 8681: Rules of Syntax | 147 518. (c) The object of an action or feeling—the objective genitive: ὁ τῶν βαρβάρων φόβος, the fear of the barbarians (i.e. the fear which they inspire). 519. (d) Measure (time, space, price): τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδός, a three days’ journey. 520. (e) The whole to which a part belongs—the partitive genitive: τῶν piplwy ἐλπίδων pia, one hope in ten thousand, — 521. The genitive may be used in the predicate, generally of the verbs meaning to be or to become, to express any of the above- mentioned relations (516-520): τὸ ἄρχειν ἐστὶ τῶν νϊκώντων, it ts the part of those who conquer to rule. 522. The genitive is used after an adjective or an adverb in the comparative degree when 7, than, is omitted: otra of βάρ- βαροι πολεμιώτεροι ἔσονται τῶν παρὰ βασιλεῖ, these barbarians will be more hostile than those with the king. 523. Time within which is expressed by the genitive: δέκα ἡμερῶν, within ten days. 524. The genitive denotes cause with verbs of emotion: τῆς ἐλευθερίας ὑμᾶς εὐδαιμονίζω, I congratulate you on your freedom. 525. Certain verbs take the genitive: (a) Verbs of ruling and leading: ἄρχει Μιλήτου, he rules Miletus. 526. (Ὁ) Verbs of fulness or want: οὐκ dzopS ἀνδρῶν, I do not lack men. 527. (c) Verbs of tasting, caring for, sparing, neglecting, for- getting, remembering, despising: ὀλίγοι σίτου ἐγεύσαντο, few tasted food. 528. (d) Verbs of separation: rot πολέμου παύεσθαι, to give up the war. 529. (e) Verbs implying comparison, 6. 5. supass, be superior: περιγίγνεται τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν, he gets the better of his opponents. 530. (7) Verbs of beginning, touching, taking hold of, aiming at, hilting, missing: ot&cis ἡμάρτανεν ἀνδρός, no one missed his man. 531. Many adjectives, particularly those of like meaning, with the verbs just mentioned (525-30), are followed by the genitive; 6. g.: πληρής, full of ; ἄξιος, worthy of ; ἔμπειρος, skilled in; ἐγκρατής, auaster of. 148 Elementary Greek $532 THE DATIVE . — 532. The indirect object of a verb is put in the dative: δίδωσι αὐτῷ pipiovs Sipaxors, he gives him ten thousand darics. 533. Some intransitive verbs take the dative which in English are followed by the objective; e. g. assist, trust, obey, follow, resemble, make war upon, be angry at, and the like: τῷ ἡγεμόνι ἕπεσθαι, to follow the leader. 534. The dative is used with εἰμί or γίγνομαι to denote the possessor: ἄλλη πρόφασις ἦν αὐτῷ, he had another excuse. 535. The dative is used to denote instrument, cause, manner, and means: ἀκοντίζει τις αὐτὸν παλτῷ, someone struck him with a lance. 536. The dative is used to denote that by which a person or thing is accompanied: ἐλαύνει ἐδροῦντι τῷ ἵππῳ, he rides with his horse in a sweat. ᾿ : 537. Time when is expressed by the dative: ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, on this day. 538. The person or thing to whom an act is an advantage or disadvantage is put in the dative: ἄλλο στράτευμα αὐτῷ συνελέγετο, another army was betng collected for him. 539. The dative regularly denotes the agent with the verbal iu -réos, And often with the perfect and pluperfect passive: ἡ διῶρυξ ἡμῖν &aBardi, we must cross the ditch; πάνθ᾽ ἡμῖν πεποίηται, every- thing hus been done by us. ὲ 540. A number of adverbs and adjectives of a meaning similar to that of the verbs (533) which govern the dative are construed with the dative; 6. g.: παραπλήσιος, like; ὠφέλιμος, useful; πολέμιος, hostile. . THE TENSES 541. The primary tenses are the present, perfect, future, and future perfect. The sccondary or historical tenses are the imper- fect, aorist, and pluperfect. 542. The present is oftcu used in vivid narrative for the lively representation of the past. This is called the historical present: διαβάλλα τὸν Κῦρον, he traduces (i.e. traduced) Cyrus. 5561 Rules of Syntax 149 543, The imperfect denotes an act in progress, a customary act, and an attempted act: στρεπτὸν ἐφόρει, he was wearing a col- lar; ταῦτα τοῖς φίλοις διεδίδου, he used to distribute these among his friends; Κλέαρχος τοὺς αὑτοῦ στρατιώτᾶς ἐβιάζετο ἰέναι, Clearchus ὁ tried to force his own men to advance. 5: 544. The perfect denotes the completion of an act at the present time: πάντα πεποίηται, everything has been done. 545. The pluperfect denotes an act completed in the past: érertunro ὑπὸ Κύρου, he had been honored by Cyrus. 546, The aorist denotes a past action simply as a thing ‘attained, without reference to its duration or the time of its completion: βασιλεὺς ἐγένετο τριάκοντα ἔτη, he was king thirty years. 547. The aorist often expresses the beginuing of an action or state: ἠσθένει, he was ill; ἠσθένησε, he fell ill. 548. The aorist is often represented in English by the pluper- fect, especially in temporal and relative clauses: ὡς ἀπῆλθε, when he had returned. 549. dv with the imperfect or aorist indicative in a principal clause expresses iteration: ἐκλεγόμενος τὸν ἐπιτήδειον ἕπαισεν ay, selecting the proper person, he used to beat him. 550. In the subjunctive and imperative, and in the optative and infinitive not in direct discourse the tenses have no time significance. The present denotes an act in progress; the perfect, which is not common, an act as completed; the aorist, an act as simply brought to pass. PURPOSE AND OBJECT CLAUSES 551. Purpose clauses are introduced by ἵνα, ds, or ὅπως, and take the subjunctive after primary tenses, the optative after sec- ondary tenses; or the subjunctive may be retained after secondary tenses for vividness. The negative is μή: Κῦρος τὰς vats μετεπέμψατο ὅπως ὁπλίτας ἀποβιβάσειεν, Cyrus sent for the ships in order that he might land hoplites; ᾿Αβροκόμᾶς τὰ πλοῖα κατέκαυσεν ἵνα μὴ δια βαίη ὁ Κῦρος. Abrocomas burned the vessels in order that Cyrus might not cross, 150 Elementary Greek §552 552. A relative clause with the future indicative expresses purpose. The negative is μή: ἥκομεν ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες οἵ ὑμᾶς ἄξουσιν, we have come with guides to conduct you. 553. Verbs denoting care, attention, or effort take ὅπως with the future indicative after both primary and secondary tenses The negative is μή: βουλεύεται ὅπως μήποτε ἔτι ἔσται ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, he plans that he may never again be in his brother's power. 554. Verbs of fearing take μή with the subjunctive after a pri- mary tense and μή with the optative after a secondary tense; or the subjunctive may be retained for vividness after secondary tenses. The negutive is οὐ: φοβοῖνται μὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐπιθῶνται αὐτοῖς." they fear the ‘Greeks will attack them; édo8dro μὴ οὐ δίψαιτο φυγῶν, he was alarmed lest he should not be able to escape. RESULT CLAUSES 555. ὥστε with the infinitive, with or without a subject accusa- tive, expresses a tendency to produce a result, which may or may not be realized. The negative is μή: ἔχω rpujpas ὥστε ἑλεῖν τὸ πλοῖον αὐτῶν, I have triremes so as to take their ship. 558. ὥστε with the indicative expresses a result that actually did follow; it means wherefore, consequently, so that. The nega- tive is οὐ: τοσοῦτον πλήθει περιῆν ὥστε Κῦρον ἐνίκησεν, So superior was he in numbers that he conquered Cyrus. 557. A relative characterizing clause sometimes expresses result. The negative is οὐ: ris οὕτω μαίψεται ὅστις οὐ βούλεται σοὶ φίλος εἶναι, who is so mad as not to wish to be friendly with you? 558. πρίν is used after a negative idea in the sense of until. The aorist indicative denotes an act or situation that is past. The subjunctive with ay after primary tenses, and the optative after secondary tenses (chiefly in indirect discourse), refer to an act or situation that is anticipated (i. 6. in the future): οὐ διέβησαν πρὶν of ἄλλοι ἀπεκρίναντο, they did not cross until the others answered; οὐ μενοῖσι πρὶν ἂν ἐλθῆτε, they will not remain until you come; tr- ἔσχετο μὴ πρόσθεν παύσεσθαι πρὶν αὐτοὺς καταγάγοι οἴκαδε, he promised not to stop until he had restored them to their homes. § 565 Rules of Syntax 151° 559. πρίν with the infinitive means before. It is always pre- ceded by an affirmative idea: διέβησαν πρὶν τοὺς ἄλλους ἀποκρένασθαι. they crossed before the others answered. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 560. The simple supposition has εἰ with the indicative in the protasis and any form of the verb in the apodosis. This form simply states a present or past particular supposition and implies nothing as to fulfilment: εἰ Ἑλληνικός ἐστι, ἀγαθός ἐστι ἀνήρ, tf he is Greek, he t3 a good man. 561. A supposition contrary to fact has εἰ with the past tense of the indicative in the protasis and a past tense of the indicative with dy in the apodosis. The imperfect usually shows a condition untrue at the present time; the aorist in past time. The imperfect sometimes refers to the past, denoting a continued or repeated act: εἰ Ελληνικὸς ἦν, ἀγαθὸς ἦν ἂν ἀνήρ, lf he were Greek, he would be a good man. 562. The more vivid future condition has in the protasis ἐάν (εἰ av), also written sometimes jy, ar, with the subjunctive and the future indicative or some future expression in the apodosis. It implies considerable likelihood of fulfilment: ἐὰν κελεύσῃ αὐτοὺς πέμψω, if he orders it, I shall send them, or if he shall order it, 1 shall send them. 563. The less vivid future condition has εἰ with the optative in the protasis and the optative with ἄν in the apodosis: εἰ κελεύσειε, αὐτοὺς πέμψαιμι ἄν, if he should order it, I would send them. 564. A conditional sentence may state what is or will be true on a particular occasion (e g. the sentences above, 560-63); or what is always true if the protasis is fulfilled. The latter is called a gen- eral condition. The protasis of the present general condition always has the same form as the more vivid future, but the apodo- sis has the present indicative: ἐὰν κελεύσῃ. αὑτούς πέμπω, if he orders it, J ahicays send them. 565. The protasis of a general condition in past time has the same form as the less vivid future (563), but the apodosis has the imperfect indicative: εἰ κελεύσειε; αὐτοὺς ἔπεμπον, whenever he ordered it, J used to send them. Elementary Greek § 568 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES IN TABULAE FORM I. Simple supposition (particular): ¢+ present or past indicative—any appropriate form. II. Present general: ἐάν (ἦν, Gv)-+subjunctive — present indicative. III. Past general: ei+optative —imperfect indicative. IV. Untrue supposition: ¢+past indicative—past in- dicative with dy. τ V. Future more vivid: ἐάν (ἦν. dv)+subjunctive— future indicative or imperative. VI. Future less vivid: e¢+optative --optative with ἄν. 567. Clauses introduced by a relative (pronoun or adverb) with an indefinite antecedent have a conditional force. The relative clause becomes the protasis, and that on which the relative clause depends forms theapodosis. Relative conditional sentences assume all the forms of conditional sentences. Temporal clauses present - frequent examples: 6 τι ἂν πέμψῃ λήψοντο, whatever he sends they will take (more vivid future); 6 re πέμψειε λάβοιεν av, whatever he should send, they would take (less vivid future); ἐπεὶ ἄρξαιντο προιέ- vat, αὐτὸν ἔβαλλον, whenever they began to go forward, they threw: at him; ἔμενον ἕως Κῦρος ἧκεν, they remained until Cyrus came; ἕως μένομεν, ἀσφαλεῖς ἐσμεν. as long as we remain we are safe; ἕως ay τις παρῇ. χρῶμαι, while one is with me I make use of him. COMMANDS, EXHORTATION 5, WISHES 568. Commands are expressed by the imperative: ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα, let him hold up his hand, 569. Prohibitions (negative commands) are expressed by μή (or its compounds); with the present imperative, if the reference is to a continued act; with the aorist subjunctive, if the reference is to a single definite act: μὴ ποιήσῃς τοῦτος do not do thir: μὴ ποίει τοῦτο. do not keep on doing this. 570. Exhortations are expressed by the first person plural of the subjunctive.” The negative is μή: καλῶς ἀποθνήσκωμεν, let τι5 die gloriously. 8575" . Rules of Syntax 185 571. Wishes that refer to the future—i. e. that are possible of fulfilment—are expressed by the optative with or without εἴθς or εἰ γάρ. The negative is μή: μηκέτι anv, may I live no longer; εἴθε σὺ φίλος ἡμῖν γένοιο, would that you may become friendly to us. 572. Wishes that are conceived of as impossible of fulfilment in present or past time are expressed by the secondary tenses of the indicative with εἴθε or εἰ γάρ; with the imperfect indicative, if it refers to the present time; with the aorist indicative, if it refers to past time. The negative is py: εἴθε σοι τότε συνεγενόμην, would that 1 had met you then. INDIRECT DISCOURSE 573. A quoted sentence (indirect discourse) may be introduced by ὅτε (that) or (less often) ὡς (how). When a verb of saying is in a primary tense, an indicative does not change its mood or tense; after a secondary tense it may be changed to the optative (without change of tense), or, for vividness, may retain its original mood and tense. But the imperfect and pluperfect remain unchanged aftera secondary tense: πέμπω, I am are, g; λέγει ὅτι πέμπει, he says that he is sending: ἔλεξεν ὅτι - ( κε δ ᾿ he said that he was sending. 574, Subordinate clauses in indirect discourse retain the original mood and tense, always after a primary tense and sometimes (for vividness) after a secondary tense. In subordinate clauses depend- ent upon a secondary tense, secondary tenses of the indicative remain unchanged, but all subjunctives and primary tenses of the indicative may be changed to the same tense of the optative: ἔλεξεν ὅτι λελοιπὼς εἴη Συέννεσις τὰ ἄκρα, ἔπει ἤσθετο ταῦτα, he said that Syen- nesis had left the heights because he learned these things —direct form, λέλοιπε (primary tense, hence changed to optative), ἤσθετο (secondary tense, hence unchanged). 575. With a number of verbs the accusative and the infinitive are used in indirect discourse instead of ὅτε ΟΓ ὡς. The infinitive retains the tense which the finite verb had in the direct form; but the present represents both the present and the imperfect, the per- fect both the perfect and pluperfect. Verbs of thinking (ofopas νομίζω, Pyorjun, δοκῶ) regularly take the infinitive: νομίζει ὑμᾶς ἑαυτοῦ εἶναι, he considers that you are in his power, 154 Elementary Greck 8576 576. There are three common verbs of saying; of these (1) φημί takes the infinitive in the main verb of the quotation; (2) εἶτον (second aorist) takes ὅτι or ὡς; (3) λέγω usually takes ὅτι or ὡς after an active form, and an infinitive after the passive. _ 577. When the subject of the infinitive is the same as the sub- ject of the main verb, it is usually omitted, unless it is emphatic. If expressed, it is in the nominative: ἰᾶσθαι αὐτὸς τὸ τραῦμά φησι, he says that he himself cured the wound, (The present infinitive is here the equivalent of an original imperfect indicative.) 578. After certain verbs (e. g. dxovw, ὁράω, γιγνώσκω, ἀγγέλλω, οἶδα, αἰσθάνομαι) the.accusetive of the participle may be used in indirect discourse. The tense of the participle is the same as that of the verb in the original statement. When the participle refers to the subject of the main verb, it appears in the nominative instead of in the accusative: ἥσθοντο Κῦρον στράτευμα Ἑλληνικὸν ἔχοντα, they perceived that Cyrus had a Greek army; ἴσθι ὧν ἀνόητος, know that you are foolish. THE PARTICIPLE 579. The participle very often takes the place of a relative clause in English: ὁ στρατὸς ὁ ὧν ἐν τῇ πόλει, the army which was in the city (lit., being in the city). 580. When used alone with the article, a participle becomes a noun, It is then usually best translated by a relative clause: of οἰκοῦντες, those who dwell; τὰ γιγνόμενα, those things which are taking place (lit., the happenings). ᾿ 581. In many cases the idea expressed by the participle is really co-ordinate with that of the main verb, but precedes it in time. The participle in this case is usually aorist. It is generally best translated by a finite verb, co-ordinate with the main verb. This may be termed the preliminary participle: λαβὼν τὸ χρυσίον στρά- τευμα συνέλεξεν, he took the moncy and collected an army. 582. The participle does not denote absolute time, The present participle expresses the same time as the verb on which it depends; the aorist, time preceding or co-ordinate — the main verb; and the Sateen, time after it. 583. The future participle shows purpose: ἦλθον κωλύσοντες, they came to hinder. ε595 Rules of Syntax 155, 584. With ὡς an alleged purpose (intention) is expressed: ὡς κωλύσοντες, thinking that they would hinder (lit. as *f about to hinder). 585. τυγχάνω, happen; λανθάνω, escape the notice of; φθάνω, anticipate, are usually followed by a predicate participle contain- ing the main thought: ὧν ἐτύγχανεν may be translated, happened to be, or was, as it happencd: ἔλαθε πέμπων, he sent secretly (lit., he escaped notice sending); ζῴθασεν αὐτὸν ἐρχόμενος, he came before him (lit., he anticipated his coming). The participle is very often used in place of a subordinate clause. It may show: 536. (a) Time: ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἀνέστη, when he said thts, he arose. 587. (b) Cause: ἀδελφὸς dy, since he was his brother, 588. (c) Manner or means: διέπρᾶττεν πείθων, he accomplished it by persuasion. 589. (4) Condition: ἔχοντες τὰ ὅπλα μαχούμεθα, if we have our arms, we shall fight. 590. (6) Concession: βουλόμενος οὐκ ἦλθεν, though wishing (to do so), he did not come. 591. (7) Circumstances: ἦλθεν ἔχων μέγα i aie. he came with (having) a great army. 592. The Genitive Absolute. A noun and a participle in the genitive case, and not immediately dependent on any word in the sentence, are said to be in the genitive absolute: ἀνέβη ᾿οὐδενὸς κω- λύοντος, he inarched up without opposition. THE INFINITIVE 593. The infinitive is a verbal noun and corresponds closely to the infinitive in English. The infinitive has five tenses — present, future, aorist, perfect, future perfect. 594. The future and perfect infinitives may properly be said to denote differences in time, the future denoting time after that” of the verb on which it depends, the perfect a time prior to it. But the present and aorist infinitives distinguish different kinds of action or condition, not differences in time; cf. 550, 575, 595. The present infinitive expresses an activity or state con- tinued or repeated, The aorist expresses simply occurrence: ἱκανοὶ 150 Elementary Greel: $595 τὰς ἀκρόπολεις φυλάττειν, men suitable to guard the acropolis (to guard continuously); οὐ yap ἦν πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου τρόπον ἔχοντα μὴ ἀποδιδόναι, for it was not like Cyrus, if he had money, not to pay his debts (to pay his debts always); ἐδεήθη Κύρου ἐπιδείξαι τὸ στρά- τευμα, she begged Cyrus to review his army (single exhibition); ἐλέ yero Κύρῳ δοῦναι χρήματα, it was said that she gave Cyrus money (a single gift; kept giving would be διδόναι). 596. The infinitive is used with many adjectives, especially those meaning ability, fitness, willingiuess, to complete their mean- ing: of Ἕλληνες ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν τὴν πόλιν φυλάττειν, the Greeks were capable of guarding the city. 597. The infinitive is used to express purpose after verbs of choosing and giving: τὴν χώρᾶν ἐπέτρεψε διαρπάσαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, he handed over the country to the Greeks to be plundered. CLASSIFICATION OF CONSONANTS 598. The Greek consonants may be divided into two classes, simple and double: 1. Simple consonants: Labials, π, B, >, μ Linguals, t, δ, 8, o, >, v, p Palatals, x,y, Xx 3. Double consonants: ᾿ ἴ (δ and any s-sound), € (xe, yo, xo), Ψ (το, Bo, $c). 599. The simple consonants may be diyided into two classes, semi-vowels and mutes: 1. Semi-vowels: a. Si b. eo As μεν» 1» c. .Nasals, μη ν» παρε αὶ (Sec. 3). 2. Mutes: Smooth Middle 6» Rough Labiel 2 ; 8 $ Palatal κ ¥ X Lingual ? ὃ 6 Those in each horizontal line are called cognates, because they are produced by the same organ of speech (lips, tongue, palate). Hence the names. Those in each column are said to δ co-ordinate, because they have the same degree of aspiration (roughness). APPENDIX IL PARADIGMS NOUNS 600. o-DECLENSION . vids, ὁ, PBios,o, ἄνϑρωπος, ὁ, δῶρον, τό, πεδίον, τό, son life man gift plain SINGULAR N. υἱός Bios ἄνθρωπος δῶρον πεδίον G. υἱοῦ βίον ἀνθρώπον δώρου πιδίου D. υἱῷ βίῳ ἀνθρώπῳ δώρῳ πεδίῳ Α΄. υἱόν βίον ἄνθρωπον δῶρον πεδίον τ “she Bie ἄνθρωπε δῶρον πεδίον DUAL N.A.V. vid βίω ἀνθρώπω δώρω ᾽ πεδίω G.D, ευἱοῖν Blow ἀνθρώποιν δώροιν πεδίοιν PLURAL N.V. υἱοῖ βίοι ἄνθρωποι δῶρα πεδία α. νἱῶν βίων ἀνθρώπων δώρων πεδίων Ὦ. υἱοῖς βίοις ἀνθρώποις δώροις πεδίοις Α. υἱούς βίους ἀνθρώπους δῶρα πεδία 601. a-DECLENSION, FEMININE ἀρχή, ἢ, κώμη,ἢ, στρατιά, ἢ, γέφυρα, ἢ, θάλαττα, ἢ, province village army bridge sea SINGULAR N.V. ἀρχή κώμη στρατιά γέφυρα θάλαττα Θ. ἀρχῆς κώμης στρατιᾶς γιφόρᾶς θαλάττης D. ἀρχῇ κώμῃ στρατιᾷ γιφόρᾳ θαλάττῃ A. ἀρχήν κώμην στρατιάν γέφυραν θάλατταν DUAL N.A.V. ἀρχά κώμᾷ στρατιά γεφύρᾷ θαλάττα G.D, ἀρχαῖν κώμαιν στρατιαῖν γιφύραιν θαλάτταιν 157 108 Elementary Greek 5601 PLURAL ΝΙΝ. ἀρχαί κῶμαι orpanal yidtpas θάλατται G. ἀρχῶν κωμῶν στρατιῶν γιφυρῶν θαλαττῶν D. ἀρχαῖς κώμαις στρατιαῖς yidbpars βαλάτταις A. ἀρχάς κώμᾶς στρατιάς γιφόρᾶς θαλάττᾶς 602. a-Drcrensionx, MASCULINE γεξνίξς, ὁ, πιλταστής, ὁ, σατράπης, ὁ, στρατιώτης, ὅ, young man targeteer satrap soldier SINGULAR N. νιᾶνίδς τιλταστής σατράπης στρατιώτης . νιᾶνίον πιλταστοῦ σατράπον στρατιώτον D. νιᾶνίᾳ Ξπιλταστῇ σατράπῃ στρατιώτῃ A. νιᾶνίαᾶν πιλταστήν σατράπην στρατιώτην ν᾿. νεᾶνίᾷ πελταστά σατράπη στρατιῶτα τ DUAL ΝΑΟΥ͂. νιᾶνίδ Ξελταστά σατράπᾷ στρατιώτᾷ G.D. νεξνίαιν πελτασταῖν σατράπαιν στρατιώταιν PLURAL ΝΥ. νεᾶνΐαι πιελτασταΐ σατράπαι στρατῶται α. νεᾶνιῶν πελταστῶν σατραπῶν στρατιωτῶν D. νεᾶνίαις πελτασταῖς σατράπαις στρατιώταις A. νεᾶνίας πελταστάς σατράπας στρατιώτας 603. Coxteact ΝΟΥΧΒ INoaNDa νοῦς, ὁ, ὀστοῦν, τό, pra, ἢ, mind bone mina SINGULAE N. (νόος) νοῦς (ὀστέον ὀστοῦν (μνάδ) μνᾶ . (νόου) νοῦ (ὀστέον) ὀστοῦ (pydds) μνᾶς D. (vse) νῷ (ὀστέῳ) ὀστῷ (μνάᾳ)͵ μνᾷ A. (νόον) νοῦν (ὀστέον) ὀστοῦν (μνάαν)λ μνᾶν V. («ἀῚὶὴδ᾿ νοῦ (ὀστέον) ὀστοῦν (μνάᾷ) μνᾷ 5 DUAL ΝΑΙ. ινόω) νώ (ὀστέω sere (μνάδ) μνᾶ G.D. ινόοιν) νοῖν (ὀστέοιν) ὀστοῖν (μνάαιν) μναῖν #605 Paradigms 159 PLURAL N.Y. (vdor) νοῖ (ortla) ὀστᾶ (μνάαι) μναῖ . ἰ(νόων) νῶν (ὀστέων) ὀστῶν (μναῶν) μνῶν D. (νόοιε) νοῖς (ὀστέοις) ὀστοῖς (μνάαις) μναῖς Α. (νόονς) νοὺς (ὀστέα)! ὀστᾶ (pvdas) μνᾶς SINGULAEB Ne Wie {γἅ}.-- γὰ G. (ylas) γῆς D. (χέᾳ) γῇ Δ. (γέδν) γῆν 604. Consonant DECLENSION Lingual Stems νύξ, ἢ, Spvis, ὁ, ἢ, ἀσπίς, ny, γέρων, δ, στράτευμα, τό, night bird shield old man army SINGULAR N. νύξ Spvis ἀσπίς yfper στράτευμα G. νυκτός ὄρνῖθος ἀσπίδος γίροντος στρατεύματος νυκτί Spvibe ἀσπίδι γέροντι στρατεύματι A. νύκτα ὄρνῖν ἀσπίδα γίροντα στράτευμα ᾿ Vv. νύξ ὄρνῖς ἀσπί γέρον στράτευμα DUAL ; N.AV. νύκτε ὄρνῖθε ἀσπίδε yfpovre στρατεύματε G.D. νυκτοῖν ὀρνίθοιν ἀσπίδοιν γερόντοιν ΄ στρατευμάτοιν PLURAL N.V. νύκτες Spvibes ἀσπίδες γέροντες στρατεύματα G. νυκτῶν ὀρνίθων ἀσπίδων γερόντων στρατευμάτων .. wel ὄρνῖσι ἀσπίσι γέρονσι στρατεύμασι A. νύκτας dpvibas ἀσπίδας γέροντας στρατεύματα 605. Palatal and Labial Stems ; φύλαξ, ὁ, διῶρνξ, ἡ, κλώψ, ὁ φάλαγξ, ἢ Θρᾷξ, ὁ, - guard ~~ canal thief phalunr Thracian ΝΙΝ. φύλαξ διώρυξ . κλώψ φάλαεὀ ὀ Θρεξ G. φύλακος διώρνχος κλωπός φάλαγγος Θρᾳκός D. φύλακι διώρνχι κλωπί φάλαγγι Θρᾳκί A, φύλακα διώρυχα κλῶπα φάλαγγα Θρᾷκα DUAL N.AV. © φύλακε διώρυχε - κλῶπε φάλαγγε Θρᾷκε 6. Ὁ. -: φνλάκοιν διωρύχοιν . κλωποῖν φαλάγγοιν Θρᾳκοῖν 604. Paradigms PLURAL (vdor) νοῖ (ὀστέα) ὀστᾶ (μνάαι) μναῖ (véwv) νῶν (ὀστέων) ὀστῶν (μναῶν) μνῶν (νόοις) νοῖς (ὀστέοις) ὀστοῖς (μνάαις) μναῖς (νόους) νοῦς (ὀστέα) ὀστᾶ (μνάας) μνᾶς SINGULAR N. V. (γέα) γῆ G. (γέας) γῆς D. (γέᾳ) γῇ Α. (γέαν) γῆν CONSONANT DECLENSION Lingual Stems νύξ, ἢ, ὀὄρνῖς, ὁ, ἣ; ἀσπίς, ἢ, γέρων, ὁ, στράτευμα, τό, night bird shield old man army SINGULAR νύξ ὀρνῖς ἀσπίς γέρων στράτευμα νυκτός ὀρνῖθος ἀσπίδος γέροντος στρατεύματος νυκτί dpvide ἀσπίδι γέροντι στρατεύματι νύκτα ὀὄρνῖν ἀσπίδα γέροντα στράτευμα νύξ ὄρνῖς ἀσπί γέρον στράτευμα DUAL VUKTE dpvide ἀσπίδε γέροντε στρατεύματε νυκτοῖν ὀρνίθοιν ἀσπίδοιν γερόντοιν στρατευμάτοιν PLURAL νύκτες ὀὀρνῖθες ἀσπίδες γέροντες στρατεύματα νυκτῶν ὀρνίθων ἀσπίδων γερόντων στρατευμάτων νυξί ὄρνῖσι ἀσπίσι γέρουσι στρατεύμασι νύκτας ὄρνϊῖθας ἀσπίδας γέροντας στρατεύματα Palatal and Labial Stems φύλαξ, ὁ, διῶρυξ, 4, κλώψ, ὁ φάλαγξ, 7, Θρᾷξ, ὁ, guard canal 6 thief phalanx Thracian φύλαξ διῶρυξ κλώψ φάλαγξ Θρᾷξ φύλακος διώρυχος κλωπός φάλαγγος Θρᾳκός φύλακι διώρυχι κλωπί φάλαγγι Θρᾳκί φύλακα διώρυχα κλῶπα φάλαγγα Θρᾷκα F : DUAL ~ φύλακε διώρυχε ~ κχῶπε φάλαγγε Θρᾷκε “ἰφυλάκοιν διωρύχοιν κλωποῖν φαλάγγοιν Θρᾳκοῖν «“»ν»9ῷὼ Z 2 > oes A Poa 607. SP OOA Z > u < A PoUOoSs Elementary Greek $605 PLURAL φύλακες διώρυχες κλῶπες φάλαγγες Θρᾷκες φυλάκων διωρύχων κλωπῶν φαλάγγων Θρᾳκῶν φύλαξι διώρνξι κλωψί φάλαγξι Θρᾳξί φύλακας διώρυχας κλῶπας φάλαγγας Θρᾷκας Liquid Stems ἡγεμών, ὁ, ἀγών, ὁ, ῥήτωρ, ὁ, μήν, ὁ, λιμήν, ὁ, leader contest orator month harbor SINGULAR ἡγεμών ἀγών ῥήτωρ μήν λιμήν ἡγεμόνος ἀγῶνος ῥήτορος μηνός λιμένος ἡγεμόνι ἀγῶνι ῥήτορι μηνί λιμένι ἡγεμόνα ἀγῶνα ῥήτορα μῆνα λιμένα ἡγεμών ἀγών ᾿ῥῆτορ μήν λιμήν DUAL ἡγεμόνε ἀγῶνε ῥήτορε μῆνε λιμένε ἡγεμόνοιν ἀγώνοιν ῥητόροιν μηνοῖν λιμένοιν PLURAL ἡγεμόνες ἀγῶνες ῥήτορες μῆνες λιμένες ἡγεμόνων ἀγώνων ῥητόρων μηνῶν λιμένων ἡγεμόσι ἀγῶσι ῥήτορσι μησί λιμέσι ἡγεμόνας ἀγῶνας ῥήτορας μῆνας λιμένας Syncopated Liquid Stems θυγάτηρ, 7, πατήρ, ὁ, μήτηρ, ἢ, ἀνήρ, ὁ, daughter father mother man SINGULAR θυγάτηρ πατήρ μήτηρ ἀνήρ (θυγατέρος) θυγατρός πατρός μητρός ἀνδρός (θυγατέρι) θυγατρί πατρί μητρί ἀνδρί θυγατέρα πατέρα μητέρα ἄνδρα θύγατερ πάτερ μῆτερ ἄνερ DUAL θυγατέρε πατέρε μητέρε ἄνδρε θυγατέροιν πατέροιν μητέροιν ἀνδροῖν PLURAL θυγατέρες πατέρες μητέρες ἄνδρες θυγατέρων πατέρων μητέρων ἀνδρῶν θυγατράσι πατράσι μητράσι ἀνδράσι θυγατέρας πατέρας μητέρας ἄνδρας 8609 608. πόλις, 7, city N πόλις Ga. πόλεως D. (πόλεϊ) πόλει Α πόλιν V πόλι N. A.V. (πόλεε) πόλει G. D. πολέοιν Nev α. πόλεων D. πόλεσι Α. πόλεις 609. εὖρος, τό, breadth N. εὖρος G. (εὔρεος) εὔρους D. (εὔρεῇ εὔρει Α. εὖρος V. εὖρος N.A.V. (εὔρε) εὔρει G.D. (εὐρέοιν) εὐροῖν N.A.V. (εὔρεα) εὔρη G. (εὐρέων) εὐρῶν D. εὔρεσι Paradigms Stems in κ᾿ and v πῆχυς, ὁ, ἄστυ, τό, eubit town SINGULAR πῆχυς ἄστυ πήχεως ἄστεως (πήχεϊ) πήχει (ἄστεϊ) ἄστει πῆχυν ἄστυ πῆχυν ἄστυ DUAL (πήχεε) πήχει (ἄστεε) ἄστει πηχέοιν ἀστέοιν PLURAL (πόλεε9) πόλεις (πήχεες) πήχεις (ἄστεα) ἄστη ἄστεων ἄστεσι (ἄστεα) ἄστη πήχεων πήχεσι πήχεις Stems in ¢ Σωκράτης, ὁ, Socrates SINGULAR Σωκράτης (Σωκράτεος) Σωκράτους (Σωκράτεῦῇ Σωκράτει (Σωκράτεα) Σωκράτη Σώκρατες DUAL PLURAL 161 ἰχθύς, ὁ, βασιλεύς, ὁ, fish king ἰχθύς βασιλεύς ἰχθύος βασιλέως ix Ove βασιλεῖ ἰχθύν βασιλέα ἰχθύ βασιλεῦ ἰχθύε βασιλέε ἰχθύοιν βασιλέοιν ἰχθύες (βασιλέες) βασιλεῖς ἰχθύων βασιλέων ἰχθύσι βασιλεῦσι ἰχθῦς βασιλέας κρέας, τό, meat κρέας (κρέαος) κρέως (κρέα) ᾿ κρέαι κρέας κρέας (κρέαα) κρέα᾽ (κρεάων) κρεῶν κρέασι 162 EKlementary Greek 610. »ῬΘΩ Ἢ" Ζ IRREGULAR Νοῦνβ dog κύνες κυνῶν κυσί κύνας ὕδωρ, τό, χείρ, ἣ, γυνή, ἢ, δόρυ, τό, ἕως, ἡ, Ζεύς, ὁ, βοῦς, ὁ, ἢ, WOMAR spear dawn Zeus Ox, COW SINGULAR γυνή ᾿ δόρυ ἕως Ζεύς βοῦς γυναικός δόρατος fo Διός βοός γυναικί δόρατι ἕῳ Διί Bot γυναῖκα δόρυ ἕω Δία βοῦν γύναι δόρυ ἕως Ζεῦ βοῦ DUAL γυναῖκες δόρατε ἕω βόε γνυναικοῖν δοράτοιν ἕων βοοῖν PLURAL γυναῖκες δόρατα ἕῳ βόες γυναικῶν δοράτων ἕων βοῶν γυναιξί δόρασι ἕῳς βουσί γυναῖκας δόρατα ἕως βοῦς , ναῦς, ἢ παῖς, ὁ, ἢ, πῦρ, τό, τριήρης; ἢ; ship child fire trireme water BINGULAR vais παῖς πῦρ τριήρης ὕδωρ νεώς παιδός πυρός (τριήρε-ος) τριήρους ὕδατος νηί παιδί πυρί (τριήρε-ἢ τριήρει ὕδατι ναῦν παῖδα΄ἩἪ trip (τριήρε-α) τριήρη ὕδωρ ναῦ παῖ πῦρ τριῆρες ὕδωρ DUAL vie παῖδε πῦρε (τριήρε-ε) τριήρει ὕδατε γεοῖν παίδοιν πυροῖν (τριηρέ-οιν) τριήροιν ὑδάτοιν PLURAL νῆες παῖδες πυρά (τριήρέ-ε5) τριήρεις ὕδατα νεῶν παίδων πυρῶν (τριηρέ-ων) τριήρων ὑδάτων ναυσί παισί πυροῖς τριήρεσι ὕδασι ναῦς παῖδας πυρά τριήρεις ὕδατα hand χείρ χειρός χειρί χεῖρα χείρ χεῖρε χεροῖν. χεῖρες χειρῶν χερσί 8618 Paradigms 163 ADJEOTIVES 612 ADJECTIVES OF a- AND 0-DECLENSION pixpds, small, little Qos, friendly SINGULAR SINGULAR M. F. N. M. F, 1. N. μιῖκρός μῖκρά μῖκρόν φίλος φίλη φίλον G. μῖκροῦ μῖκρᾶς μῖκροῦ φίλου φίλης φύλου D. μῖκρἢρυ, μῖκρᾷ μικρῷ φίλῳ φίλῃ φίλῳ Α. pixpdv μῖκράν μῖκρόν φίλον φίλην φίλον γ. μιῖκρέ μῖκρά μῖκρόν φίλε φίλη φίλον DUAL DUAL N.A.V. μῖκρώ μῖκρά μῖκρώ φίλω φίλα φίλω G.D. μῖκροῖν μῖκραῖν μικροῖν dQov trav ὄφίλοιν PLURAL PLURAL ΝΙΝ, μικροί μῖκραί μῖκρά φίλοι φίλαι φίλα G. μῖκρῶν μῖκρῶν μικρῶν φίλων φίλων φίλων . μῖκροῖς μῖκραῖς μικροῖς φίλοις φίλαις φίλοις A. μῖκρούς μῖκράς μῖκρά φίλους φίλας φίλα 613. ΟὈΝΤΕΛΟῚ ADJECTIVES OF a- AND 0-DECLENSION χρυσοῦς, golden SINGULAR N. (χρύσεος) χρυσοῦς (χρυσέα) χρυσῆ (χρύσεον) χρυσοῦν α. (xpteéov) χρυσοῦ (χρυσέας) χρυσῆς (χρύσέου) χρυσοῦ D. (χρϑσέῳ) χρῦσῴ (χρῦσέᾳ) χρῦσῃ (χρυσέῳ) χρῦσῴ A. (χρύσεον) χρυσοῦν (χρυσέαν) χρυσῆν (χρύσεον) χρυσοῦν DUAL N.A.V. (χρυσέω) χρῦσώ (χρῦσέα) χρυσᾶ (χρυύσέω)η χρυσώ α.), (χρῦσέοιν) xptcoiv (x ptcéaty) xptcatv (χρῦσέοιν) xptcotv é' PLURAL Ν, (χρύσεοι) χρῦσοϊ (χρύσεαι) χρῦσαϊ (χρύσεα) χρῦσᾶ 6. (xptcéwv) χρυσῶν (χρυσέων) χρυσῶν (χρυσέων) χρυσῶν D. (χρῦσέοις) χρυσοῖς (xptoéats) χρυσαῖς (χρύσέοις) χρυσοῖς A. ἰ(χρῦσέους) χρυσοῦς (χρυσέας) χρῦσᾶς (χρύσεα) χρῦσᾷᾶἃ In the same way decline (ἀπλόος) ἁπλοῦς (ἁπλέα) ἁπλῆ (ἁπλόον) ἁπλοῦν simple. Observe that (ἀργύρεος) ἀργυροῦς (ἀργυρέᾶ) ἀργυρᾶ (ἀργύρεον) ἀργυροῦν silver has a throughout the feminine (ἐδ) ἃ, (és) ἃς, (ea) ᾧ, (ἐᾶνῚὴ ἂν. 104 Elementary Greek 8614 614. CoNSONANT AND @-DECLENSIONS xaplas, pleasing ἑκών, willing SINGULAR M. F. N. M. F. N. N. χαρίες χαρίεσσα χαρίεν ἑκών ἑκοῦσα ἐἑκόν G. χαρίεντος χαριέσσηςΞ χαρίεντος ἑκόντος ἑκούσης ἑκόντος D. xaplevts χαριέσσῃ χαρίεντι ἑκόντι ἑκούσῃ ἑκόντι A. χαρίεντα χαρίεσσαν χαρίεν ἑκόντα ἑκοῦσαν ἑκόν V. χαρίεν χαρίσσα χαρίεν ἑκών ἑκοῦσα ἑκόν DUAL N.A.V. yxaplevre χαριέσσα yaplevre ἑκόντε ἑκούσαυἠ ἑκόντε α. D. χαριέντοιν χαριέσσαιν χαριέντοιν ἑκόντοιν ἑκούσαιν ἑκόντοιν PLURAL N.V. χαρίεντες χαρίεσσαι χαρίεντα ἑκόντες ἑκοῦσαι ἑκόντα G. χαριέντων χαριεσσῶν χαριέντων ἑκόντων ἑκουσῶν ἑκόντων D. xapleot χαριέσσαις χαρίεσι ἐἑἙκοῦσι ἑκούσαις ἑκοῦσι A. χαρίεντας χαριέσσας χαρίεντα ἑκόντας ἑκούσας ἑκόντα πᾶς, cll. SINGULAR PLURAL M, F. N. M. Ε. N. N. πᾶς πᾶσα πᾶν πάντες πᾶσαι πάντα G. παντός πάσης παντός πάντων πᾶσῶν πάντων D. παντί πάσῃ παντί πᾶσι πάσαις πᾶσι A. πάντα πᾶσαν πᾶν πάντας πάσας πάντα ταχύς, swift pas, black SINGULAR M. F. N. Μ. Ε. Ν. N. ταχύς ταχεῖα ταχύ μέλας μέλαινα μέλαν G. ταχέος ταχείας ταχέος μέλανος μελαίνης μέλανος D. ταχεῖ ταχείᾳ ταχεῖ μέλανι μελαίνῃ μέλανι A. ταχύν ταχεῖαν ταχύ μέλανα μέλαιναν μέλαν V. ταχύ ταχεῖα ταχύ μέλαν μέλαινα μέλαν DUAL N. A.V. ταχέε Traxel@ ταχέε μέλανε μελαίνᾷ péAave G. Ὁ. ταχέοιν ταχείαιν ταχέοιν μελάνοιν μελαίναιν μελάνοιν PLURAL ΝΙΝ. ταχεῖς ταχεῖαι ταχέα μέλανες μέλαιναι μέλανα G. ταχέων ταχειῶν ταχέων μελάνων μελαινῶν μελάνων D. ταχέσι ταχείαις ταχέσι μέλασι μελαίναις μέλασι A. ταχεῖς ταχείᾶς ταχέα μέλανας μελαίνᾶς μέλανα 8616 Paradigms 165 615. Consonant DECLENSION εὐδαίμων, prosperous ἡδίων, comparative of ἡδύς, sweet M. AND F. N. M. AND F. N. N. εὐδαίμων εὔδαιμον ἡδίων ἥδιον 6. εὐδαίμονος εὐδαίμονος ἡδίονος ἡδίονος D. εὐδαίμονι εὐδαίμονι ἡδίονι ἡδίονι A. εὐδαίμονα εὔδαιμον ἡδίονα, ἡδίω ἥδιον V. εὔδαιμον εὔδαιμον ἥδιον ἥδιον N. A.V. εὐδαίμονε εὐδαίμονε ἡδίονε ἡδίονε G.D. εὐδαιμόνοιν εὐδαιμόνοιν ἡδιόνοιν ἡδιόνοιν Ν, V. εὐδαίμονες εὐδαίμονα ἡδίονες, ἡδίους ἡδίονα, ἡδίω G. εὐδαιμόνων εὐδαιμόνων ἡδιόνων ἡδιόνων Ὦ. εὐδαίμοσι εὐδαίμοσι ἡδίοσι ἡδίοσι A. εὐδαίμονας εὐδαίμονα ἡδίονας, ἡδίους ἡδίονα, ἡδίω Μ. AND F. N. ἀληθής ἀληθές G. (ἀληθέος) ἀληθοῦς (ἀληθέος) ἀληθοῦς D. (ἀληθέῃ ἀληθεῖ (ἀχηθέῃ) ἀληθεῖ Α. (ἀληθέα) ἀληθῆ ἀληθές Υ. ἀληθές ἀληθές N.A.V. (ἀληθέε) ἀληθεῖ (ἀληθέε) ἀληθεῖ G.D. (ἀληθέοινλ ἀληθοῖν (ἀληθέοιν) ἀληθοῖν ΝΙΝ. ιἀληθέες) ἀληθεῖς (ἀληθέα) ἀληθῆ G. (ἀληθέων) ἀληθῶν (ἀληθέων) ἀληθῶν D. ἀληθέσι ἀληθέσι A. ἀληθεῖς (ἀληθέα; ἀληθῆ 617, Pres. Parr. or εἰμί, SINGULAR M. F. N. M. N. ov οὖσα ὃν λιπών G. ὄντος οὔσης ὄντος λιπόντος D. ὄντι οὔσῃ ὄντι λιπόντι A. ὄντα οὖσαν ov λιπόντα γι, “δῶν οὖσα ὃν λιπών DUAL N. A.V. ὄντε οὔσα ὄντε λιπόντε α: Ὁ. ὄντοιν οὔσαιν ὄντοιν λιπόντοιν PLURAL N. V. ὄντες οὖσαι ὄντα λιπόντες 4. ὄντων οὐσῶν ὄντων λιπόντων D οὖσι οὔσαις οὖσι λιποῦσι A. ὄντας οὔσᾶς ὄντα λιπόντας F. λιποῦσα λιπούσης λιπούσῃ λιποῦσαν λιποῦσα λιπούσα λιπούσαιν λιποῦσαι λιπουσῶν λιπούσαις λιπούσᾶς 166 Elementary Greek 8616 616. IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES μέγας, large πολύς, much, many SINGULAR M. F, N. M. F, N. Ν, μέγας μεγάλη μέγα πολύς πολλή πολύ 6. μεγάλον μεγάλης μεγάλον πολλοῦ πολλῆς πολλοῦ Ὦ. μεγάλῳ μεγάλῃ μεγάλῳ TOAA@ πολλῇ πολλῷ Α. μέγαν μεγάλην μέγα πολύν πολλήν πολύ V. μεγάλε μεγάλη μέγα πολύ πολλή πολύ DUAL N.A.V. μεγάλω μεγάλα μεγάλω α. Ὁ. μεγάλοιν μεγάλαιν μεγάλοιν PLURAL N. V. μεγάλοι μεγάλαι - μεγάλα πολλοί πολλαί πολλά G. μεγάλων μεγάλων μεγάλων πολλῶν πολλῶν πολλῶν (dD. μεγάλοις μεγάλαις μεγάλοις πολλοῖς πολλαῖς πολλοῖς A. μεγάλους μεγάλας μεγάλα πολλούς πολλάς πολλά PARTICIPLES SeconpD Aor. Part. AcT. oF λείπω N. Aurév λιπόντος λιπόντι λιπόν λιπόν λιπόντε λιπόντοιν λυπόντα λιπόντων λιποῦσι λιπόντα 8620 Paradigms 167 618. Pres. Part. Act. oF λύω AND δίδωμι SINGULAR M. F. Ν. Μ. Ε. Ν. N.V. λύων λύουσα λῦον διδούς διδοῦσα διδόν G. λύοντος λυούσης λύοντος διδόντος διδούσης διδόντος D. λύοντι λυούσῃ λύοντι διδόντι διδούσῃ διδόντι A. λύοντα λύουσαν λῦον διδόντα διδοῦσαν διδόν DUAL N.A.V. Atovre Atotca λύοντε διδόντε διδούσα διδόντε G.D. λνυόντοιν λυούσαιν λυόντοιν διδόντοιν διδούσαιν διδόντοιν PLURAL N.V. λύοντες λύουσαι λύοντα διδόντες διδοῦσαι διδόντα G. λνυόντων λυουσῶν λυόντων διδόντων διδουσῶν διδόντων Ὁ. λύουσι λνούσαις λύουσι διδοῦσι διδούσαις διδοῦσι A. λύοντας λυούσας λύοντα διδόντας διδούσας διδόντα 619. Aor.Part. Pass. ΟΕ λύω. Pres. Part. Act. oF δείκνυμι SINGULAR M. F, N. M. Ε. N. N.V. AvOels λυθεῖσα λυθέν δεικνύς δεικνῦσα δεικνύν G. λυθέντος λυθείσης λυθέντος δεικνύντος δεικνύσης δεικνύντος Ὁ. λυθέντι λυθείσῃ λυθέντι δεικνύντι δεικνύσῃ δεικνύντι A. λυθέντα λυθεῖσαν λυθέν δεικνύντα δεικνῦσαν δεικνύν DUAL VY.A.V. AvOévre λυθείσαᾷ Avlévre δεικνύντε Sexvdoa δεικνύντε G.D. λυθέντοιν λυθείσαιν λυθέντοιν δεικνύντοιν δεικνύσαιν δεικνύντοιν PLURAL N.V.. λυθέντες λυθεῖσαι λυθέντα δεικνύντες δεικνῦσαι δεικνύντα G. λυθέντων λυθεισῶν λυθέντων δεικνύντων δεικνυσῶν δεικνύντων D. λυθεῖσι λυθείσαις λυθεῖσι δεικνῦσι δεικνύσαις δεικνῦσι A. λυθέντας λυθείσας λυθέντα δεικνύντας δεικνύσας δεικνύντα 620. Pres. Part. Act. ΟΕ ἵστημι. Aor. Part. AcT. ΟΕ λύω SINGULAR M. F. Ν. Μ- Ε. Ν. N.V. ἱστάς ἱστᾶσα ἱστάν λύσας λύσᾶσα λῦσαν G. ἱστάντος ἱστάσης ἱστάντος λύσαντος λυσάσης λύσαντος D: ἱστάντι ἱστάσῃ ἱστάντ.ι λύσαντι Atodoy λύσαντι A. ἱστάντα ἱστᾶσαν ἱστάν λύσαντα λύσᾶσαν λῦσαν 108 Elementary Greek § 620 DUAL Μ. F. N. M. F. N. N.A.V. ἱστάντε ἱστάσα ἱστάντε λύσαντε λυσάσα λύσαντε G.D. ἱστάντοιν ἱστάσαιν ἱστάντοιν Atcdvrow λυσάσαιν λύυσάντοιν PLURAL N.V. ἱστάντες ἱστᾶσαι ἱστάντα λύσαντες λύσᾶσαι λύσαντα G. ἱστάντων ἱστασῶν ἱστάντων λυσάντων λυσασῶν λῦύσάντων Ὁ. ἱστᾶσ. ἱστάσαις iordot λύσᾶασι λυσάσαις λύσασι A. ἱστάντας ἱστάσας ἱστάντα λύσαντας λυσάσας λύσαντα 621. Seconp. Perr. Part. ΟΕ ἵστημι. Perr. Part. Act. oF Ato SINGULAR M. F. N. M. Ε. Ν. N.V. ἑστώς ἑστῶσα ἑστός λελυκώς λελυκυῖα λελυκός G. ἑστῶτος ἑστώσης ἑστῶτος λελυκότος λελυκυίας λελυκότος D. ἑστῶτι ἑστώσῃ ἑστῶτι λελυκότιει λελυκυίᾳ λελυκότι A. ἑστῶτα ἑστῶσαν ἑστός λελυκότα λελυκυῖαν λελυκός DUAL N.A.V. ἑστῶτε ἑστώσα ἑστῶτε λελυκότε λελυκυία λλελυκότε G.D. ἑστώτοιν ἑστώσαιν ἑστώτοιν λελυκότοιν λελυκυίαιν λελυκότοιν PLURAL N.V. ἑστῶτες ἑστῶσαι ἑστῶτα λελυκότες λελυκυῖαι λελυκότα G. ἑστώτων ἑστωσῶν ἑστώτων λελυκότων λελυκυιῶν λελυκότων Ὁ. ἑστῶσι ἑστώσαις ἑστῶσι λελυκόσι λελυκυίαις λελυκόσι A. ἑστῶτας ἑστώσας ἑστῶτα λελυκότας λελυκυίας λελυκότα 622. Pres. Part. Mip. (Pass.) or Ato SINGULAR M, F, N. N. Avédpevos λνομένη λυόμενον α. λλνομένουν λυομένης λνομένου Ὁ. λυομένῳ λυομένῃ λυομένῳ A. λυόμενον λυομένην λυόμενον V. Χἁνόμενε λνομένη λυόμενον DUAL N. A. V λυομένω λυομένα λυομένω G.D λυομένοιν λνομέναιν λνομένοιν PLURAL ΝΙΝ. λνόμενοι λυόμεναι λυόμενα 6. λἀλνομένων λυομένων λυομένων D. Δνομένοις λυομέναις λυομένοις A. λΔλδϑομένους λυομένᾶς λυόμενα 8624 623. M. N. λελυμένος G. λελυμένου Ὁ. λελυμένῳ A. λελυμένον V. λελυμένε Ν. A.V. λελυμένω G.D. λλελυμένοιν N. V. λελυμένοι G. λελυμένων D. λελυμένοις A. λλελυμένους 624. Pres. Parr, M. Ε. N. V. τἱμῶν τιμῶσα G. τιμῶντος τἱμώσης Ὁ. tTipavte τῖμώσῃ A. τιμῶντα τιμῶσαν N.A.V. tipa@vre τῖμώσα G.D. τ᾽μώντοιν ripdcav N.V. τιμῶντες τῖμῶσαι α. τιμώντων τὶμωσῶν D. τιμῶσι τὶμώσαις A, τμῶντας τἴμώσᾶς Perr. Part. Mrp. (Pass.) oF λύω Paradigms SINGULAR F. λελυμένη λελυμένης λελυμένῃ λελυμένην λελυμένη DUAL λελυμένα λελυμέναιν PLURAL λελυμέναι λελυμένων λελυμέναις λελυμένας N. λελυμένον λελυμένον λελυμένῳ λελυμένον λελυμένον λελυμένω λελυμένοιν λελυμένα λελυμένων λελυμένοις λελυμένα ACT. OF Tipadw AND ποιέω SINGULAR N. M. τιμῶν ποιῶν τιμῶντος ποιοῦντος TIL@VTL ποιοῦντι τιμῶν ποιοῦντα DUAL TIL@VTE ποιοῦντε TIL@VTOLY ποιούντοιν PLURAL τ᾽μῶντα ποιοῦντες τιμώντων ποιούντων τιμῶσι ποιοῦσι τιμῶντα ποιοῦντας ποιοῦσα ποιούσης ποιούσῃ ποιοῦσαν ποιούσα ποιούσαιν ποιοῦσαι ποιουσῶν ποιούσαις ποιούσας F. 169 ποιοῦν ποιοῦντος ποιοῦντι ποιοῦν ποιοῦντε ποιούντοιν ποιοῦντα ποιούντων ποιοῦσι ποιοῦντα The present participles of verbs in ᾿όω (contracted ὦ) are declined like ποιῶν, the contracted form of ποιέω. Thus δηλῶν, δηλοῦσα, δηλοῦν. 625. Sign 1 τε at Jp: 9. Ὑ' 4 8 5) αἴ 6. & i 1 8 η 9 001 10 τ Ta τα: 12 ιβ΄ 13 ty’ 14 ιδ΄ 15. κε΄ 16 we 17. τζ 18. τη 19 ιθ΄ 20 « 21 Ka’ 3:1) δ΄ 40 μ΄ 50 ν΄’ 70 of 80 π΄ 90 φ΄ 100 ρ΄ 200 σ΄ 300 τ΄ 400 ν΄ 500 ¢’ 000. x’ 700 Ψ 800 ο΄ 900 »' 1000 « 2000 B 3000 oy 10000 Elementary Greek Cardinal els, pla, ἕν, one δύο, two τρεῖς, τρία τέτταρες, τέτταρα πέντε ἕξ ε ΄ “ ΦἼΓΤᾺ ὀκτώ ἐννέα δέκα ἕνδεκα δώδεκα τρισκαίδεκα τετταρεσκαίδεκα πεντεκαίδεκα ἑκκαίδεκα ἑπτακαίδεκα ὀκτωκαίδεκα ἐννεακαίδεκα εἴκοσι εἷς καὶ εἴκοσι or εἴκοσιν εἷς τριάκοντα τετταράκοντα πεντήκοντα ἑξήκοντα ἑβδομήκοντα ὀγδοήκοντα ἐνενήκοντα ἑκατόν διακόσιοι, αι, α τριᾶκόσιοι, αι, a τετρακόσιοι, αι, α πεντακόσιοι, αι, α ἑξακόσισι, αι, a ἑπτακόσιοι, αι, α ὀκτακόσιοι, αι, a ἐνακόσιοι, αι, α χίλιοι, αι, α δισχίλιοι, αι, a τρισχίλιοι, ar, a μύριοι, αι, α NUMERALS Ordinal πρῶτος, first δεύτερος, second τρίτος τέταρτος πέμπτος ἕκτος ἕβδομος ὄγδοος ἔνατος δέκατος ἑνδέκατος δωδέκατος τρισκαιδέκατος τετταρακαιδέκατος πεντεκαιδέκατος ἑκκαιδέκατος ἑπτακαιδέκατος ὀκτωκαιδέκατος ἐννεακαιδέκατος εἰκοστός πρῶτος καὶ εἰκοστός τριᾶκοστός τετταρακοστός πεντηκοστός ἑξηκοστός ἑβδομηκοστός ὀγδοηκοστός ἐνενηκοστός ἑκατοστός διακοσιοστός τριακοσιοστός τετρακοσιοστός πεντακοσιοστός ἑξακοσιοστός ἑπτακοσιοστός ὀκτακοσιοστός ἐνακοσιοστός χίλιοστός δισχλιοστός τρισχἴλιοστός μῦριοστός 8625 Adverb ἅπαξ, once δίς, twice τρίς τετράκις πεντάκις ἑξάκις ἑπτάκις ὀκτάκις ἐνάκις δεκάκις ἑνδεκάκις δωδεκάκις εἰκοσάκις τριᾶκοντάκις τετταρακοντάκις πεντηκοντάκις ἑξηκοντάκις ἑβδομηκοντάκις ὀγδοηκοντάκις ἐνενηκοντάκις ἑκατοντάκις διακοσιάκις χῖλιάκις μυριάκις 3629 Paradigms 171 626. DECLENSION OF εἷς, δύο, τρεῖς, τέτταρες Μ, F. N. N. els pla ἕν σ. ἑνός μιᾶς ἑνός Ν. Α. δύο D. ἑνί μιᾷ ἑνί GD; δυοῖν Α. ἕνα μίαν ἕν M. AND F, N. M. AND F. N. N, τρεῖς τρία τέτταρες τέτταρα G. τριῶν τεττάρων Ὁ. τρισί τέτταρσι Α. τρεῖς τρία τέτταρας τέτταρα 627. οὐδείς (μηδείς), 710 one SINGULAR PLURAL M. F. N. M. F. N. N. οὐδείς οὐδεμία οὐδέν οὐδένες οὐδεμίαι οὐδένα G. οὐδενός οὐδεμιᾶς οὐδενός οὐδένων οὐδεμιῶν οὐδένων D. οὐδενί οὐδεμιᾷ οὐδενί οὐδέσι οὐδεμίαις οὐδέσι Α. οὐδένα οὐδεμίαν οὐδέν οὐδένας οὐδεμίας οὐδένα 628. THE ARTICLE SINGULAR DUAL PLURAL — νυ πὶ -_ FF Ν. tx. UE: N. δε χλῆ .1ό N. A. τώ τώ τώ N. ot at χὰ G.. τοῦ τῆς τοῦ G.D. τοῖν τοῖν τοῖν G. τῶν τῶν τῶν D... 7 τῇ τῷ D. τοῖς ταῖς τοῖς A. τόν τήν τό A. τούς τάς τά PRONOUNS 629. PERSONAL AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS ἐγώ, I σύ, you οὗ, himself αὐτός, self, same, him SINGULAR Ν. ἐγώ σύ αὐτός αὐτή αὐτό . ἐμοῦ, μοῦ σοῦ οὗ αὐτοῦ αὐτῆς αὐτοῦ D. ἐμοί, μοί σοί οἵ αὐτῷ αὐτῇ αὐτῷ Α. ἐμέ, μέ σέ t αὐτόν αὐτήν αὐτό DUAL N. A. vé σφώ αὐτώ αὐτά αὐτώ G.D. νῷν σφῷν αὐτοῖν αὐταῖν αὐτοῖν ᾿ PLURAL N. ἡμεῖς ὑμεῖς σφεῖς αὐτοί αὐταί αὐτά α. ἡμῶν ὑμῶν σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτῶν αὐτῶν Ὁ. ἡμῖν ὑμῖν σφίσι αὐτοῖς αὐταῖς αὐτοῖς Α. ἡμᾶς ὑμᾶ σφᾶς αὐτούς αὐτάς αὐτά 112 Elementary Greek 8680 630. REFLEXIVE Pronouns SINGULAR PLURAL M. Ε. M. F. G. ἐμαυτοῦ ἐμαυτῆς ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν D. ἐμαυτῷ ἐμαυτῇ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἡμῖν αὐταῖς Α. ἐμαυτόν ἐμαντήν ἡμᾶς αὐτούς ἡμᾶς αὐτάς Μι Ε. M. F. G. σεαυτοῦ or σαυτοῦ σεαυτῆς or σαυτῆς ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν D. σεαντῷ or σαυτῷ σεαυτῇ OF σαυτῇ ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς Upiv αὐταῖς A. σεαυτόν or σαυτόν σεαντήν or σαυτήν ὑμᾶς αὐτούς ὑμᾶς αὐτάς M. F. N. M. F. N. G. ἑαυτοῦ ἑαυτῆς ἐἑαντοῦ ἑαυτῶν ἑαυτῶν ἑαυτῶν D. ἑαυτῷ ἑαυτῇ ἑαυτῷ ἑαυτοῖς ἑαυταῖς ἑαυτοῖς Α. ἑαυτόν ἑαυτήν ἑαυτό ἑαυτούς ἑαυτάς ἑαυτά contracted into G. αὑτοῦ αὑτῆς αὑτοῦ αὑτῶν αὑτῶν αὑτῶν D. αὑτῷ αὑτῇ αὑτῷ αὑτοῖς αὑταῖς αὑτοῖς A. αὑτόν αὑτήν αὑτό αὑτούς αὑτάς αὑτά 691. RecrprocaL Pronoun DUAL PLURAL M. F. N. M. F. N. G. ἀλλήλοιν ἀλλήλαιν ἀλλήλοιν ἀλλήλων ἀλχήλων ἀλλήλων D. ἀλλήλοιν ἀλλήλαιν ἀλλήλοιν ἀλλήλοις ἀλλήλαις ἀλλήλοις Α. ἀλλήλω ἀλλήλα ἀλλήλω ἀλλήλους ἀλλήλας ἄλληλα 632. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS SINGULAR DUAL PLURAL M. F. N. M. F. Ν. M. Ε. Ν. οὗτος αὕτη τοῦτο τούτω τούτω τούτω οὗτοι αὗται ταῦτα τούτου ταύτης τούτον τούτοιν τούτοιν τούτοιν τούτων τούτων τούτων τούτῳ ταύτῃ τούτῳ τούτοις ταύταις τούτοις τοῦτον ταύτην τοῦτο τούτους ταύτας ταῦτα SINGULAR M. F. N. M. F. N. N. ὅδε ἥδε τόδε ἐκεῖνος ἐκείνη ἐκεῖνο Ὁ» τοῦϑε τῆσδε τοῦδε ἐκείνου ἐκείνης ἐκείνου D. τῷδε τῇδε τῷϑε ἐκείνῳ ἐκείνῃ ἐκείνῳ A. τόνδε τήνδε τόδε ἐκεῖνον ἐκείνην ἐκεῖνο DUAL N. A. τώδε τώϑε τώδε ἐκείνω ἐκείνω ἐκείνω G.D τοῖνδε τοῖνδε τοῖνδε ἐκείνοιν ἐκείνοιν ἐκείνοιν 8684 Paradigms 173 PLURAL M. F. N. M. F. N. N. olde αἵδε τάδε ἐκεῖνοι ἐκεῖναι ἐκεῖνα α. τῶνδε τῶνδε τῶνδε ἐκείνων ἐκείνων ἐκείνων D. τοῖσδε ταῖσδε τοῖσδε ἐκείνοις ἐκείνοις ἐκείνοις A. τούσδε τάσϑε τάδε ἐκείνους ἐκείνας ἐκεῖνα 633. INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS tls, who? what? τὶς, some one, something SINGULAR M. AND F. N. Μ. AND F. N. N. tls τί τὶς τὶ G. τίνος, τοῦ τίνος, τοῦ τινός, τοῦ τινός, του D. τίνι, τῷ τίνι, τῷ τινί, τῳ τινί, τῳ Α. τίνα τί τινά τὶ DUAL N. A. tive tive τινέ τινέ G.D. τίνοιν τίνοιν τινοῖν τινοῖν PLURAL N. τίνες τίνα τινές τινά α. τίνων τίνων τινῶν τινῶν D, τίσι τίσι τισί τισί Α. τίνας τίνα τινάς τινά 634. RELATIVE PRoNoUNS ὅς, who, which ὅστις, any one who, whoever SINGULAR M. F. N. M. F. N. N. ae ἰῇ ὅ ὅστις ἥτις ὅ τι α. οὗ ἧς οὗ οὗτινος, ὅτου ἧστινος οὗτινος, ὅτου D. ᾧ ἡ ᾧ ᾧτινι, ὅτῳ ἥτινι ᾧτινι, ὅτῳ Α. ὅν. ἥν ὅ ὅντινα ἥντινα ὅ τι DUAL N. A. 6 ὥ ὥ ὥτινε ὥτινε ὥτινε G.D. οἷν οἷν οἷν οἵντινοιν οἴντινοιν οἶντινοιν PLURAL N. om sat @ οἵτινες αἵτινες ἅτινα, ἅττα G. ὧν ὧν ὧν ὧντινων, ὅτων ὧντινων ὧντινων, ὅτων D. ols als ols οἷστισι, ὅτοις αἷστισι οἴστισι, ὅτοις “ _ ’ Ψ Ac οὕς ἃς 4 οὕστινας ἅστινας ἅἄτινα, ἅττα 114 Hlementary Greek § 635 VERBS 635. PrersonaL ΕΝ ΡΙΝΟΒ I. Primary tenses of the active: Sing. Plu. Dual 1 -μι 1 -μεν 2 -s (σι) 2 «-τε 2 -Tov 3 -σι (τι) 3 -νσι 3 -Tov II. Secondary tenses: Sing. Plu. Dual 1 -v 1 -pev 2 -s 2 -τε 2 -rov 8 - 3 -v, -σαν 3 -τὴν III. Middle (Passive, except aorist): PRIMARY SECONDARY Sing. Plu. Dual Sing. Plu. Dual 1. -μαι -μεθα -μὴν -μεθα 2 -σαι -σθε -σθον -σο -σθε -σθον 3. -ται τνται -σθον -το -ντο -σθην IV. Imperative: ACTIVE MIDDLE (PASSIVE) Sing. Plu. Dual Sing. Plu. Dual 2 -0 -TE -TOV -σο -σθε -σθον 3. -τω -ντων -των -σθω -σθων -σθων V. Infinitive: ACTIVE MIDDLE -εν (by combination with the thematic -σθαι vowel -εἰν) and -ναι 636, MEANING oF λύω ΙΝ Eacu TENSE OF THE INDICATIVE, IMPERA- TIVE, PARTICIPLE, AND INFINITIVE ACTIVE Δύω Indicative Imperative Infinitive Participle Pres. Ilooseoram Loose thou. To loose or to Loosing. loosing. be loosing. Imp. J loosed or was loos- ing. $637 Paradigms 175 Ὁ Indicative Imperative Infinitive Participle Fut. J shall loose. To be about to About to loose. loose. Aor. I loosed. Loose thou. To loose or to Having loosed have loosed. or loosing. Perf. I have To have loosed. Having loosed. loosed. Plup. I had loosed. The middle of Aiw commonly means to release for oneself, or to release some one belonging to oneself, hence to ransom or to deliver. In the passive the meanings are changed merely to suit that voice; as 1 am loosed, I was loosed, I shall be loosed, I have been loosed, ete. The future perfect passive means J shall have been loosed (i. e., before some future event referred to). 637. Synopsis oF Ato Abo ACTIVE VOICE Indicative Subjunctive Optative Imperative Infinitive Participle Pres. Ato λύω λύοιμι Ate λύειν λύων Imp. ἔλνον Fut. λύσω λύσοιμι λύσειν λύσων Aor. ἔλυσα λύσω λύσαιμι λῦσον λῦσαι λύσας Perf. λέλυκα λελύκω OF λελύκοιμι OF λελυκέναι λελυκώς λελυκὼς ὦ λελυκὼς εἴην Plup. ἐλελύκη MIDDLE VOICE Pres. Avopar λύωμαι λνοίμην λύου λύεσθαι λυόμενος Imp. ἐλνόμην Fut. λύσομαι λυσοίμην λύσεσθαι λύυσόμενος Aor. ἐλυσάμην λύσωμαι λῦύυσαίμην λῦσαι λύσασθαι λυσάμενος Perf. λέλυμαι λελυμένος ὦ λελυμένος εἴην λέλυσο λελύσθαι λελυμένος Plup. ἐλελύμην ; PASSIVE VOICE! meat λελύσομαι λελυσοίμην λελύσεσθαι λελυσόμενοθϑ Aor. ἐλύθην λυθῶ λυθείην λύθητι λυθῆναι λυθείς Fut. λυθήσομαι λυθησοίμην λυθήσεσθαι λυθησόμενος 1The Present and Imperfect, the Perfect and Pluperfect are the same as in the Middle Voice. ~ 176 Elementary Greek 8688 638. AcTIVE VOICE OF Ato INDICATIVE Present Imperfect Future Aorist Perfect Pluperfect Iloose,am Tloosed, I shall I loosed I have loosed I had loosed loosing was loosing, loose used to loose 5.1 Ato ἔλνον λύσω ἔλυσα λέλυκα ἐλελύκη 2 λύεις ἔλνες λύσεις ἔλυσας λέλυκας ἐλελύκης 3. λύει ἔλυε λύσει ἔλυσε λέλυκε ἐλελύκει D.2 λύετον ἐλύετον λύσετον ἐλύσατον λελύκατον ἐλελύκετον 3. λύετον ἐλνυέτην λύσετον ἐλυσάτην λελύκατον ἐλελυκέτην P.1 λύομεν ἐλύομεν λύσομεν ἐλύσαμεν λελύκαμεν ἐλελύκεμεν 2 λύετε ἐλύετε λύσετε ἐλύσατε λελύκατε ἐλελύκετε 3. λύουσι EATOV λύσουσι ἔλυσαν λελύκασι ἐλελύκεσαν SUBJUNCTIVE Present Aorist Perfect 5.1 Ato λύσω λελύκω 2 λύῃς λύσῃς λελύκῃς 3 λύῃ λύσῃ λελύκῃ D.2 λύητον λύσητον λελύκητον 38. λύητον λύσητον λελύκητον Ῥ.1 λύωμεν λύσωμεν λελύκωμεν 2 ddnre λύσητε λελύκητε 3 λύωσι λύσωσι λελύκωσι OPTATIVE Present Future Aorist Perfect 5.1 λύοιμι λύσοιμι λύσαιμι λελύκοιμι 2 λύοις λύσοις λύσαις, λύσειας λελύκοις 3 λύοι λύσοι λύσαι, λύσειε λελύκοι D.2 λύοιτον λύσοιτον λύσαιτον λελύκοιτον 9 Avolrny λυσοίτην λυσαίτην λελυκοίτην Ῥ.1 λύοιμεν λύσοιμεν λύσαιμεν λελύκοιμεν 2 Δλύοιτε λύσοιτε λύσαιτε λελύκοιτε 3. λύοιεν λύσοιεν λύσαιεν, λύσειαν λελύκοιεν IMPERATIVE 5.2 Ate λῦσον 3 vérw λυσάτω Ὠ.2 λύετον λύσατον 3 λνέτων λυσάτων Ρ. 2 λύετε λύσατε 9. λυόντων λυσάντων Present λύειν Μ. λύων F. λύουσα N. λῦον 639. Present λύομαι λύει, λύῃ λύεται Aver Gov Aver Bov λνόμεθα λύεσθε λύονται wor τ οι μ Ww pe Present λύωμαι λύῃ λύηται λύησθον λύησθον λυώμεθα λύησθε λύωνται wWwnorwnwuwonr λνοίμην λύοιο λύοιτο λύοισϑον λνοίσϑην λνοίμεθα μὴ ΟΝ ὧδιθ» 2 δλόοισθε 3. λύοιντο Paradigms 177 INFINITIVE to loose, etc. Future Aorist Perfect λύσειν λῦσαι λελνυκέναι PARTICIPLE loosing, ete. λύσων λύσας λελυκώς λύσουσα λύσασα λελυκνῖα λῦσον λῦσαν λελνυκός MIDDLE VOICE OF λύω INDICATIVE Imperfect Future Aorist Perfect Pluperfect ἐλυόμην λύσομαι ἐλυσάμην λέλυμαι ἐλελύμην ἐλύου λύσει, λύσῃ ἐλύσγω. λέλυσαι ἐλέλυσο ἐλύετο λύσεται ἐλύσατο λέλυται ἐλέλυτο ἐλύεσθον λύσεσθον ἐλύσασθον λέλυσθον ἐλέλυσθον ἐλυέσϑην λύσεσθον ἐλυσάσθην λέλυσθον ἐλελύσθην. ἐλυόμεθα λυσόμεθα ἐλυσάμεθα λελύμεθα ἐλελύμεθα ἐλύεσθε λύσεσθε ἐλύσασθε λέλυσθε ἐλέλυσθε ἐλύοντο λύσονται ἐλύσαντο λέλνυννται ἐλέλυντο SUBJUNCTIVE Aorist Perfect λύσωμαι λελυμένος ὦ λύσῃ λελυμένος ἧς λύσηται λελυμένος ἡ λύσησθον λελυμένω ἦτον λύσησθον λελυμένω ἦτον λυσώμεθα λελυμένοι ὦμεν λύσησθε λελυμένοι ἦτε λύσωνται λελυμένοι ὦσι OPTATIVE λυσοίμην λυσαίμην λελυμένος εἴην λύσοιο λύσαιο λελυμένος εἴης λύσοιτο λύσαιτο λελυμένος εἴη λύσοισθον δλύσαισθον λελυμένω εἴητον λυσοίσθην λῦυσαίσθην λελυμένω εἰήτην λυσοίμεθα λῦσαίμεθα λελυμένοι εἴημεν or εἶμεν λύσοισθε λύσαισθε λελυμένοι εἴητε or εἶτε λύσοιντο λύσαιντο λελυμένοι εἴησαν ΟΥ εἶεν 118 Present S. 2 Atov 3. λνέσθω D.2 Atecbov 3 λνυέσθων P.2 λόεσθε 38 Adér Pav λύεσθαι Μ. λυόμενος F. λυομένη N. λυόμενον 640. Elementary Greek 3639 IMPERATIVE Future Aorist λῦσαι λυσάσθω λύσασθον λυσάσθων λύσασθε λυσάσθϑων INFINITIVE λύσεσϑαι λύσασθαι PARTICIPLE λυσόμενος λυσάμενος λυσομένη λυσαμένη λυσόμενον λυσάμενον PassiIvE VOICE OF λύω Perfect Aveo λελύσθω λέλυσθον λελύσϑων λέλυσϑε λελύσϑων λελύσθαι λελυμένος λελυμένη λελυμένον Present, Imperfect, Perfect, Pluperfect, the same as the Middle, 639 Future Perfect λελύσομαι λελύσει, λελύσῃ λελύσεται λελύσεσθον λελύσεσθϑον λελυσόμεθα λελύσεσθε λελύσονται Rn oe One ΟΝ wwr RP 9 oper oc Do OOH eH τ INDICATIVE Aorist ἐλύθην ἐλύθης ἐλύθη ἐλύθητον ἐλυθήτην ἐλύθημεν ἐλύθητε ἐλύθησαν SUBJUNCTIVE λυθῆτον λυθῆτον λυθῶμεν λυθῆτε λυθῶσι Future λυθήσομαι λυθήσει, λυθήσῃ λυθήσεται λυθήσεσθον λυθήσεσθον λυθησόμεθα λυθήσεσθε λυθήσονται 8641 o A wre wt Ope Future Perfect λελυσοίμην λελύσοιο λελύσοιτο λελύσοισθον λελυσοίσθην λελυσοίμεθα λελύσοισθε λελύσοιντο λελύσεσθαι λελυσόμενος, -n, τον Paradigms OPTATIVE Aorist λυθείην λυθείης λυθείη λυθείητον, λυθεῖτον λυθειήτην, λυθείτην λυθείημεν, λυθεῖμεν λυθείητε, λυθεῖτε λυθείησαν, λυθεῖεν IMPERATIVE S.2 λύθητι 3. λυθήτω D.2 λύθητον 35. λυθήτων Ῥ, 2 λύθητε 3 λυθέντων INFINITIVE λυθῆναι PARTICIPLE λυθείς, -θεῖσα, -θέν Future λυθησοίμην λυθήσοιο λυθήσοιτο λυθήσοισθον λυθησοίσθην λυθησοίμεθα λυθήσοισθε λυθήσοιντο λυθήσεσθαι 179 λυθησόμενος, -7, -ov 2 Aor. Act. ἔλιπον ἔλιπες ἔλιπε ἐλίπετον ἐλιπέτην ἐλίπομεν ἐλίπετε ἔλιπον WOwmor wns Whe 2 Aor. Mid, ἐλιπόμην ἐλίπου ἐλίπετο ἐλίπεσθον ἐλιπέσθην ἐλιπόμεθα ἐλίπεσθε ἐλίποντο 2 Perfect λέλοιπα λέλοιπας λέλοιπε λελοίπατον λελοίπατον λελοίπαμεν λελοίπατε λελοίπᾶσι 641. Srconp Aorist (ACTIVE AND MIDDLE) AnD SEconD PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT (ACTIVE) OF λείπω (Aurr-), leave 2 Pluperfect ἐλελοίπη ἐλελοίπης ἐλελοίπει ἐλελοίπετον ἐλελοιπέτην ἐλελοίπεμεν ἐλελοίπετε ἐλελοίπεσαν 180 Elementary Greek 8641 SUBJUNCTIVE 2 Aor. Act. 2 Aor. Mid. 2 Perfect ; Ss. 1 Altre λίπωμαι λελοίπω 2 λίπῃς λίπῃ λελοίπῃς 2 λίπῃ λίπηται λελοίπῃ D.2 λίπητον λίπησθον λελοίπητον 9. λίπητον λίπησθον λελοίπητον P.1 λίπωμεν λιπώμεθα λελοίπωμεν 2 λίπητε λίπησθε λελοίπητε 3. λίπωσι λίπωνται λελοίπωσι OPTATIVE 5,1 λίποιμι λιποίμην λελοίποιμι Δίποις λίποιο λελοίποις 3. λίποι λίποιτο λελοίποι DY2 λίποιτον λίποισθον λελοίποιτον 95. λιποίτην λιποίσθην λελοιποίτην Lea λίποιμεν λιποίμεθα λελοίποιμεν 2 λίποιτε λίποισθε λελοίποιτε 3. Alrrovev λίποιντο λελοίποιεν IMPERATIVE 5. 2 Alte λιποῦ 9 λιπέτω λιπέσθω D.2 λίπετον λίπεσθον 9 λιπέτων λιπέσθων ὌΡΟΣ λίπετε λίπεσθε 3 λιπόντων λιπέσθων INFINITIVE λιπεῖν λιπέσθαι λελοιπέναι PARTICIPLE ᾿ λιπών, οὖσα, ov λιπόμενος, ἡ» ον λελοιπώς, υἷα, ds 642. Liquip Forms. φαίνω [dav], show INDICATIVE Future Active Fut. Mid. 1 Aor. Act. 1 Aor. Mid. 5.1 φανῶ . φανοῦμαι ἔφηνα ἐφηνάμην 2 φανεῖς φανεῖ, φανῇ ἔφηνας ἐφήνω᾽ 9 φανεῖ φανεῖται ἔφηνε ἐφήνατο 8642 Paradigms 151 Fut, Act. Fut. Mid, 1 Aor. Act. 1 Aor. Mid. D.2 φανεῖτον φανεῖσθον ἐφήνατον ἐφήνασθον 3. φανεῖτον φανεῖσθον ἐφηνάτην ἐφηνάσθην P.1 φανοῦμεν φανούμεθα ἐφήναμεν ἐφηνάμεθα φανεῖτε φανεῖσθε ἐφήνατε ἐφήνασθε 38. φανοῦσι φανοῦνται ἔφηναν ἐφήναντο SUBJUNCTIVE 5.1 φήνω φήνωμαι 2. φήνῃς φήνῃ 8. φήνῃ φήνηται 1). 2 φήνητον φήνησθον 9. φήνητον φήνησθον Ρ.1 φήνωμεν φηνώμεθα 2 φήνητε φήνησθε 9. φήνωσι φήνωνται OPTATIVE S. 1 φανοίην, φανοῖμι φανοίμην φήναιμι φηναίμην 2 φανοίης, φανοῖς φανοῖο φήναις, φήνειας φήναιο 3 φανοίη, φανοῖ φανοῖτο φήναι, φήνειε φήναιτο Ὦ.2 φανοῖτον φανοῖσθον φήναιτον φήναισθον 3. φανοίτην φανοίσθην φηναίτην φηναίσθην Ῥ.1 φανοῖμεν φανοίμεθα φήναιμεν φηναίμεθα 2 φανοῖτε φανοῖσθε φήναιτε φήναισθε 8. φανοῖεν φανοῖντο φήναιεν, φήνειαν φήναιντο IMPERATIVE Sh S. 2 φῆνον φῆναι 3. φηνάτω φηνάσθω D. 2 φήνατον φήνασθον 35. φηνάτων φηνάσθων Ῥ. 2 φήνατε φήνασθε 9. φηνάντων φηνάσθων INFINITIVE daveiv φανεῖσθαι φῆναι φήνασθαι PARTICIPLE φανῶν, οὖσα, οὖν davotpevos,n, ov φήνας,σα, αν φηνάμενος, η, ov 182 Elementary Greek 8642 SECOND AORIST PASSIVE Indicative Subjunctive Optative Imperative ἐφάνην φανῶ φανείην ἐφάνης φανῇς φανείης φάνηθι ἐφάνη φανῇ φανείη φανήτω ἐφάνητον φανῆτον φανείητον, φανεῖτον φάνητον ἐφανήτην φανῆτον φανειήτην, φανείτην φανήτων ἐφάνημεν φανῶμεν φανείημεν, φανεῖμεν ἐφάνητε φανῆτε φανείητε, φανεῖτε φάνητε ἐφάνησαν φανῶσι φανείησαν, φανεῖεν φανέντων INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE φανῆναι φανείς, φανεῖσα, φανέν SECOND FUTURE PASSIVE Indicative Optative Infinitive Participle φανήσομαι φανησοίμην φανήσεσθαι φανησόμενος, ἡ; ον φανήσει, φανησῃῃ φανήσοιο φανήσεται φανήσοιτο φανήσεσθον φανήσοισθον φανήσεσθον φανησοίσθην φανησόμεθα φανησοίμεθα φανήσεσθε φανήσοισθε φανήσονται φανήσοιντο 643. λείπω (Air), leave, Middle or Passive INDICATIVE Perfect Pluperfect Future Perfect (λέ-λειπ-μαι) λέλειμμαι (ἐ-λε-λείπ- μην) ἐλελείμμην λελείψομαι (λέ-λειπ-σαι) λλέλειψαι (ἐ-λέ-λειπ-σο) ἐλέλειψο λελείψῃ (λέ-λειπ-ται) λέλειπται (ἐ-λέ-λειπ-το) ἐλέλειπτο λελείψεται (λέ-λειπ-σθον) λέλειφθον (ἐ-λέ-λειπ-σθον) ἐλέλειφθον λελείψεσθον (λέ-λειπ-σθον) λέλειφθον (ἐ-λε-λείπ-σθην) ἐλελείφθην λελείψεσθον (λε-λείπ-μεθα)͵ λελείμμεα (ἐ-λε-λείπ-μεθα) ἐλελείμμεθα λελειψόμεθα (λέ-λειπ-σθε) λέλειφθε (é-Aé-Aevtr- Be) ἐλέλειφθε λελείψεσθε (λέτλειπ-νται) λελειμμένοι (ἐ-λέ-λειπ-ντο) λελειμμένοι λελείψονται εἰσί(ν) ἦσαν Paradigms SUBJUNCTIVE Perfect λελειμμένος ὦ λελειμμένος ἧς λελειμμένος ἡ λελειμμένω ἦτον λελειμμένω ἦτον OPTATIVE Perfect λελειμμένος εἴην λελειμμένος εἴης λελειμμένος εἴη λελειμμένω εἴητον, εἶτον λελειμμένω εἰήτην, εἴτην λελειμμένοι εἴημεν, εἶμεν λελειμμένοι εἴητε, εἶτε λελειμμένοι εἴησαν, εἶεν IMPERATIVE λέλειψο λελείφθω λέλειφθον λελείφθων λέλειφθε λελείφθων INFINITIVE λελεῖφθαι PARTICIPLE λελειμμένος, ἡ, ον 183 λελειμμένοι ὦμεν λελειμμένοι ἦτε λελειμμένοι ὦσιί(ν) Future Perfect λελειψοίμην λελείψοιο λελείψοιτο λελείψοισθον λελειψοίσθην λελειψοίμεθα λελείψοισθε λελείψοιντο λελείψεσθαι 644. (πέπειθ-μαι) (πέπειθ-σαι) (πέπειθ-ται) (πέπειθ-σθον) (πέπειθ-σθονὶ (πεπείθ- μεθα) (πέπειθ-σθε) (πεπειθ-μένοι) πείθω (719), persuade, Middle or Passive πεπεισμένοι εἰσί (πεπειθ-μένοι;) INDICATIVE Perfect Pluperfect πέπεισμαι (ἐπεπείθ- μην) ἐπεπείσμην πέπεισαι (ἐπέπειθ-σο) ἐπέπεισο πέπεισται (ἐπέπειθ-το) ἐπέπειστο πέπεισθον (ἐπέπειθ-σθον) ἐπέπεισθον πέπεισθον (ἐπεπείθ-σθην) ἐπεπείσθην πεπείσμεθα (ἐπεπείθ- μεθα) ἐπεπείσμεθα πέπεισθε (ἐπέπειθ-σθε) ἐπέπεισθε πεπεισμένοι ἦσαν 184 Elementary Greek 3644 SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE Perfect + ¢ - , . πεπεισμένος ὦ, ἧς, ἢ, etc. πεπεισμένος εἴην, εἴης, εἴη, etc. IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE πέπεισο πεπεῖσθαι πεπεισμένος, ἡ, ον πεπείσθω πέπεισθον πεπείσθων πέπεισθε πεπείσθων 645. τάττω (Tay), urrange INDICATIVE Perfect Pluperfect (réray-pat) τέταγμαι (ἐτετάγ- μην) ἐτετάγμην (τέταγ-σαι) τέταξαι (ἐτέταγ-σο) ἐτέταξο (τέταγ-ται) τέτακται (ἐτέταγ-το) ἐτέτακτο (τέταγ-σθον) τέταχθον (ἐτέταγ-σθον) ἐτέταχθον (τέγαγ-σθον) τέταχθον (ἐτετάγ-σθην) ἐτετάχθην (τετάγ-μεθα) τετάγμεθα (ἐτετάγ-μεθα) ἐτετάγμεθα (τέταγ-σθε) τέταχθε (ἐτέταγ-σθε) ἐτέταχθε (τεταγ-μένοι;) τεταγμένοι εἰσί (τεταγ-μένοι) τεταγμένοι ἦσαν SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE 5 Ae + , 4 τεταγμένος ὦ, TS, ἢ τεταγμένος εἴην, εἴης, εἴη IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE (τέταγ-σο) τέταξο τετάχθαι τεταγμένος, ἡ, ον (τετάγ-σθω) τετάχθω * (réray-c8ov) τέταχθον (τετάγ-σθων) τετάχθων (τέταγ-σθε) τέταχθε (τετάγ-σθων) τετάχθων 5 646 Paradigms 185 646. CONTRACT VERBS 1. Synopsis OF Tipdw, ποιέω, δηλόω, IN THE INDICATIVE OF ALL VOICES ACTIVE Pres. Tipe ποιῶ δηλῶ Impertf. ἐτίμων ἐποίουν ἐδήλουν Fut. τιμήσω ποιήσω δηλώσω Aor. ἐτίμησα ἐποίησα ἐδήλωσα Perf. τετίμηκα πεποίηκα δεδήλωκα Plup. ἐτετιμήκη ἐπεποιήκη ἐδεδηλώκη MIDDLE Pres. τιμῶμαι ποιοῦμαι δηλοῦμαι Imperf. éripopny ἐποιούμην ἐδηλούμην Fut. τιμήσομαι ποιήσομαι δηλώσομαι Aor. ἐτιῖμησάμην ἐποιησάμην ἐδηλωσάμην Perf. τετίμημαι πεποίημαι δεδήλωμαι Plup. ἐτετιμήμην ἐπεποιήμην ἐδεδηλώμην PASSIVE Pres. and Imp.: same as Middle. Fut. τ᾽μηθήσομαι ποιηθήσομαι δηλωθήσομαι Aor. ἐττμήθην ἐποιήθην ἐδηλώθην Perf. and Plup.: same as Middle. Fut. Perf. τετῖμήσομαι πεποιήσομαι δεδηλώσομαι 2. Synopsis ΟΕ ConTRACTED Forms ACTIVE Present Present Present Ind. τιμῶ ποιῶ δηλῶ Subj. Tipe ποιῶ δηλῶ Opt. Tipwny ποιοίην δηλοίην Imp. τίμα ποίει δήλου ᾿ Inf. τιμᾶν ποιεῖν δηλοῦν Part. τιμῶν ποιῶν δηλῶν Imperfect Imperfect Imperfect ἐτίμων - ἐποίουν ἐδήλουν MIDDLE AND PASSIVE Ind. τιμῶμαι ποιοῦμαι δηλοῦμαι Sub. Tip@par ποιῶμαι δηλῶμαι Opt. Tipwpny ποιοίμην δηλοίμην Imp. τιμῶ ποιοῦ δηλοῦ Inf. τιμᾶσθαι ποιεῖσθαι δηλοῦσθαι Part. τιμώμενος ποιοῦμενος δηλούμενος Imperfect Timperfect Imperfect ἐτϊμώμην ἐποιούμην ἐδηλούμην 180 Elementary Greek 647. (tipaw) (ττμάεις) (ττμάει) (tipderov) (tTipderov) (Tipdopev) (ττμάετε) (tTipdover) (Tipde ) (Tipays) (ripen) (tipanrov) (tipanrov) (τ᾽μάωμεν) (ττμάητε) (ττμάωσι) (Tipdoupe) (ττμάοις) (ττμάοι) (ττμάοιτον) (ripaolrny) (ττμάοιμεν) (ττμάοιτε) (ττμάοιεν) or (tipaolny) (ττμαοίης) (ripaoln) ᾿ (Tipaotnrov) (TipaonTny) (Tipaolnper) (ripaolnre) (Tipaolncay) 1Tn usage the -οίην forms prevail in the singular, the -ocue in the dual and plural τιμῶ τιμᾷς τιμᾷ τὶμᾶτον τιμᾶτον τιμῶμεν τιμᾶτε τιμῶσι τιμῶ τιμᾷς τιμᾷ τιμᾶτον τιμᾶτον τιμῶμεν τῖμᾶτε τιμῶσι TIL@TOV τἱμῴτην τιμῷμεν τιμῷτε Tip@ev or τῖμῳητον τἱμῳήτην Tipwnpev τῖμῳητε 8647 ACTIVE Present Indicative (ποιέω) (ποιέεις) (ποιέει) (ποιέετον) (ποιέετον) (ποιέομεν) (ποιέετε) (ποιέουσι) ποιῶ “ποιεῖς ποιεῖ ποιεῖτον ποιεῖτον ποιοῦμεν ποιεῖτε ποιοῦσι Present Subjunctive (ποιέω) (ποιέῃς) (ποιέῃ) (ποιέητον) (ποιέητον) (ποιέωμεν) (ποιέητε) (ποιέωσι) ποιῶ ποιῇς ποιῇ ποιῆτον ποιῆτον ποιῶμεν ποιῆτε ποιῶσι Present Optative! (ποιέοιμι) (ποιέοις) (ποιέοι) (ποιέοιτον) (ποιεοίτην) (ποιέοιμεν) (ποιέοιτε) (ποιέοιεν) or (ποιεοίην) ποιεοίης) (ποιεοίη) (ποιεοίητον) (ποιεοιήτην) (ποιεοίημεν) (ποιεοίητε) ποιοῖμι ποιοῖς ποιοῖ ποιοῖτον ποιοίτην ποιοῖμεν ποιοῖτε ποιοῖεν or ποιοίην ποιοίης ποιοίη ποιοίητον ποιοιήτην ποιοίημεν ποιοίητε τῖμῴησαν (ποιεοίησαν) ποιοίησαν (δηλόω) (δηλόεις) (δηλόει) (δηλόετον) (δηλόετον) (δηλόομεν) (δηλόετε) (δηλόουσι) (δηλόω) (δηλόῃς) (δηλόῃ) (δηλόητον) (δηλόητον) (δηλόωμεν) (δηλόητε) (δηλόωσι) (δηλόοιμι) (δηλόοις) (δηλόοι) (δηλόοιτον) (δηλοοίτην) (δηλόοιμεν) (δηλόοιτε) (δηλόοιεν) or (δηλοοίην) (δηλοοίης) (δηλοοίη) (δηλοοίητον) (δηλοοιήτην) (δηλοοίημεν) (δηλοοίητε) (δηλοοίησαν) δηλῶ δηλοῖς δηλοῖ δηλοῦτον δηλοῦτον δηλοῦμεν δηλοῦτε δηλοῦσι δηλῶ δηλοῖς δηλοῖ δηλῶτον δηλῶτον δηλῶμεν δηλῶτε δηλῶσι δηλοῖμι δηλοῖς δηλοῖ δηλοῖτον δηλοίτην δηλοῖμεν δηλοῖτε δηλοῖεν or δηλοίην δηλοίης δηλοίη δηλοίητον δηλοιήτην δηλοίημεν δηλοίητε δηλοίησαν 3648 (rtpac) (ripadre ) (ripaerov) (τ᾽μαέτων) (ττμάετε) (TipadvTwv) (ττμάειν) (ττμάων) (ἐτέμαον) (ἐτέμαες) (ἐτέμαε) (ἐττμάετον) (ἐττμαέτην) (éripdopev) (éripdere) (ἐτέμαον) 648. (ττμάομαι) (ττμάει, τιμάῃ) (tipderar) (tipder Sov) (ripder Gov) (ripadpeBa) (ripder Ge) (tipdovrar) (ττμάωμαι) (ripdy) (tipanrar) (tipane Boy) (ττμάησθον) (tipadpeba) (tipdno Ge (Tipaevrat) τίμα τιμάτω TIpatov τμάτων τιμᾶτε τιμώντων τιμᾶν τιμῶν ἐτίμων ἐτίμας ἐτίμα ériparov ἐττμάτην ἐτιμῶμεν ἐττμᾶτε ἐτίμων τιμῶμαι τιμᾷ τιμᾶται Tipacbov Tipacbov τιμώμεθα ripacte τιμῶνται τιμῶμαι τιμᾷ τιμᾶται Tipacbov τιμᾶσθον τιμώμεθα τῖμᾶσθε τιμῶνται Paradigms Present Imperative (ποίεε) (ποιεέτω) (ποιέετον) (ποιεέτων) (ποιέετε) (ποιεόντων) ποίει ποιείτω ποιεῖτον ποιείτων ποιεῖτε (δήλοε) (δηλοέτω; (δηλόετον) (δηλοέτων) (δηλόετε) ποιούντων (δηλοόντων;) Present Infinitive (ποιέειν) ποιεῖν (SnAsetv) Present Participle (see 624) (ποιέων) ποιῶν (δηλόων) Imperfect (ἐποίεον) ἐποίουν (ἐδήλοον) (érrolees) ἐποίεις (ἐδήλοες) (ἐποίεε) ἐποίει (ἐδήλοε) (ἐποιέετον) ἐποιεῖτον (ἐδηλόετον) (ἐποιεέτην) ἐποιείτην (ἐδηλοέτην) (ἐποιέομεν) ἐποιοῦμεν (ἐδηλόομεν) (ἐποιέετε) ἐποιεῖτε (ἐδηλόετε) (ἐποίεον) ἐποίουν (ἐδήλοον) PASSIVE AND MIDDLE Present Indicative (ποιέομαι) ποιοῦμαι (δηλόομαι) (ποιέει, ποιέῃ) ποιεῖ, ποιῇ (δηλόει, δηλόῃ) (ποιέεται) ποιεῖται (δηλόεται) (ποιέεσϑον) ποιεῖσϑθον (δηλόεσθον) (ποιέεσθονλ ποιεῖσθον (δηλόεσθον) (ποιεόμεθα) ποιούμεθα (δηλοόμεθα) (ποιέεσθε) ποιεῖσθε (δηλόεσθε) (ποιέονται) ποιοῦνται (δηλόονται) Present Subjunctive (ποιέωμαι) ποιῶμαι (δηλόωμαι) (ποιέῃ) ποιῇ (δηλόῃ) (ποιέηται) ποιῆται (δηλόηται) (ποιέησθον͵ ποιῆσθον (δηλόησθον) (ποιέησθον ποιῆσθον (δηλόησθον) (ποιεώμεθα) ποιώμεθα (δηλοώμεθα) (trovéno Be) ποιῆσθε (δηλόησθε) (ποιέωνται) ποιῶνται (δηλόωνται) 187 δήλον δηλούτω δηλοῦτον δηλούτων δηλοῦτε δηλούντων δηλοῦν δηλῶν ἐδήλουν ἐδήλους ἐδήλουν ἐδηλοῦτον ἐδηλούτην ἐδηλοῦμεν ἐδηλοῦτε ἐδήλουν δηλοῦμαι δηλοῖ δηλοῦται δηλοῦσθον δηλοῦσθον δηλούμεθα δηλοῦσθε δηλοῦνται δηλώμαι δηλοῖ δηλῶται δηλῶσθον ϑηλῶσθον δηλώμεθα δηλῶσθε δηλῶνται \ | \ | \ \ 188 ἐδείκῦν Elementary Greek $648 Present Optative (Tipaoipnv) τῖμῴμην (ποιεοίμην) ποιοίμην (δηλοοίμην) δηλοίμην (τ᾽μάοιο) τιμῷο (ποιέοιο) ποιοῖο (δηλόοιο) δηλοῖο (τμάοιτο) τιμῷτο (ποιέοιτο) ποιοῖτο (δηλόοιτο) δηλοῖτο (τμάοισθον) ττμῷσθον (ποιέοισθονν ποιοῖσθον (δηλόοισθον) δηλοῖσθον (ττμαοίσθην) ττμῴσθην (ποιεοίσθην) ποιοίσθην (δηλοοίσθην) δηλοίσθην (ττμαοίμεθα) ττμῴμεθα (ποιεοίμεθα) ποιοίμεθα (δηλοοίμεθα) δηλοίμεθα (ττμάοισθε) τιτμῷσθε (ποιέοισθε) ποιοῖσθε (δηλόοισθε) δηλοῖσθε (τῖμάοιντο) τῇμῷντο (ποιέοιντο) ποιοῖντο (δηλόοιντο) δηλοῖντο Present Imperative (ττμάου) τιμῶ (ποιέου) ποιοῦ (δηλόου) δηλοῦ (τιμαέσθωΣ τιμάσθω (ποιεέσθωΣς ποιείσθω (δηλοέσθω) δηλούσθω (TipderBov) τιμᾶσθον (ποιέεσθον ποιεῖσθον (δηλόεσθον) δηλοῦσθον (τιμαέσθων) ττμάσθων (ποιεέσθων) ποιείσθων (δηλοέσθων) δηλούσθων (ττμάεσθε) τιμᾶσθε (ποιέεσθε) ποιεῖσθε (δηλόεσθε)ς δηλοῦσθε (Tipaécbwv) τιτμάσθων (ποιεέσθων ποιείσθων (δηλοέσθων) δηλούσθων Present Infinitive (ripderGar) τιμᾶσθαι (ποιέεσθαι) ποιεῖσθαι (δηλόεσθαι) δηλοῦσθαι Present Participle ; (ττμαόμενος) τιμώμενος (ποιεόμενος) ποιούμενος (SnAodpevos) δηλούμενος Imperfect (ἐττμαόμην) ἐττμώμην (ἔποιεόμην) ἐποιούμην (ἐδηλοόμην) ἐδηλούμην (ἐττμάου) ἐττμῶ (ἐποιέου) ἐποιοῦ (ἐδηλόουλ ἐδηλοῦ (ἐττμάετο) ἐτιμᾶτο (ἐποιέετο) ἐποιεῖτο (ἐδηλόεζο) ἐδηλοῦτο ὶ (ἐττμάεσθον) ἐττμᾶσθον (ἐποιέεσθον) ἐποιεῖσθον (ἐδηλόεσθον) ἐδηλοῦσθον (ἐττμαέσθην) ἐττμάσθην (ἐποιεέσθην) ἐποιείσθην (ἐδηλοέσθην) ἐδηλούσθην \ (ἐττμαόμεθα) ἐττμώμεθα (ἐποιεόμεθα) ἐποιούμεθα (ἐδηλοόμεθα) ἐδηλούμεθα (ἐτὲμάεσθε ) ἐτιμᾶσθε (ἐποιέεσθε) ἐποιεῖσθε (ἐδηλόεσθε) ἐδηλοῦσθε (ἐττμάοντο)ῦ ἐτιμῶντο (ἔποιέοντο) ἐποιοῦντο (ἐδηλόοντο) ἐδηλοῦντο 649. Synopsis or IRREGULAR ForMs OF VERBS IN pt Indicative Subjunctive Optative Imperative Infinitive Participle - ἵστημι ἱστῶ ἱσταίην ἵστη ἱστάναι ἱστάς ξ τίθημι τιθῶ τιθείην τίθει τιθέναι τιθείς ὲ δίδωμι διδῶ διδοίην δίδου διδόναι διδούς δείκνυμι δεικνύω δεικνύοιμι δείκνῦ δεικνύναι δεικνύς 3 torny S ἐτίθην & ἐδίδουν Ξ 3650 Indicative ἔστην (ἔθην) (ἔδων) ἔδυν 2 Aorist ἵσταμαι τίθεμαι δίδομαι Present δείκνυμαι ἐτιθέμην Imperfect ἐθέμην ἐδόμην 2 Aorist Middle 650. ἵστημι ἵστης ἵστησι ἵστατον ἵστατον ἵσταμεν ἵστατε ἱστᾶσι ἵστην ἵστης ἔστη ἵστατον ἱστάτην ἵσταμεν ἵστατε ἴστασαν ἵστάμην ἐδιδόμην ἐδεικνύμην ἐπριάμην Paradigms 189 Subjunctive Optateve Imperative Infinitive Participle στῶ σταίην στῆθι στῆναι στάς θῶ θείην θές θεῖναι θείς δῶ δοίην δός δοῦναι δούς δύω δῦθι δῦναι δύς PASSIVE AND MIDDLE ἱστῶμαι ἱσταίμην ἵστασο ἵστασθαι ἱστάμενος τιθῶμαι τιθείμην τίθεσο τίθεσθαι τιθέμενος διδῶμαι διδοίμην δίδοσο δίδοσθαι διδόμενος δεικνύωμαι δείκννοίμην δείκνυσο δείκνυσθαι δεικνύμενος πρίωμαι πριαίμην πρίω πρίασθαι πριάμενος θῶμαι θείμην θοῦ θέσθαι θέμενος δῶμαι δοίμην δοῦ δόσθαι ϑόμενος ACTIVE VOICE OF VERBS IN μι PRESENT INDICATIVE τίθημι δίδωμι δείκνυμι τίθης δίδως δείκνυς τίθησι δίδωσι δείκνυσι τίθετον δίδοτον δείκνυτον τίθετον δίδοτον δείκνυτον τίθεμεν δίδομεν δείκνυμεν τίθετε δίδοτε δείκνυτε τιθέασι διδόασι δεικνύασι IMPERFECT érlOnv ἐδίδουν ἐδείκνυν ἐτίθεις ἐδίδους ἐδείκνυς ἐτίθει ἐδίδου ἐδείκνυ ἐτίθετον ἐδίδοτον ἐδείκνυτον ἐτιθέτην ἐδιδότην ἐδεικνύτην ἐτίθεμεν ἐδίδομεν ἐδείκνυμεν ἐτίθετε ἐδίδοτε ἐδείκνυτε ἐτίθεσαν ἐδίδοσαν ἐδείκνυσαν 5660 190 Elementary Greek PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE ἱστῶ τιθῶ διδῶ ἱστῇς τιθῇς διδῷς ἱστῇ τιθῃ διδῷ ἱστῆτον τιθῆτον διδῶτον ἱστῆτον τιθῆτον διδῶτον ἱστῶμεν τιθῶμεν διδῶμεν ἱστῆτε τιθῆτε διδῶτε ἱστῶσι τιθῶσι διδῶσι PRESENT OPTATIVE ἱσταίην τιθείην διδοίην ἱσταίης τιθείης διδοίης ἱσταίη τιθείη διδοίη ἱσταίητον τιθείητον διδοίητον ἱσταιήτην τιθειήτην διδοιήτην ἱσταίημεν τιθείημεν διδοίημεν ἱσταίητε τιθείητε διδοίητε ἱσταίησαν τιθείησαν διδοίησαν or more commonly ἱσταῖτον τιθεῖτον διδοῖτον ἱσταίτην τιθείτην διδοίτην ἱσταῖμεν τιθεῖμεν διδοῖμεν ἱσταῖτε τιθεῖτε διδοῖτε ἱσταῖεν τιθεῖεν διδοῖεν PRESENT IMPERATIVE ἵστη τίθει δίδου ἱστάτω τιθέτω διδότω ἵστατον τίθετον δίδοτον ἱστάτων τιθέτων διδότων ἵστατε τίθετε δίδοτε ἱστάντων τιθέντων διδόντων PRESENT INFINITIVE ἱστάναι τιθέναι διδόναι ἱστάς PRESENT PARTICIPLE τιθείς διδούς δεικνύω δεικνύῃς δεικνύῃ δεικνύητον δεικνύητον δεικνύωμεν - δεικνύητε δεικνύωσι δεικνύοιμι δεικνύοις δεικνύοι δεικνύοιτον δεικννοίτην δεικνύοιμεν δεικνύοιτε δεικνύοιεν δείκνυ δεικνύτω δείκνυτον δεικνύτων δείκνυτε δεικνύντων δεικνύναι δεικνύς 5651 Paradigms 191 651. SECOND AORIST INDICATIVE ἔστην [ἔθην] [wv] ebiv! ἔστης [ἔθης] [ἔδως] Sus ἔστη [ἔθη] [ἔδω) ἔδυ ἔστητον ἔθετον ἔδοτον ἔδυτον ἐστήτην ἐθέτην ἐδότην ἐδύτην ἔστημεν ἔθεμεν ἔδομεν ἔδυμεν ἔστητε ἔθετε ἔδοτε ἔδυτε ἔστησαν ἔθεσαν ἔδοσαν ἔδυσαν SECOND AORIST SUBJUNCTIVE στῶ θῶ δῶ δύω στῇς θῇς δῷς δύῃς στῇ θῃ δῷ δύῃ στῆτον θῆτον δῶτον δύητον στῆτον θῆτον δῶτον δύητον στῶμεν θῶμεν δῶμεν δύωμεν στῆτε θῆτε δῶτε δύητε στῶσι θῶσι δῶσι δύωσι SECOND AORIST OPTATIVE σταίην θείην δοίην σταίης θείηῆς. - δοίης σταίη θείη δοίη σταίητον θείητον δοίητον σταιήτην θειήτην δοιήτην σταίημεν θείημεν ϑοίημεν σταίητε θείητε δοίητε σταίησαν θείησαν δοίησαν ΟΥ̓ more commonly σταῖτον θεῖτον δοῖτον σταίτην θείτην δοίτην σταῖμεν θεῖμεν δοῖμεν σταῖτε θεῖτε δοῖτε σταῖεν θεῖεν δοῖεν 1Second aorist of δύω, enier. 192 στῆθι στήτω στῆτον στήτων στῆτε στάντων στῆναι στάΞ 652. ἵσταμαι ἵστασαι ἵσταται ἵστασθον ἵστασθον ε ’ὔ’ ἱστάμεθα ἵστασθε ἵστανται ἱστάμην ἵστασο ἵστατο - ἵστασθον ἱστάσθην « , ἱστάμεθα o ἵστασθε ἵσταντο ἱστῶμαι ἱστῇ ἱστῆται ἱστῆσθον ἱστῆσθον ἱστώμεθα ἱστῆσθε ἱστῶνται Elementary Greek SECOND AORIST IMPERATIVE θές θέτω θέτον θέτων θέτε θέντων δός δότω δότον δότων δότε δόντων SECOND AORIST INFINITIVE θεῖναι δοῦναι SECOND AORIST PARTICIPLE θείς MIDDLE (PAssIVE) VoIcE OF VERBS IN μι δούς PRESENT INDICATIVE τίθεμαι τίθεσαι , τίθεται τίθεσθον τίθεσθον τιθέμεθα τίθεσθε ’ τίθενται » ta ἐτιθέμην > , ἐτίθεσο ἐτίθετο ἐτίθεσθον ἐτιθέσθην δίδομαι : δίδοσαι δίδοται δίδοσθον δίδοσθον διδόμεθα δίδοσθε δίδονται IMPERFECT ἐδιδόμην ἐδίδοσο ἐδίδοτο ἐδίδοσθον ἐδιδόσθην ἐδιδόμεθα ἐδίδοσθε ἐδίδοντο PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE τιθῶμαι τιθῇ τιθῆται τιθῆσθον τιθῆσθον τιθώμεθα τιθῆσθε τιθῶνται διδῶμαι διδῷ διδῶται διδῶσθον διδῶσθον διδώμεθα διδῶσθε διδῶνται 8651 δῦθι δύτω δῦτον δύτων δῦτε δύντων δῦναι δύς δείκνυμαι δείκνυσαι δείκνυται δείκνυσθον δείκνυσθον δεικνύμεθα δείκνυσθε δείκνυνται ἐδεικνύμην ἐδείκνυσο ἐδείκνυτο ἐδείκνυσθον ἐδεικνύσθην ἐδεικνύμεθα ἐδείκνυσθε ἐδείκνυντο δεικνύωμαι δεικνύῃ δεικνύηται δεικνύησθον δεικνύησθον δεικννώμεθα δεικνύησθε δεικνύωνται §653 ἱσταίμην ἱσταῖο ἱσταῖτο ἱσταῖσθον ἱσταίσθην ἱσταίμεθα ἱσταῖσθε ἱσταῖντο ἵστασθον ἱστάσθων ἵστασθε ἱστάσθων ἵστασθαι ἱστάμενος 653. ἐπριάμην! ἔπρίω ἐπρίατο ἐπρίασθον ἔπριάσθην ἐπριάμεθα ἐπρίασθε ἐπρίαντο πρίωμαι πρίῃ πρίηται πρίησθον πρίησθον πριώμεθα πρίησθε πρίωνται Paradigms PRE τιθείμην τιθεῖο τιθεῖτο τιθεῖσθον τιθείσθην τιθείμεθα τιθεῖσθε τιθεῖντο SENT OPTATIVE διδοίμην διδοῖο διδοῖτο διδοῖσθον διδοίσθην διδοίμεθα διδοῖσθε διδοῖντο PRESENT IMPERATIVE τίθεσο τιθέσθω τίθεσθον τιθέσθων τίθεσθε τιθέσθων PRES τίθεσθαι δίδοσο διδόσθω δίδοσθον διδόσθων δίδοσθε διδόσθων ENT INFINITIVE δίδοσθαι PRESENT PARTICIPLE τιθέμενος Srconp Aorist MIDDLE OF VERBS IN μι ἐθέμην ἔθου ἔθετο ἔθεσθον ἐθέσθην ἐθέμεθα ἔθεσθε ἔθεντο 5 θῆται θῆσθον θῆσθον θώμεθα θῆσθε θῶνται διδόμενος INDICATIVE UBJUNCTIVE ἐδόμην ἔδου ἔδοτο ἔδοσθον ἐδόσθην ἐδόμεθα ἔδοσθε ἔδοντο δῶμαι δῷ δῶται δῶσθον δῶσθον δώμεθα δῶσθε δῶνται ,198 δεικνυοίμην δεικνύοιο δεικνύοιτο δεικνύοισθον δεικνυοίσθην δεικννοίμεθα δεικνύοισθε ϑεικνύοιντο δείκνυσο δεικνύσθω δείκνυσθον δεικνύσθων δείκνυσθε δεικνύσθων δείκνυσθαι δεικνύμενος 1 Used as second aorist of ὠνέομαι, buy. 194 πριαίμην πρίαιο πρίαιτο πρίαισθον πριαίσθην πριαίμεθα πρίαισθε πρίαιντο πρίω πριάσθω πρίασθον πριάσθων πρίασθε πριάσθων πρίασθαι πριάμενος, η, ον 654. INDICATIVE (ἔστηκα) (ἐστηκας) (ἐστηκε) ἕστατον ἕστατον ἕσταμεν ἕστατε ἑστᾶσι INFINITIVE (εἱστήκη) ιεἱστήκης) (εἱστήκει) Stconp Perrect ACTIVE OF ἵστημι SUBJUNCTIVE ἑστῶ ἑστῇς ἑστῇ ἑστῆτον ἑστῆτον ἑστῶμεν ἑστῆτε ἑστῶσι ε ΄ εἐεσταναι Hlementary Greek $653 OPTATIVE θείμην θεῖο θεῖτο θεῖσθον θείσθην θείμεθα θεῖσθε θεῖντο IMPERATIVE θοῦ θέσθω θέσθον θέσθων θέσθε θέσθων INFINITIVE θέσθαι PARTICIPLE θέμενος, ἡ» ον OPTATIVE ἑσταίην ἑσταίης ἑσταίη ἑσταῖτον, -αίητον ἑσταίτην, -αιήτην ἑσταῖμεν, -αίημεν ἑσταῖτε, -αίητε ἑσταῖεν, -αίησαν PARTICIPLE ἑστώς, Goa, os SECOND PLUPERFECT ‘ ἕστατον ἑστάτην δοίμην δοῖο δοῖτο δοῖσθον δοίσθην δοίμεθα δοῖσθε δοῖντο δοῦ δόσθω δόσθον δόσθων δόσθε δόσθων δόσθαι δόμενος, ἢ, ον IMPERATIVE ἕσταθι « ἑστάτω ἕστατον ε ἑστάτων ἕστατε ᾿ ἑστάντων ἕσταμεν ἕστατε ἕστασαν 8666 655. INDICATIVE εἰμί εἶ ἐσμέν ἐστέ εἰσί SUBJUNCTIVE ” τὸ οο << B < 2 3) 39 3,03 4 & 3 ξ- πὶ oo € 8 Paradigms PRESENT OPTATIVE εἴην εἴης εἴη εἶτον, εἴητον εἴτην, εἰήτην εἶμεν, εἴημεν εἶτε, εἴητε εἶεν, εἴησαν IMPERATIVE ἴσθι ἔστω Μ ἔστον ἔστων ἔστε ἔστων Infinitive εἶναι, Participle ὦν, οὖσα, ὃν INDICATIVE ἔσομαι ἔσει ἔσται ἔσεσθον ἔσεσθϑον ἐσόμεθα ἔσεσθε ἔσονται 656. INDICATIVE εἶμι εἶ SUBJUNCTIVE . ἴω ἴητον ἴητον ἴωμεν ἴητε ἴωσι FUTURE OPTATIVE ἐσοίμην ἔσοιο ἔσοιτο ἔσοισθον ἐσοίσθην ἐσοίμεθα a ἔσοισθε ἔσοιντο (MIDDLE) INFINITIVE ἔσεσθαι ῬΗΕΕΒΕΝΤ SysTeEM OF εἶμι [i], go PRESENT OPrTATIVE ἴοιμι, ἰοίην ἴοις ἴοι ἴοιτον ἰοίτην ἴοιμεν ἴοιτε ἴοιεν IMPERATIVE ἴθι ἴτω ἴτον "ν ἰτὼν ἴτε ἰόντων Infinitive ἱέναι, Participle ἰών ἰοῦσα, ἰόν PRESENT AND Future Systems or εἰμί [ἐσ], be IMPERFECT ἦν, 7 ἦσθα ἦν ἧστον, ἦτον ἤστην, ἤτην ἦμεν ἦστε, ἦτε ἦσαν PARTICIPLE ἐσόμενος IMPERFECT 10, Nev ets, Nero 8a Tet, ἤειν 1a ner τε ἦσαν, ἤεσαν 190 Elementary Greek 8657 IRREGULAR VERBS IN pt 657. οἶδα [ἰδ], know SECOND PERFECT SECOND INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE PLUPERFECT οἶδα εἰδῶ εἰδείην ἤδη, ἤδειν οἶσθα εἰδῇς εἰδείης ἴσθι ἤδησθα, ἡδεισθα οἶδε εἰδῇ εἰδείη ἴστω mde, ἤδειν ἴστον εἰδῆτον εἰδεῖτον ἴστον ἧστον ἴστον εἰδῆτον εἰδείτην ἴστων ἤστην ἴσμεν εἰδῶμεν εἰδεῖμεν, εἰδείημεν ἥσμεν ἴστε εἰδῆτε εἰδεῖτε, εἰδείητε ἴστε ἦστε ἴσασι εἰδῶσι εἰδεῖεν, εἰδείησαν ἴστων ἧσαν, ἤδεσαν INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE εἰδέναι εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, εἰδός, gen. εἰδότος, etc. 658. φημί [da], say PRESENT INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE φημί φῶ φαίην φάναι φῇς φῇς φαίης φαθί, φάθι φησί φῇ φαίη φάτω φατόν ᾿ φῆτον φαῖτον, φαίητον φάτον φατόν φῆτον φαίτην, φαιήτην φάτων φαμέν φῶμεν φαῖμεν, φαίημεν φατέ pire φαῖτε, φαίητε φάτε φασί φῶσι φαῖεν, φαίησαν φάντων IMPERFECT ἔφην ἔφαμεν ἔφησθα, ἔφης ἔφατον κέφατε ἔφη ἐφάτην ἔφασαν 659. inpe [ἐ], send PRESENT INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE type ia ἱείην ἱέναι _tels, tetora, tév tns ins ἱείης ἵει ἵησι in ἱείη ἱέτω ἵετον ἱῆτον ἱεῖτον, ἱείητον ἵετον ἵετον ἵῆτον ἱείτην, ἱειήτην ἱέτων ἵεμεν tOpev tetpev, ἑείημεν tere tare tetre, ἱείητε tere tact ζῶσι ἱεῖεν, ἱείησαν ἱέντων τς 8669 Paradigms 197 IMPERFECT tv ἵεμεν ἕεις terov tere ter ἱέτην ἵεσαν Future First Aorist Perfect (in composition) ἥσω, etc., regular xa, ἧκας, ἧκε, only in indic. etka, etc., regular Srconp Aorist (generally in composition) INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE ὧ 1s ἡ εἶτον ἧτον εἵτην ἧτον εἶμεν ὧμεν εἶτε ἧτε εἶσαν ὧσι INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE ἕεμαι topar tear in ἵεται ἑῆται ἴεσθον ἰῆσθον ἵεσθον ἑῆσθον ἱέμεθα ἰώμεθα ἴεσθε ἑῆσθε ἵενται ἰῶνται ἱέμην tero tero Future (in composition ) ἥσομαι, etc., regular OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE εἴην εἶναι els, εἶσα, ἕν eins és ely ἕτω εἶτον, εἴητον ἕτον εἵτην, εἱήτην ἕτων εἶμεν, εἴημεν εἶτε, εἵητε ἕτε εἶεν, εἴησαν ἕντων MIDDLE PRESENT OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE ἱείμην ἵεσθαι ἱέμενος ἱεῖο ἵεσο teiro tér Bw ἱεῖσθον terBov tel Ov ἱέσθων ἱείμεθα ἱεῖσθε tere ἱεῖντο ἱέσθων IMPERFECT ἱέμεθα ἵεσθον ἕεσθε ἱέσθην ἵεντο First Aorist (in composition) ΄ ἡκάμην, only in indic. Perfect (in composition) εἶμαι (imper. elo; infin. εἶσθαι; partic. εἱμένος) 198 Elementary Greek SECOND AORIST (generally in composition) INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE εἵμην ὧμαι εἵμην ἔσθαι εἶσο ἢ elo ov εἶτο ἧται εἶτο ἔσθω εἶσθον ἧσθον εἶσθον ἔσθον cic Onv ἧσθον εἵσθην ἔσθων εἵμεθα ὥμεθα εἵμεθα εἶσθε ἦσθε εἶσθε tobe εἶντο ὦνται εἶντο ἔσθων § 659 PARTICIPLE ἕμενος Aorist Passive (in composition) Future Passive (in composition) εἴθην (subj. €64; part c. €Bels) θήσομαι IRREGULAR VERBS IN pt 660. κεῖμαι [κει], lie PRESENT INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE κεῖμαι κέωμαι κεοίμην κεῖσθαι κείμενος κεῖσαι κέῃ κέοιο κεῖσο κεῖται κέηται κέοιτο κείσθω κεῖσθον κέησθον κέοισθον κεῖσθον κεῖσθον κέησθον κεοίσϑην κείσθων κείμεθα κεώμεθα κεοίμεθα κεῖσθε κέησθε κέοισθε κεῖσθε κεῖνται κέωνται κέοιντο κείσθων IMPERFFUT ἐκείμην ἐκείμεθα ἔκεισο ἔκεισθον ἔκεισθε ἔκειτο ἐκείσθην ἔκειντο 661. κάθημαι [77], sit down PRESENT INDICATIVE SuBsUNCTIVE OpTATIVE IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE κάθημαι καθῶμαι καθοίμην καθῆσθαι καθήμενος κάθησαι Kady καθοῖο κάθησο ᾿ κάθηται καθῆται καθοῖτο καθήσθω κάθησθον καθῆσθον καθοῖσθον κάθησθον κάθησθον καθῆσθον καθοίσθην καθήσθων καθήμεθα καθώμεθα καθοίμεθα κάθησθε καθῆσ καθοῖσθε κάθησθε κάθηνται καθῶνται καθοῖντο καθήσθων § 662 ἐκαθήμην, καθήμην ἐκάθησο, καθῆσο ἐκάθητο, καθῆστο 662. Paradiqms IMPERFECT ἐκάθησθον, καθῆσθον ἐκαθήσθην, καθήσθην ACTIVE βαίνω [fa], go ἐκαθήμεθα, καθήμεθα ἐκάθησθε, καθῆσθε ἐκάθηντο, καθῆντο ΞΈΘΟΝ AORIST OF pt-VERBS INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE ἔβην βῶ ἔβης βῇς ἔβη βῃ ἔβητον βῆτον ἐβήτην βῆτον ἔβημεν βῶμεν ἔβητε βῆτε ἔβησαν βῶσι ἔφθην φθῶ ἔφθης φθῇς ἔφθη φθῇ ἔφθητον φθῆτον ἐφθήτην φθῆτον ἔφθημεν φθῶμεν ἔφθητε φθῆτε ἔφθησαν φθῶσι ἔδραν δρῶ ἔδρας δρᾷς ἔδρα δρᾷ ἔδρατον δρᾶτον ἐδράτην δρᾶτον ἔδραμεν δρῶμεν ἔδραᾶτε δρᾶτε ἔδρασαν δρῶσι OPTATIVE βαίην Bains Bain βαῖτον βαίτην βαῖμεν βαῖτε βαῖεν φθάνω [φθα!]. φθαίην φθαίης φθαίη φθαῖτον φθαίτην φθαῖμεν φθαῖτε φθαῖεν PART. βῆναι βάς ἹΜΡΕΒΑΤΙΤΕ INFIN. βῆθι βήτω βῆτον βήτων βῆτε βάντων anticipate φθῆναι φθάς διδράσκω [δρω] run δραίην δραίης δραίη δραῖτον δραίτην δραῖμεν δραῖτε δραῖεν δρᾶναι δράς 200 Elementary Greek ἁλίσκομαι [ἁλ, ado], catch INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE INFIN. ἑάλων ἁλῶ ἁλοίην ἁλῶναι ἑάλως ἁλῴς ἁλοίης ἑάλω ἅλῳ ἁλοίη ἑάλωτον ἁλῶτον ἁλοῖτον ἑαλώτην ἁλῶτον ἁλοίτην ἑάλωμεν ἁλῶμεν ἁλοῖμεν ἑάλωτε ἁλῶτε ἁλοῖτε ἑάλωσαν ἁλῶσι ἁλοῖεν γιγνώσκω [γνο]. know ἔγνων γνῶ γνοίην γνῶναι ἔγνως γνῴς γνοίης γνῶθι ἔγνω γνῴ γνοίη γνώτω ἔγνωτον γνῶτον γνοῖτον γνῶτον ἐγνώτην γνῶτον γνοίτην γνώτων ἔγνωμεν γνῶμεν γνοῖμεν ἔγνωτε γνῶτε γνοῖτε γνῶτε ἔγνωσαν γνῶσι γνοῖεν γνόντων § 662 PART. ἁλούς γνούς VOCABULARIES ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY A arrest, συλλαμβάνω. abandon, ἐκλείπω. Artaxerxes, ᾿Αρταξέρξης, ov, ὁ. able, ixavés. as, as if, ds. able, to be, δύναμαι. ask for, airéw. above, ὑπέρ (gen.). assemble, ἀθροίζω, συλλέγω. Abydus, "Αβῦδος, ov, 7. assembly, ἐκκλησία, as, ἡ. accomplish, καταπάρττω. assist, ὠφελέω. accomplish, help to, cvurparrw. at, ἐπί (dat. w. verb of rest), εἰς. according to, ds. at home, οἴκοι. accordingly, οὖν. at once, εὐθύς. account, on this, διὰ τοῦτο. at that time, τότε. accuse, αἰτιάομαι. at the same time, ἅμα. acropolis, ἀκρόπολις, ews. ἡ. attack, make an, ἔπειμι (dat.). advance, ἐπιχωρέω. attempt, πειράομαι. against, ἐπί, πρός (acc.). aid, ὠφελέω. B all, πᾶς. barbarian, βάρβαρος. ov, ὁ. along side of, παρά (acc., dat.). barely, μικρόν. also, καί. barley, κριθή. 7s, ἡ. always, del. battle, μάχη, ns, ἡ. amazed, to be, θαυμάζω. be, εἰμί. among, ἐν (dat.). bear, φέρω. and, καί. beast, θηρίον, ov, τό. animal, θηρίον, ov, τό. beautiful, καλός. announce, ἀγγέλλω. because, ὅτι. annoy, ἀντάω. because of, διά (acc.). annoyed, to be, ἄχθομαι. become, γίγνομαι. another, ἄλλος, ἕτερος. before, πρίν, πρότερος, πρό (gen.). any one, τὶς. beg, δέομαι (gen.). Apollo, ᾿Απόλλων, wvos, ὁ. ᾿ behold, ὁράω. arise, ἀνίστημι, γίγνομαι. benefit, ὠφελέω. Aristippus, ᾿Αρίστιππος. ov, ὁ. besiege, πολιορκέω. armor, ὅπλα, wy, τά. bid, κελεύω. army, στράτευμα. ατος. τό. στρατιά. boat, πλοῖον, ov, τό. as, ἡ. Boeotian, Βοιώτιος, ov, ὁ. arrange, συντάττω. both, ἀμφότερος. both .. . . and, καί array, τάξις, ews, ἡ. ee ELE 203 204 bridge, γέφῦρα, as, ἡ. brightness (brilliancy), λαμπρότης. TOS, ἡ. bring, ἄγω. bring together, συλλέγω. bronze, χαλκοῦς. brother, ἀδελφός, οὔ. ὁ. build, οἰκοδομέω. but, ἀλλά, δέ. by, ὑπό (agent, gen.), κατά (acc.). ς call, καλέω. calumniate, διαβάλλω. canal, διῶρυξ, υχος, 7. capable, ἱκανός. Carry, ἄγω. φέρω. Castolus, Καστωλός, ov, ὁ, cause trouble, πρᾶγματα παρέχω. cavalry, ἱππεῖς, έων, οἱ. Cave, ἄντρον, ov, τό. Celaenae, Κελαιναί, dy, αἱ. center, μέσον, ov, τό. certain, τὶς. charge, ἀντίος εἶμι (dat.). chariot, ἅρμα, ατος, τό. chief, ἄρχων, οντος, ὁ. chiton, χιτών, dvos, ὁ. Cilicia, Κιλικίᾳ, as, ἡ. Cilicians, Κίλικες, wy, οἱ. city, πόλις, ews, 7. claim, ἀξιόω. Clearchus, Κλέαρχος, ov, ὁ. clearly, δῆλος. close, τελευτή, 7s, ἡ. collect, ἀθροίζω, συλλέγω. colony, ἀποικία, as, 7. come, ἔρχομαι. come to terms with, συναλλάττω (πρός + acc.). command, κελεύω. commander, στρατηγός, ov, ὁ. Elementary Greek conquer, vikdw. conquered, to be, ἡττάομαι. consider, νομίζω. consult with, συμβουλεύω (dat.). contend, ἐρίζω. contest, ἀγών, Svos, ὁ. codperate with, συμπρᾶττω (dat.). counsel, to take—with, συμβου- λεύω (dat.). country, xwpa, as, 7. cowardly, κακός. custom, νόμος, ov, ὁ. cut to pieces, κατακόπτω. Cydnus, Κύδνος, ov, ὁ. Cyrus, Κῦρος. ov, ὁ. D danger, xivdvvos, ov, ὁ. daric, dapeckés, οὔ, ὁ. Darius, Δαρεῖος. ov, ὁ. day, ἡμέρα, as, ἡ. day’s journey, σταθμός, οὔ. ὁ. death, put to, ἀποκτείνω. decide, doxéw (see Greek Vocab.). deem right, ἀξιόω. demand, ἀπαιτέω. descend, καταβαίνω. desire, βούλομαι. destroy, ἀπόλλῦμι. διαρπάζω. die, ἀποθνήσκω. discover, αἰσθάνομαι. dishonor, in, ἄτιμος. dishonored, ἄτιμος. display, ἐπιδείκνῦμι. ditch, διῶρυξ, vxos, ἡ. do, ποιέω. door, θύρα, as, ἡ. draw up, τάττω. drive by, παρελαύνω. drive out, ἐκβάλλω. due, to be, ὀφείλω. dwell, οἰκέω. English-Greek Vocabulary E earth, γῆ, γῆς, ἡ. eighteen, ὀκτωκαίδεκα. elder, πρεσβύτερος. eleven, ἕνδεκα. employ, χράομαι (dat.). end, τελευτή, 7s, ἡ. enemy, πολέμιοι, wr, oi. enlist, λαμβάνω. enter, εἰσβάλλω. entire, ὅλος, πᾶς. Epyaxa, Ervaia, ns, ἡ. escape, ἐκφεύγω. exceedingly, ἰσχυρῶς. except, πλήν. excuse, πρόφασις. ews, 7. exercise, γυμνάζω. exile, φυγάς, άδος, 6. Vb. ἐκβάλλω. expedition, make an, στρατεύω. explain, δηλόω. every sort, παντοδαπός. F father, πατήρ, πατρός. ὁ. favor, ὑπάρχω (dat.). fear, φόβος, ov, ὁ. festival (Lycaean), Λύκαια, wv, τά. few, ὀλίγοι. fifteen, πεντεκαίδεκα. fight, μάχομαι. final, ἔσχατος. find, εὑρίσκω. first, πρῶτος. fish, ἰχθύς, vos, ὁ. five, πέντε. flay, éxdépw. flee, φεύγω. flow, péw. follow, éroua (dat.). follows, as, τάδε. following day, the, τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ. following manner, in the, τόνδε τὸν τρόπον. 205 foot, πούς, ποδός, ὁ. for, conj., γάρ. formerly, τὸ ἀρχαῖον. forward, go, πρόειμι, προέρχομαι. fountain, κρήνη, ns, ἡ. four, τέτταρες. friend, φίλος, ov, ὁ. friendly, φίλιος. frightened, ppl. of φοβέομαι. from, ἀπό, ἐκ. from there, ἐντεῦθεν, fugitive, φυγάς, ddos, 6. full of, πλήρης. furnish, παρέχω. G garrison commander, φρούραρχος ou, ὁ. k gather, ἀθροίζω, συλλέγω. general, στρατηγός, ov, ὁ. gift, δῶρον, ov, τό. Give, δίδωμι, παρέχω. gladly, ἡδέως. ZO, εἶμι, ἔρχομαι. go away, ἀπέρχομαι. go down, καταβαίνω. go forward, πρόειμι. go up, ἀναβαίνω. god, θεός, οὔ, ὁ. gold, χρῦσίον, ov, τό. good, ἀγαθός. goods, τὰ dua. great, μέγας. Greek, Ἑλληνικός; Ἕλλην, nvos, ὁ. ground, on the—that, ὡς. guard, φυλάττω. guest-friend, ξένος. ov, ὁ. H halt, tornm. hand, to be on, παραγίγνομαι. happen, τυγχάνω. happen upon, ἐντυγχάνω (dat.). 200 harbor, λιμήν, évos, ὁ. hard pressed, to be, πιέζομαι. have, ἔχω. he, ὁ δέ, and he, but he, otherwise omitted. hear, ἀκούω. heavy-armed soldier, ὁπλέτης. ov, ὁ. heights, ἄκρα, wy, τά. Hellespont, Ἑλλήσποντος, ov, ὁ. helmet, κράνος, ous, τό. help to accomplish, συμπρᾶττω. herald, κῆρυξ, ὕκος. ὁ. hide, δέρμα, aros, τό. him, αὐτός in oblique cases. hinder, κωλύω. hired soldier, ξένος. ov, ὁ. his, αὐτοῦ. hold, ἔχω. home, at, οἴκοι. homeward, οἴκαδε. honor, τιμάω. honorable, καλός, τίμιος. hope, ἐλπίς, (dos, ἡ. hoplite, ὁπλίτης, ov, ὁ. horse, ἵππος, ov, ὁ. horseman, ἱππεύς. έως. ὁ. hostile, πολέμιος. house, οἰκία, as, 7. how many, πόσος. hunt, θηρεύω. I, ἐγώ. Iconium, ‘Ixédmov, ov, τό. if, εἰ, ἐᾶν. impassable, ἀδιάβατος. in, ἐν. inhabit, οἰκέω. inhabitants, οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες. inhabited, οἰκούμενος. inland, ἄνω. in order that, ἵνα, ws, ὅπως. instead of, ἀντί. Elementary Greek institute, τίθημι. intention (future of participle). interpreter, épunveds, ews, ὁ. into, εἰς (acc.). Ionia, "Twvid, as, ἡ. it, αὐτό in oblique cases. J join, ζεύγνῦμι. journey, a day’s, σταθμός, οὔ, ὁ. K kill, ἀποκτείνω. kind, every, παντοδαπός. king, βασιλεύς, éws, ὁ. kingdom, βασιλείᾳ. as, ἡ. know, γιγνώσκω. known, to make, δηλόω. E Lacedaemonian, Λακεδαιμόνιος. land, γῆ, γῆς, ἡ; χώρᾶ, as, ἡ. large, μέγας. laugh, γελάω. * laughter, γέλως, wros, ὁ. lead, ἄγω, ἡγέομαι (dat. or gen.). lead back home (restore), κατάγω. leader, ἄρχων, οντος, ὁ. leave, λείπω. leave behind, καταλείπω. life, Bios, ov, ὁ. loose, λύω. Lycaean, cf. “festival.” M Maeander, Μαίανδρος, ov, ὁ. make, ποιέω. make an attack, ἔπειμι (dat.). make a bridge, ζεύγνῦμι. make a review, ἐπιδείκνῦμι, ἐξέτασιν ποιοῦμαι. make war, πολεμέω (dat. or πρός with acc.). man, ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ; ἄνθρωπος, ov, ὃ. manner, τρόπος, ov, ὁ. many, πολύς. as—as possible, ὡς πλεῖστοι. —times, πολλάκις. march, πορεύομαι, ἐξελαύνω. march up, ἀναβαίνω. market-place, ἀγορά, ἂς, ἡ. Marsyas, Mapovas, ov, ὁ. meanwhile, ἐν ᾧ. meet, go to, ἀπαντάω (dat.). meet with, cvyylyvoua (dat.). Menon, Μένων, wvos, ὁ. messenger, ἄγγελος, ov, ὁ. Midas, Midas, ov, 6. middle, μέσος. midst, in the, ἐν μέσῳ. Miletus, Μίλητος, ov, ὁ. mingle (mix with), xepdvviue (acc. and dat.). money, χρῆμα, aros, τό. month, μήν, μηνός, ὁ. more, πλείων. mother, μήτηρ, μητρός, 7. mountain, ὄρος, ὄρους, τό. much, πολύς. myself, ἐμαυτοῦ, js. N name, ὄνομα, aros, τό. night, νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ. no one, οὐδείς, μηδείς. ποΐ, οὐ, μή. notice, κατανοέω. now, viv, ἤδη. number, ἀριθμός. οὔ, ὁ. oO obey, πείθω (mid.. dat.). Offer sacrifice, θύω. old, πρέσβυς. old man, γέρων. οντος, ὁ. older, πρεσβύτερος. on, ἐπί (w. gen.). one, εἷς. once, at, εὐθύς. Luglish-Greek Vocabulary 207 opponent, ἀντιστασιώτης. ov, ὁ. orator, ῥήτωρ, opos, ὁ. order, in—that, ἵνα, as, ὅπως. order, to, κελεύω. originally, τὸ ἀρχαῖον. ourselves, ἡμεῖς αὐτοί. outcry, κραυγή, js, 7. over, ὑπέρ (gen. or ::CC.). overcome, περιγίγνομωι (gen.). owe, ὀφείλω. Ῥ palace, βασίλεια, wr, τά. park, παράδεισος, ov, ὁ. parasang, παρασάγγης, ov, ὁ. Parysatis, Παρύσατις. ιδος, ἡ. Pasion, Πασίων, wvos, ὁ. pass, εἰσβολή, ἧς, ἡ. passage, ὑπερβολή, ἧς, ἡ. pause, παύω (mid.). pay, μισθός, ov, ὁ. pay, to, ἀποδίδωμι. pelt, to, βάλλω. Peltae, Πέλται, ὧν, oi. peltast, πελταστής, ov, ὁ. perceive, αἰσθάνομαι. perform sacrifice, θύω. perish, ἀπόλλῦμι (mid.). permit, édw. Persian, Πέρσης, ov, ὁ. persuade, πείθω. phalanx, φάλαγξ. ayyos, 7. Phrygia, Φρυγία, as, ἡ. Pigres, Πίγρης, nros, ὁ. Pisidians, Πισίδαι. dy, oi. place, ἴστημι. plain, πεδίον, ov, τό. plan, βουλεύομαι. pleasant, χαρίεις, ἡδύς. pleased with, to be, ἥδομαι (dat.). pledge, πίστον, ov, τό. phethron, πλέθρον, ov, τό. plot, ἐπιβουλή, Fs, ἡ. 208 plot (against), to, ἐπιβουλεύω (dat.). plunder, ἁρπάζω. possess, ἔχω, εἰμί w. dat. power, δύναμις, ews, 7. power, come into the —of, γίγνομαι ἐπί (dat.). in the —of, ἐπί (dat.). present arms, προβάλλω τὰ ὅπλα. present, to be, πάρειμι, παραγίγνομαι. press hard, πιέζω. prevent, κωλύω. prize, ἄθλον, ov, τό. proceed, πορεύομαι. promise, ὑπισχνέομαι. prosperous, εὐδαίμων. province, ἀρχή, 7s, ἡ. Proxenus, Πρόξενος, ov, ὁ. purple, φοινικοῦς. put to death, ἀποκτείνω. Q queen, βασίλεια, as, ἡ. quickly, ταχύ, θᾶττον, τάχιστα. R ransom, λύομαι. rapidly, see “ quickly.” reach, ἀφικνέομαι. ready, ἕτοιμος, παράσκευος, receive, λαμβάνω. receive back, ἀπολαμβάνω. reconcile, συναλλάττω. region, x wpa, as, 7. remain, μένω. rest of, the, oi ἄλλοι. restore, κατάγω. review, ἐξέτασις, ews, 7. review, to, ἐξέτασιν ποιοῦμαι. right, think it, ἀξιόω. ride by, παρελαύνω. river, ποταμός, ov, ὁ. road, ὁδός, οὔ, ἡ. rule, ἄρχω (gen.). ruler, ἄρχων. οντος, ὁ. Elementary Greek run, τρέχω. rush, ἴημι (mid.). Ss sacrifice, θύω. same, the, ὁ αὐτός. same things, the, τὰ αὐτά, ταὐτά. Sardis, Σάρδεις, εων, al. satrap, σατράπης, ov, ὁ. satyr, σάτυρος, ov, ὁ. say, λέγω, φημί, εἶπον. sea, θάλαττα, ης, 7. secretly, λανθάνω with a ppl., λάθρᾳ see, opdw. seem best, δοκέω. send, πέμπω. send away or back, ἀποπέμπω. send for, μεταπέμπομαι. send word, παραγγέλλω. set out, ὁρμάομαι. set up, τίθημι. seven, emrd. shield, ἀσπίς, (dos, 7. show, φαίνω, δείκνῦμι. since, ἐπεί. six, ἕξ, slay, ἀποκτείνω. small, μικρός. SO, οὖν. 50 85, ὥστε. soldier, στρατιώτης. ov, 6. someone, Tis. son, vids, ov, ὁ. sooner, πρότερος. so that, ὥστε. sound the trumpet, σαλπίζω. speak, λέγω, εἶπον. spend money, δαπανάω. spring, κρήνη, 75, ἡ. stand, ἵστημι. start, dpudw (usually mid.). station, τίθημι. stav, μένω. steep, ὄρθιος. subordinate, ὕπαρχος, ov, ὁ. successfully, καλῶς. support, τροφή, js, ἡ. support, to, τρέφω. ὑπάρχω (dat.). suppose, νομίζω. suspect, ὑποπτεύω. summon, μεταπέμπομαι. καλέω. swift, ταχύς. sword, ξίφος, ous, τό. Syennesis, Συέννεσις, wos, ὁ. τ ἢ table, τράπεζα, ns, ἡ. take, λαμβάνω. take exercise, γυμνάζω. Tarsus, Ταρσοί, dy, oi. ten, δέκα. ten thousand, μύριοι. tent, σκηνή, Hs, ἡ. terms, come to, καταλύω (πρός with acc.). territory, xwpa, as, ἡ. than, 7. that, ἐκεῖνος. ὅπως. the, ὁ, 7, τό. themselves, αὐτοί. then, ἐνταῦθα. there, ἐνταῦθα. from —, ἐντεῦθεν. thereupon, ἐνταῦθα. these things, ταῦτα. they, οἱ δέ, and or but they, other- wise omitted. thief, κλώψ, κλωπός, ὁ. think, νομίζω. think it right, ἀξιόω. this, οὗτος. thirteen, τρισκαίδεκα. though, καίπερ. thousand, χέλιοι, wr. Thracians, Θρᾷκες. dy, ol. three, τρεῖς. in order that, ἵνα, ws, English-Greek Vocabulary 209 through, διά (gen.). throw, βάλλω. thus, οὕτω, οὕτως. times, many, πολλάκ:ς. Tissaphernes, Τισσαφέρνης. ous, ὁ. to, els, ἐπί, πρός, παρά. traduce, διαβάλλω. tree, δένδρον, ov, τό. tribute, δασμός, οὔ, ὁ. trireme, τριήρης, ovs, 7. troops, στρατιῶται, Gy, οἱ. trouble, πράγματα. wr, τά. true, it is, δή. trumpet, sound the, σαλπίζω. trust, πιστεύω (dat.). try, πειράομαι. turn over to, ἐπιτρέπω. twenty, εἴκοσι. two, δύο. Tyriaeum, Τυριαῖον. ov, τό. U unprepared, ἀπαράσκευος. until, ἕως. upon, ἐπί (gen.). use, χράομαι (dat.). V valuable, τίμιος. very, πάνυ. village, κώμη, ns, ἡ. vine, ἄμπελος, ov, ὁ. w wage war, πολεμέω. wagon, ἅμαξα. ns, ἡ. wagon road, ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτός, ἡ. wait, μένω. wall, τεῖχος, ous, τό. war, make, πολεμέω. wares, dua, τά. was, were, ἦν, ἦσαν. watch, θεωρέω. φυλάττω. way, ὁδός, οὔ, ἡ. in this way, οὕτως 210 Elementary Greek we, ἡμεῖς. whatever, 6 τι. wheat, πῦρός, οὔ, ὁ. when, ἐπεί, ὅτε. whenever, ἐπεί. ἐπειδάν. ὅτε. ὅταν. where, οὗ. which, ὅς. who, ὅς, τίς. width (wide), εὖρος. ous, τό. wild, ἄγριος. willing, to be, ἐθέλω. wine, οἶνος, ov, ὁ. wish, βούλομαι, ἐθέλω. with, μετά (gen.), σύν (dat.), ἔχων. withdraw, ἀποχωρέω. wonder, θαυμάζω. x Xerxes, Ξέρξης, ov, ὁ. Xenophon, Ξενοφῶν, Gyros, ὁ. ¥ you, ὑμεῖς. young, νέος. younger, νεώτερος. youngest, vewraros. GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY {Numbers in parentheses indicate the lesson in which the word first occurs. A "ABtSos, ov, ἡ (17), Abydus, a city of Asia Minor on the Hellespont. Here Xerxes built his famous bridge, and from here Leander swam across the strait to Hero. ἀγαθός, 7, dv (2), good, brave, up- right, excellent. καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθός, noble and good; τὰ ἀγαθά, goods, possessions. Compared irregu- larly: ἀμείνων, ἄριστος: βελτίων, βέλτιστος: κρείττων, κράτιστος; λῴων, λῷστος. ΟἿ. δᾶν. εὖ. [Agatha] ἀγαγεῖν, ἀγάγῃ, etc., see ἄγω. ἀγγέλλω [ἀγγελ)], ἀγγελῶ, ἤγγειλα, ἤγγελκα, ἤγγελμαι, ἠγγέλθην (52), bring news, announce, report. Cf. ἄγγελος. ἄγγελος, ov, 6(11), messenger, herald. Cf. ἀγγέλλω. [angel, evangelist] ἀγορά, as, ἡ (4), agora (Lat. forum), assembly, place of assembling, market-place, market. ἀγορὰ πλήθουσα, time of full market, from 9 a. M. to noon. ἀγοράζω [ἀγοραδ], ἀγοράσω. ἠγόρασα, ἠγόρακα (ch. 3), buy, purchase; mid., buy for oneself. ἄγριος, a, ov (35), of the fields, wild. Lat. ager and Eng. acre are related words. ἄγω, ἄξω, 2 aor. ἤγαγον, Axa, ἦγμαι, ἤχθην (3), drive, lead, convey, bring; intrans., lead on, march, go. Cf. Lat. ago, Eng. agent, agile. [pedagogue] ἀγών, Svos, ὁ (17), assembly, contest, games. hold games. ἀγῶνα τιθέναι or ποιεῖν, to Cf. ἄγω. [agony] ἀδελφός, οὔ, ὁ (3), brother, voc. ἄδελφε. [Philadelphia] ἀδικέω, ἀδικήσω, ἠδίκησα, ἠδίκηκα, ἠδίκημαι, ἠδικήθην (49), be or do wrong, wrong, injure, harm. Pres. often as perf. ἀεί (28), adv. always, ever, con- stantly. [aizoon] ἄθλον, ov, τό (40), prize (of contest). [athlete] ἀθροίζω [ἀθροιδὴά, ἀθροίσω, ἤθροισα. ἤθροικα, ἤθροισμαι, ἠθροίσθην (17), assemble, muster, collect; mid. intrans., assemble. (Also ἁθροίζω.) ai, αἵ, see ὁ, ὅς. Αἰνιᾶνες, wv, οἱ (34), Aenianes or Avnianians, a tribe in Thessaly. aipéw [αἱρε, ἐλ], αἱρήσω, 2 aor. eldov, ἥρηκα, ἥρημαι, ἠρέθην, imperf, ἥρουν (36), take, sieze, capture; mid., take for oneself, choose, elect. |heresy, diaeresis] aipetés, 7, dv (ch. 3), verbal adj., taken, chosen. οἱ aiperol, those chosen, the delegates. ais, see ὅς. αἰσθάνομαι [ais], αἰσθήσομαι, 2 aor. ἠσθόμην, ἤσθημαι (15), perceive, learn, see; fol. by acc., or acc. and ppl., or by ér-clause. [aes- thetic] αἰσχύνω, αἰσχυνῶ, ἤσχῦνα, ἠσχύνθην (ch. 3), shame, disgrace; pas. 211 212 dep., feel ashamed, stand in awe of. [aeschynite] altéw, αἰτήσω, ἤτησα, ἤτηκα, ἤτημαι ἡτήθην, imperf. ἤτουν (20), ask for, demand; gov. two acc. or acc. and infin. αἰτιάομαι, αἰτιάσομαι, ἠτιᾶσάμην, ἡτί- ἅμαι (50), blame, accuse; with infin. clause. [aetiology] ἀκινάκης, ov,d (58), short sword, sword, worn by the Persians. ἀκούω [ἀκου], ἀκούσομαι, ἤκουσα, 2 pf. ἀκήκοα, ἠκούσθην (31), hear, learn. hear of, listen to; fol. by ppl., ὅτι, or infin. clause; gov. gen. of pers., acc. (sometimes gen.) of the thing heard. [acoustics] ἀκρόπολις, ews, ἡ (27), highest part of a city, citadel, acropolis, ἄκρος -[- πόλις. ἄκρος, a, ον (52), pointed, at the point, highest. τὸ ἄκρον, the summit; τὰ ἄκρα, the heights. Related to Lat. acer, Eng. acme. [acrobat] ἄκων, ἄκουσα, ἄκον, gen. ἄκοντος (ch. 3), unwilling. ἀλέξω, ἀλέξομαι, ἠλεξάμην (ch. 3), ward off, repulse. ἀληθής, és, gen. ods (33), not con- cealed, true. a+ λανθάνω. ἀλλά (10), adversative conj., strong- er than δέ, otherwise, but, still, on the other hand, often pre- ceded by a negative; ἀλλὰ γάρ, but then. Cf. ἄλλος. ἀλλήλων, os (58), reciprocal pro., of one another, of each other. [parallel] ἄλλος, 7, ο (14), other, another; with article, the other, the rest, the rest of. Cf. Lat. alius. [alle- gory, allopathic] Elementary Greek ἅμα (39), adv., at the same time, to- gether. With dat., together with, at the same time with. ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, at daybreak. ἅμα is for cdua; cf. Lat. simul, Eng. same. ἅμαξα, ns, ἡ (4), wagon. duat ἄγω. ἁμαξιτός, dv (51), traversable by wagons. ἁμαξιτὸς 850s, a wagon- road. Cf. ἅμαξα. ἀμείνων, ov, comp. of ἀγαθός. ἀμελέω, ἀμελήσω, ἠμέλησα, ἠμέληκα (ch. 3), be careless, neglect (w. gen.). ἀμήχανος, ov (51), without resource, helpless, impracticable, impos- sible. ἄμπελος, ov, ἡ (53), grape-vine. ἀμφί (16), prep. with acc. and rarely gen.: w. gen., about (showing source or cause); w. acc., about ; with numerals (preceded by article), about. οἱ ἀμφὶ Κῦρον, Cyrus and his men, or the fol- lowers of Cyrus. [amphitheater] ἀμφότερος, a, ov (8), both. av (22), adv., postpos. No English equivalent; used as a modaladvy. in conditional expressions. ἄν, contracted form of ἐάν. ἀναβαίνω, ἀναβήσομαι, 2 aor. ἀνέβην, ἀναβέβηκα, ἀναβέβαμαι, ἀνεβάθην (7), go up, march up or inland. [Anabasis] ἀνάγκη; 7s. ἡ (43), necessity; with or without ἐστί, it is necessary, one must; often with infin., ace. and infin., or dat. and infin. ἀναρπάζω, ἀναρπάσω, ἀνήρπασα, ἀν- ἀνήρπασμαι, ἀνηρπάσθην (ch. 3), snatch up, carry off, plunder. ἀνδράποδον, ov, τό (58), slave, cap- live. ήρπακα, Greek-English Vocabulary 213 ἄνευ (ch. 3), prep., w. gen., without, apart from. ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ (17), man. ἄνδρες orpa- τιῶται, fellow-soldiers; cf. ἄνθρω- πος, man (generic); cf. Lat. vir. Andrew, Alexander] ἄνθρωπος, ov, ὁ (6), man, human be- ing; cf. Lat. homo. [philan- thropist] ἀντάω, ἀντάσω, ἠνίᾶσα, ἀντἄθην (41), grieve, distress, w.acc. of person; pas. (and fut. mid.), be grieved, be distressed, w. dat. of pers. or thing. ἀνίστημι, ἀναστήσω, ἀνέστησα, 2 aor. ἀνέστην, ἀνέστηκα, ἀνέσταμαι, ἀνεστά- θην (59), make stand up, rouse ; in mid., and in perf. and 2 aor. act., intrans., stand up, rise, stand. ἀντί (10), prep., w. gen., facing, against, instead of, for, in preference to, in return for. {antidote, antagonist, antiseptic, anthem] ἀντιπαρασκευάζομαι, ἀντιπαρασκευά- σομαι, ἀντιπαρεσκευασάμην, ἀντιπαρ- εσκεύασμαι (31), prepare oneself in turn or in opposition, make counter preparations. ἀντί + παρά -ἰ- σκευάζω. ἀντιπέρας (17), adv., opposite, over against; w. gen. κατ᾽ dvrimépas forms a simple phrase with same meaning. ἀντιστασιώτης, ov, ὁ (20), opponent, adversary. ἄντρον, ov, τό (37), cave ; cf. Lat. an- trum. ἄνω (25), adv., above, up, upward, inland (of marching); c. ἀνωτέρω, 8. ἀνωτάτω. ἄξιος, a, ov (ch. 3), worth, worthy; ἄξιον, sc. ἐστί, be worth while, fit- ting; Ww. gen., 6. g. πολλοῦ, worthy of much, valuable; also used w. infin. ἀξιόω, ἀξιώσω, ἠξίωσα, ἠξίωκα, ἠξίωμαι, ἠξιώθην, imperf. ἠξίουν (15), think right, ask as one’s right, claim, deem worthy. [axiom] ἀπαγγέλλω, ἀπαγγελῶ, ἀπήγγειλα, ἀπήγγελκα, ἀπήγγελμαι, ἀπηγγέλθην (ch. 3), bring back word, an- nounce, report. ἀπάγω, ἀπάξω, 2 aor. ἀπήγαγον, ἀπῆχα, ἀπῆγμαι, ἀπήχθην (ch. 3), lead away, lead back. ἀπαιτέω, ἀπαιτήσω, ἀπήτησα, ἀπήτηκα, ἀπήτημαι, ἀπῃτήθην, imperf. ἀπή- τουν(41), ask back, demand (what is due); w. two acc. ἀπό-Ἐ αἰτέω. ἀπαράσκευος, ov (12), unprepared. a + παρασκευή. ἄπειμι (ch. 3), go away, depart, re- treat. ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπῆλθον, ἀπελήλυθα (10), come away, go away, return. ἀπό + ἔρχομαι. ἀπέχω, ἀπέξω or ἀποσχήσω, 2 aor. ἀπέσχον, ἀπέσχημαι (ch. 3), keep away, be away or distant from. ἀπό (7), prep., Ww. gen., from, away from. Allied to Lat. ab, Eng. off. [apostle, apodosis] ἀποδίδωμι, ἀποδώσω, ἀπέδωκα (2 aor. ἀπέσχηκα, ἀπέδοτον), ἀποδέδωκα, ἀποδέδομαι, ἀπεδόθην (41), give back, restore, pay. [apodosis] ἀποθνήσκω [θαν, θνη], ἀποθανοῦμαι, 2 aor. ἀπέθανον, ἀποτέθνηκα (9), die, be killed, perish, used as pas. to ἀποκτείνω. In prose ἀποθνήσκω is used for θνήσκω, but the simple form τέθνηκα in perfect. ἀποικία, as, ἡ (12), colony. 21: Elementary Greek ἀποκρίνομαι, ἀποκρινοῦμαι, ἀπεκρῖνά- μην, ἀποκέκριμαι (59), give a deci- sion, answer, reply. d&mb--Kpivw. ἀποκτείνω, ἀποκτενῶ, ἀπέκτεινα, 2 pf. ἀπέκτονα (25), kill off, put to death. ἀποθήσκω is used as pas- Sive. ἀπό-Ἐ κτείνω. ἀπολαμβάνω, ἀπολήψομαι, 2 aor. ἀπέ- λαβον, 2 pf. ἀπείληφα, ἀπείλημμαι, ἀπελήφθην (58), take away or back, receive back, recover. - λαμβάνω. ἀπόλλῦμι, ἀπολῶ, ἀπώλεσα, 2 aor. ἀπω- λόμην, ἀπολώλεκα, 2 pf. ἀπόλωλα (56), utterly destroy, kill, lose, mid. and 2 perf. system, perish. + ὄλλῦμι. + [apollyon] Ἀπόλλων, wros, ὁ (37), dat. ᾿Απόλ- Aw, acc. ᾿Απόλλωνα or ᾿Απόλλω, voc.” Amo\Xov, Apollo. ἀπολώλεκα, See ἀπόλλῦμι. ἀπό ἀπό ἀποπέμπω, ἀποπέμψω, ἀπέπεμψα, ἀπο- πέπομφα, ἀποπέπεμμαι, ἀπεπέμφθην (9), send off or back, dismiss. ἀποπλέω, ἀποπλεύσομαι, ἀπέπλευσα, ἀποπέπλευκα, ἀποπέπλευσμαι (ch. 8), suil away, sail back, sail home. ἀπορέω, ἀπορήσω, ἠπόρησα, ἠπόρηκα (ch. 3), be in doubt, be at a loss, be perplexed (w. dat.). ἀπορία, as, ἡ (ch. 3), lack of means or resource, difficulty. ἀποχωρέω, ἀποχωρήσω, ἀπεχώρησα, ἀποκεχώρηκα, ἀποκεχώρημαι. ἀπεχω- ρήθην (38), go away, depart, with- draw. ἀπό-!- χωρέω. ἀριθμός, οὔ, ὁ (39), nwmber, nunber- ing. [arithmetic, logarithm] Ἀρίστιππος, ov, ὁ (20), Aristippus, a Greek general. ἄριστος, ἡ, ov, superl. of ἀγαθός. [aristocracy] ᾿Αρκάς, ddos, ὁ (27), an Arcadian, inhabitant of Arcadia, a division of Greece. ἅρμα, ατος, τό (45), chariot, war- chariot. ἁρμάμαξα, ns, ἡ (45), covered car- riage. dpya+t ἅμαξα. ἁρπάζω [dprad], dprdcw, praca, ἥρπακα, ἥρπασμαι, ἡρπάσθην (57), sieze, capture, plunder. Cf. Lat. rapio, Eng. rapid. [harpy] ᾿Αρταξέρξης, ov, ὁ (5), Artaxerwes, a king of Persia. ἀρχαῖος, a, ov (13), from the begin- ning, ancient, old. τὸ ἀρχαῖον, adv. acc., originally, anciently, formerly. Cf. ἀρχή. [archae- ology] ἀρχή, fis, ἡ (3), beginning, rule, province, satrapy. Cf. ἄρχω. [anarchy, archaic] ἄρχω [dpx ], ἄρξω, ἦρξα, ἦργμαι, ἤρχθην (15), be first, begin, rule, com- mand, gov. gen. [archangel patriarch] ἄρχων, ovros, ὁ (13), ppl. used as noun, ruler, commander, leader (higher title than στρατηγός). Cf. ἄρχω. [archon] ᾿Ασπένδιος, a, ov (42),an Aspendian, inhabitant of Aspendus, a city of Pamphylia. ἀσπίς, (dos, ἡ (13), shield. [asp] ἀσφαλής, es (ch. 3), safe, secure; c. ἀσφαλέστερος, 8. ἀσφαλέστατος. ἄτιμος, ον (10), dishonored, slighted. a-+- τίμη. αὖ (14), adv., postpos., again, in turn, moreover. Cf. Lat. autem. αὐτόματος, 7, ov (47) of one’s own accord, spontaneously. [auto- matic] —* Greek-Hnglish Vi ocabulary © 215 αὐτός, ἡ, ὁ (9), intensive pro., self; in pred. position or alone, in nom., self; in attrib. position, same, very; alone in oblique cases, him, her, it, them. Cf. Lat. ipse. {autograph } αὐτοῦ, adv. (ch. 3), place, there. αὑτοῦ = ἑαυτοῦ, ἀφαιρέω, ἀφαιρήσω, 2 aor. ἀφεῖλον, ἀφ- ὕρηκα, ἀφήρημαι, ἀφῃρέθην (ch. 3), take away from; mid., take away for oneself, deprive, rob, gov. two acc. ἀφίημι, ἀφήσω, ἀφῆκα (2 aor. ddetuev), ἀφεῖκα, ἀφεῖμαι (59), send off or away, let go, set free. ἀπό-}-ἴημι. ἀφικνέομαι [ἀφικ], ἀφίξομαι, 2 aor. ἀφι- κόμην, ἀφῖγμαι (31), come from, come, arrive (at), reach. Ἀχαιός, οὔ, ὁ (24), an Achaean, inhabitant of Achaea, a division of Greece. ad’ see ἀπό. ἄχθομαι [ἀχθ], ἀχθέσομαι, ἤχθημαι, ἠχθέσθην (16), be burdened, vexed, displeased. here, in this B βαίνω [8a], βήσομαι, 2 aor. ἔβην, βέβη- κα, βέβαμαι, ἐβάθην (56), go, walk. [basis] βάλλω[βαλ, Bra], βαλῶ, 2 aor. ἔβαλον, BEBAnKa, βέβλημαι, ἐβλήθην (25), throw, throw at, pelt (w: dat. of thing thrown). [parable, prob- lem, emblem, symbol] βαρβαρικός, 7, dv (25), foreign (non- Greek), barbarian. τὸ βαρβαρικόν, the barbarian army. βάρβαρος, or(11), not Greek, foreign, barbarian; as noun, ὁ βάρβαρος͵ foreigner, of βάρβαροι, the bar- barians, usually the Persians. Cf. booby. [barbarian, rhubarb} βασιλεία, as, ἡ (9), kingdom, sover- eignty. βασίλειος, ov (35), belonging to a king, royal; as noun, generally in plu., τὰ βασίλεια, royal abodes, palace. [basilica] βασιλεύς, éws, ὁ (31), king; when the article is omitted, the king of Persia is meant. (basilisk, Basil] βασιλεύω, βασιλεύσω, ἐβασίλευσα (10), be king, rule. βιάζομαι [Bad], βιάσομαι, ἐβιασάμην, βεβίασμαι, ἐβιάσθην (59), mid. dep, but has also aor. pas., force, compel. βίος, ov, ὁ (2), life. [biology | Βοιώτιος, ov, ὁ (23), a Boeotian, an inhabitant of Boeotia, a division of Greece. βουλεύω, βουλεύσω, ἐβούλευσα, βεβού- λευκα, βεβούλευμαι, ἐβουλεύθην (10), counsel; mid., counsel fur one- self, plan, take counsel. βούλομαι [Bovd], βουλήσομαι, βεβού- λημαι, ἐβουλήθην (ἠβουλήθην) (7), pas. dep., will, wish, be willing. T yap (12), conj.,postpos., for, because. In introducing narration, now, then. καὶ γάρ, for or for indeed (with implied ellipsis, cf. Lat. et enim); ἀλλὰ γάρ, but then. γέ, intensive particle, enclitic, postpos., usually emphasizes the preceding word (ch. 3), indeed, surely, at least, often rendered by emphasis, γέλως, wros, ὁ (47), laughter. γέρων, οντος, ὁ (13), old man. 210 γέφυρα, as, ἡ (4), bridge. γῆ; γῆς, ἡ (14), earth, land, country. κατὰ γῆν, by land. [geography, geology, apogee] γίγνομαι [γεν], yerjoouar, 2 aor. ἐγενό- μην, 2 pf. γέγονα, γεγένημαι (7), come into being, be born, become, be, happen, occur; meaning largely determined by context. Cf. Lat. gigno, genus. [oxygen, genus, genitive] γιγνώσκω [yvo], γνώσομαι, 2 aor. ἔγ- νων, ἔγνωκα, ἔγνωσμαι, ἔγνώσθην (56), ᾿ know, recognize, learn, think. Cf. Lat. nosco, Eng. know. [ag- nostic, diagnosis] γνώμη, ns, ἡ (ch. 3), opinion, plan. [gnome] γνῶναι, γνώσομαι, see γιγνώσκω. γράφω [γραφ], γράψω, ἔγραψα, γέγραμ- μαι, ἐγράφην (24), make a mark, draw, write. [graphic, photo- graph) γυμνάζω [γυμναδ], γυμνάσω, ἐγύμνασα, γεγύμνασμαι, ἐγυμνάσθην (2), train (naked), exercise. [gymmastic] γυμνής, Aros, 6 (29), or γυμνήτης, ov, ὁ, light-armed foot-soldier. yovn, γυναικός, ἡ (36), woman, wife. [misogyny] A δακρύω, δακρύσω, ἐδάκρυσα, δεδάκρῦμαι (ch. 3), shed tears, weep. Allied to Lat. lacrima (dacruma), Eng. tear. δαπανάω [δαπανα), δαπανήσω, ἐδαπά- νησα, δεδαπάνηκα, δεδαπάνημαι, ἐδα- πανήθην (16), spend money, con- sume. δαρεικός, οὔ, ὁ (17), daric—a Per- sian gold coin worth about $3.50, Elementary Greek Δαρεῖος, ov, ὁ (3), Darius, king of Persia. δασμός, of, ὁ (16), tax, tribute. δέ (8), conj., postpos., but, and; less emphatic than ἀλλά. pév.... δέ, on the one hand .... on the other, or the contrast may be shown by the voice in read- ing. δέδια, dedlws, see δέδοικα. δέδοικα, δέδια, first and second per- fects with present meaning, from δείδω, which is not used in pres- ent; fut. δείσομαι, 1 aor. ἔδεισα (48), fear, dread, of reasoning fear; cf. φοβέω. δέῃ, δεηθῆναι, δεῖ, see δέω, δείκνυμι, δείξω, ἔδειξα, δέδειχα, δέδειγ- μαι, ἐδείχθην (33), show, point out, indicate. [paradigm] δεινός, 4, dv (44), fearful, terrible, wonderful, powerful, able, clev- er. [dinotherium] δέκα, indeclinable, ten; allied to Eng. ten. [decade, decalogue] δένδρον, ov, τό (53), tree. [rhodo- dendron, dendroid] δεξιός, a, ὀν (44), right. ἡ δεξιᾶ (χείρ), the right hand. Cf. Lat. dexter, Eng. dexterous. δέον, neut. of pres. ppl. of δέω. δέρμα, aros, τό (37), hide, [epidermis] δεῦρο, adv. (ch. 3), hither, here. δέχομαι, δέξομαι, ἐδεξάμην, δέδεγμαι, skin. ἐδέχθην (39), receive, accept, await. [synecdoche, pandect, dock] δέω, dejow, ἐδέησα, δεδέηκα, δεδέημαι, ἐδεήθην (22), need (rare in act.); middle (pas. dep.), want, need, desire, beg, gov. gen. δεῖ, im- pers., it is necessary, one must. Greek-English Vocabulary δή (11), intensive particle, postpos., used to give emphasis, usually to the preceding word; it often marks an entire statement as obvious, now, to be sure, exactly, as you know. δῆλος, 7, ov (41), evident, clear, plain; δῆλός εἰμι w. ppl. am plainly; δῆλον ὅτι (it is plain that), evidently. δηλόω, δηλώσω, ἐδήλωσα, δεδήλωκα, δεδήλωμαι, ἐδηλώθην (15), make clear, show, declare. διά (32), prep., w. gen., through; w. ace., through, on account of. [diameter] διαβάλλω [διαβαλ)], διαβαλῶ, 2 aor. διέβαλον, διαβέβληκα, διαβέβλημαι, διεβλήθην (9), throw across, throw [words] at, accuse falsely, slan- der, (diabolical, devil] διάγω [diay], διάξω, 2 aor. διήγαγον, διῆχα, διῆγμαι, διήχθην (41), pass [time], live, continue. διακόσιοι, ar, a, two hundred. δύο + ἑκατόν, διαπορεύομαι, διαπορεύσομαι, διαπεπό- ρευμαι, διεπορεύθην (33), pass through or over. διαρπάζω [διαρπαδ], διαρπάσω. διήρπα- σα, διήρπακα, διήρπασμαι, διηρπά- σθην (49), tear assunder, pillage, devastate. δίδωμι [50], δώσω, ἔδωκα, 2 aor. ἔδοτον, δέδωκα, δέδομαι, ἐδόθην (42), give. {anecdote, dose, antidote, Theodore] δίκαιος, a, ov (ch. 3), just, right, lawful, fitting. [dicast, syndic] δίκη, ns, ἡ (ch. 3), justice, right, penalty, punishment, deserts, lawsuit. διό (52), adv. for δι᾽ 4, therefore. 217 δισχίλιοι, αι, a (20), ten thousand. διώκω, διώξω, ἐδίωξα, δεδίωχα, ἐδιώχθην (30), pursue, follow. διῶρυξ, διώρυχος, ἡ (18), trench, canal. δοκέω [dox], δόξω, ἔδοξα, δέδογμαι, ἐδόχθην (25), have an opinion, think. Intrans., both pers. and impers., seem, appear, seem best. ταῦτα ἔδοξε, this seemed best, was agreed, fol. by dat. [dogma, orthodox] Δόλοπες, wv, of (34), Dolopians, a tribe in Thessaly, or Δόλοψ, οπος, 6, a Dolopian, an inhabitant of Dolopia in Thessaly. δοῦναι, see δίδωμι. δραμοῦμαι, ἔδραμον, etc., see τρέχω. δρόμος, ov, ὁ (47), run, running. [hippodrome] δύναμαι [duva], δυνήσομαι, δεδύνημαι, ἐδυνήθην (31), imperf. ἐδυνάμην, pas. dep., be able, can. [dymasty, dynamite, durable] δύναμις, ews, ἡ (30), ability, power, force, troops. Cf. δύναμαι. δυνάστης, ov, ὁ (50), powerful man, nobleman, prince. δυνατός, 4, dv(ch.3), powerful, able, capable, possible. δύο, δυοῖν (8), two. Lat. duo. [hen- ciadys] δώδεκα, indeclinable, twelve. 6vo+ δέκα. δῶρον, ov τό (2), gift. [Pandora] E ἐάν (22), conj., e+ ἄν, if, if haply, with subj. in conditional sen- {ences. ἑαυτοῦ (αὑτοῦ), As (35), reflex. pro. third pers., of himself, of her- self, of itself; oi éavrod, his own men. 218 Elementary Greek ἐάω, ἐάσω, εἴασα, elaxa εἴᾶμαι εἰάθην. imperf. εἴων (30), let, permit, al- low, let go. ἑβδομήκοντα, indeclinable, seventy. ἐγκέλευστος, ov (ch. 3), urged on, instigated. éy (35), pers. pro., J. ἔδεισα, see δέδοικα. ἔδραμεν, 5660 τρέχω. ἐθέλω (or θέλω) [ἐθελ], ἐθελήσω, ἠθέ- λησα, ἠθέληκα (58), be willing, wish. CE. βούλομαι. [monothelite] εἰ (28), conj., proclitic, if; in indi- rect questions, whether; εἰ μή, if not, except, unless. εἴα, εἴασα. see ἐάω. εἶδον, 566 ὁράω. εἴκοσι (32), indeclinable, twenty. Cf. Lat. viginti, Eng. twenty. {icosahedron} εἴληφα, see λαμβάνω. εἷλον, εἱλόμην, 566 αἱρέω. εἰμί [ἐσ], ἔσομαι (10), be, exist; ἔστι, it is possible. Cf. Lat. sum; allied to Eng. is, are. [parusia} εἶμι [ (38), go, come, pres. has force of fut. Cf. Lat. eo. εἶναι, infin. of εἰμί. εἶπον (used as 2 aor. to λέγω), ἐρῶ, εἴρηκα, elpnuat, ἐρρήθην, say, tell, speak, order; fol. by ὡς or ὅτι: in meaning order, has infin. els (2), prep., proclitic, gov. acc., into, against; with numerals, to the number of, as many as. eis, μία, ἕν (19), numeral, one. [hyphen, ace} εἰσβάλλω [εἰσβαλ], εἰσβαλῶ, 2 aor. εἰσέβαλον, εἰσβέβληκα, εἰσβέβλημαι, εἰσεβλήθην (51), throw into, invade (of an army), empty (of a river). εἰσβολή, fis, ἡ (51), invasion, en- trance, pass. εἰς +- βάλλω. [egotism] εἰσελαύνω [εἰσελα], εἰσελῶ, εἰσήλασα. εἰσελήλακα, εἰσελήλαμαι, εἰσηλάθην (57), drive into, march into. εἰσέρχομαι [εἰσερχ, εἰσελθ or -ελυθ], 2 aor. εἰσῆλθον, 2 pf. εἰσελήλυθα (51), come or go in, erter. εἴσω (52), adv., inside; with gen., inside of. [esoteric] elra (45), adv., then, next. ἐκ, see ἐξ (2). ἕκαστος, 7, ov (44), each, every. ἑκατόν, indeclinable, one hundred. {hecatomb] ἐκβάλλω [ἐκβαλ], ἐκβαλῶ, 2 aor, ἐξ- έβαλον, ἐκβέβληκα, ἐκβέβλημαι, ἐξ- εβλήθην (25), throw out, expel, exile. ἐκπίπτω is sometimes used as 8 passive. ἐκδέρω [éxdep], ἐξέδειρα, ἐκδέδαρμαι, 2 aor. ἐξεδάρην (37), flay, skin. éxet, adv. (ch. 3), there, in that place. ᾿ ἐκεῖνος, 7, ο (10), demon. pro., that; like Lat. ille. ἐκκαλύπτω | éxxadurT |, ἐκκαλύψω, ἐξεκά- λυψα, ἐκκεκάλυμμαι, ἐξεκαλύφθην (45), uncover. ἐκκλησία, as, ἡ |ecclesiastic ] ἐκλείπω [ἐκλιπ], ἐκλείψω, 2 aor. ἐξέλι- πον, 2 pf. ἐκλέλοιπα, ἐκλέλειμμαι, ἐξελείφθην (5d), leave, abandon. [eclipse] ἐκφεύγω [éxpuy], ἐκφεύξομαι, 2 aor. ἐξέφυγον, 2 pf. ἐκπέφευγα (60), flee out of, escape. ἐλάττων, ov, comp. of μῖκρός and ὀλίγος, smaller, fewer, less. ἐλαύνω [ἐλα], ἐλῶ, ἤλασα, ἐλήλακα, ἐλήλαμαι, ἠλάθην (55), drive, ride, march. [elastic] ἐλάχιστος, superl. of μῖκρός or ὀλίγος 506 ἐλάττων, (60), assembly. —e υσν στ αν... ἑλεῖν, ἑλέσθαι, see αἱρέω. ἐλθεῖν, ἐλθών, see ἔρχομαι. Ἑλλάς, άδος, ἡ (38), Hellas, Greece. Ἕλλην, nvos, ὁ (18), a Greek; as an adj., Greek. Ἑλληνικός, 4, ov (12), Hellenic, Greek; τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, the Greek army. 'Ἑλλησποντιακός, ἡ. ὁν (19), Helle- spontian. Ἑλλήσποντος, ov, ὁ (18), Helles- pont. ἐλπίς, (50s, ἡ (13), hope, expectation. ἐμαυτοῦ, js, reflex. pro., of myself. ἐμβάλλω [ἐμβαλ], ἐμβαλῶ, 2 aor. ἐν- έβαλον, ἐμβέβληκα, ἐμβέβλημαι, ἐν- εβλήθην (37), throw in, attack (of an army), empty (of a river). [emblem } ἐμβαίνω, ἐμβήσομαι, 2 aor. ἐνέβην, ἐμ- βέβηκα (ch. 8), go into, embark. ἐμός, ἡ, dv (35), my, mine. ἐν, prep., proclitic (2), in, on. [en- ergy, empiric, emblem, empo- rium] ἕνδεκα, indeclinable, eleven. decasyllable] ἐνενήκοντα, indeclinable, ninety. ἔνθα (55), adv., there, then, there- [hen- upon. ἐννέα, indeclinable, nine. [enne- agon} - ἐνοικέω [ἐνοικε], ἐνοικήσω, ἐνῴκησα, ἐνῴκηκα, ἐνῴκημαι, ἐνῳκήθην (5d), live in; οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες, the inhabi- tants. évopdw, ἐνόψομαι, ἐνεῖδον, évedpaxa or évewpaxa, évewpauar or ἐνῶμμαι, ἐνώφθην (ch. 3), see in, observe in, see. ἑνός, ἑνί, see εἷς. ἐνταῦθα (26), adv., here, there, there- upon. Greek-English Vocabulary ἐντεῦθεν (34), adv., from here, from there, afterward. ἐντυγχάνω [évrux], ἐντεύξομαι, 2 aor. ἐνέτυχον, ἐντετύχηκα or ἐντέτευχα (58), happen upon, meet, find (w. dat.); ἐν -Ε τυγχάνω. ἐξ (ἐκ bf.a consonant) (2), prep., proclit., gov. gen., out of, from. ἐκ τούτου, after or in consequence of this. Cf. Lat. ex. [anecdote, eclogue, exodus, exoteric] € (20), indecl. numeral, six. Lat. sex. [hexameter] ἐξελαύνω [ἐξελα], ἐξελῶ, ἐξήλασα, ἐξε- λήλακα, ἐξελήλαμαι, ἐξηλάθην (32), drive out ; intrans., march forth, march, proceed. ἐξέρχομαι, ἐξῆλθον, ἐξελήλυθα (ch. 3), come or go forth, depart. ἐξέτασις, ews, ἡ (39), inspection, ex- amination, review (of an army). ἐπεί (8), conj., when, after, since (temporal and causal). ἐπειδάν (60), conj. (ἐπειδή-Ἐ- ἄν), when, whenever, as soon as, with subj.. ἐπειδή (46), conj., when, after, since. ἐπεί + δή. ἔπειμι (46), go on, advance, attack. ἐπί + εἶμι. ἔπειμι [ἐπεσ], ἐπέσομαι (33), be upon, be over. ἐπί -" εἰμί. ἐπί (9), prep., w. gen., on; w. dat., on, at, near, in the power of (a person); w. acc., on, to, against (w. verbs of motion). [epitaph, epidermis, epoch] ἐπιβουλεύω [ἐπιβουλευ], ἐπιβουλεύσω, ἐπεβούλευσα, ἐπιβεβούλευκα, ἐπιβε- βούλευμαι, ἐπεβουλεύθην (9), plan or plot against (gov. dat.). ἐπί -Ἐ βουλεύω. ἐπιβουλή, ἢς, ἡ (15), a plan against some one, plot. Ct. 220 ἐπιδείκνυμι [ἐπιδεικ], ἐπιδείξω, ἐπέδειξι ἐπιδέδειχα, ἐπιδέδειγμαι, ἐπεδείχθη.. imperf, éredelxviv (44), point to, exhibit, show, gov. ace. and dat. ἐπικίνδυνος, ov (ch. 3), dangerous. ἐπίπονος, ov (ch. 3), toilsome, la- borious. ἐπίρρυτος, oy (53), flowed upon, well watered. émi+ péw. ἐπίσταμαι, ἐπιστήσομαι, (ch. 3), know, know how (w. infin.), wnderstand. [epistem- ology] ἐπιτήδειος, a, ov (ch. 3), suitable, fit, proper. τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, provisions. ἐπιτίθημι, ἐπιθήσω, ἐπέθηκα, ἐπιτέθεικα (ch. 3), put upon, impose (ἃ pen- alty), inflict; mid., fall upon, attack (w. dat.). [epithet] ἐπιτρέπω [ἐπιτρεπ], ἐπιτρέψω, ἐπέτρε- ya, ἐπιτέτροφα (19), hand over to, intrust to, allow, permit (w. dat. and infin.). ἐπιχωρέω [ érix wpe], ἐπιχωρήσω. ἐπεχώ- ρησα, ἐπεχωρήθην vance. ἕπομαι, ἕψομαι, 2 aor. ἑσπόμην, imperf. εἱπόμην (49), follow, accompany, pursue (w. dat. or σύν). ἑπτά (33), indecl. numeral, seven. Cf. Lat. septem. [heptarchy] Ἐπύαξα, ys (42), Epyaxa, wife of Syennesis, king of Cilicia. ἔρημος, 7, ov (ch. 3), desolate, de- serted, desert, deprived of (w. gen.). [hermit] ἐρίζω [ἐριδ], imperf. ἤριζον (37). In prose used only in pres. and imperf.; gov. dat., strive with, contend, quarrel. [eristic] ἑρμηνεύς, dws, ὁ (46), interpreter. [hermeneutic] ἠπιστήθην ἐπικεχώρηκα, ἐπικεχώρημαι, (46), move on, ad- Elementary Greek ἐρυμνός, ἡ dv (36), strongly built, ton tified. ἔρχομευ. [ξ»)χ,, EXO, ἐλυθ], ἦλθον, ἐλήλυθα (20), come, go. Used chiefly in indic. The future is supplied by εἶμι. [proselyte] ἐρῶ [el, ép, pe| future; φημί or λέγω is used as its present; 2 aor. εἶπον, εἴρηκο, elpnuat, ἐρρήθην (32), say, speak, tell. Allied to Lat. verbum and Eng. word. ἐρωτάω, ἐρωτήσω, ἠρώτησα Or ἠρόμην (from ἔρομαι), imperf. ἠρώτων (59), ask about, inquire, ask, gov. two acc. [erotesis] ἑσπόμην, See ἕπομαι. ἔσται, ἔσοιτο, etc., see εἰμί. ἐσταλμένος, 566 στέλλω. ἔστην, ἑστηκώς. ἔστησαν, ἑστώς, See ἵστημι. ἑστώς, second perfect participle from ἵστημι. ἔσχατος, 7, ov (40), last, extreme. [eschatology | ἕτερος, a, ov (50), other (of two), the other (of two), another (without article). [heterodox] ἔτι (10), adv., still, yet, besides, longer. ἕτοιμος, ἡ ov, or ἕτοιμος, ov (19), ready, prepared. εὖ (30), adv., well; εὖ ποιεῖν, benefit. [eulogy, euphemism] εὐδαίμων, ov (29), gen. εὐδαίμονος, happy, prosperous; c. εὐδαιμονέ- oTepos, S. εὐδαιμονέστατος. εὖ + δαίμων. εὐήθεια, as, ἡ (ch. 3), simplicity, stu- pidity. folly. εὐήθης, es (ch. 3), good-hearted, simple, stupid, foolish. εὑρεῖν, εὑρών, sce εὑρίσκω. Greek-English Vocabulary εὑρίσκω [εὑρ], εὑρήσω, εὗρον, εὔρηκα, εὕρημαι, εὑρέθην (57), sometimes written ηὗρον, etc., find, discover ; mid. get for oneself, procure. {eureka] εὖρος, ous, τό (32), width, breadth. {aneurism] εὐώνομος, ov (44), of good name, good omen. Euphemism for left, hence τὸ εὐώνομον, the left wing (ofan army). «-+ ὄνομα, ἐφ᾽, see ἐπί. ἐφάνην, see φαίνω. ἔφασαν, ἔφη, etc., see φημί. ἐχθρός, a, ὁν (ch. 3), hated, hostile ; aS noun, enemy (private); cf. πολέμιος (public enemy); irreg. comp., ἐχθίων, 8. ἔχθιστος. ἔχω [cex], ἕξω or σχήσω, 2 aor. ἔσχον, ἔσχηκα, ἔσχημαι (1), have, possess, keep; mid., be next to (w. gen.): with an adv. has value of εἰμί and corresponding adj. [epoch, hectic} ἑώρα, ἑώρᾶκα. ἑώρων, see dpdw. ἕως, conj. (58), until, till, while, so long as. Z ζεύγνυμι [ζυγ], ξεύξω, ἔζευξα, ἔζευγμαι. ἐζεύχθην (33), yoke, join together, esp. of bridges, with dat. of means. γέφῦρα ἐζευγμένη πλοίοις, a bridge made by joining boats. Cf. Lat. jugum. [yoke, zeugma}] H ἢ, conj. (11), than; cf. Lat. quam. ἣν» article (3), fem. of 4, 4, τό, the. ἡγεμών, dvos, 6 (ch. 3), leader, com- mander. {hegemony] ἡγέομαι [ἡγε], ἡγήσομαι, ἡγησάμην, ἥγημαι, ἡγήθην (pas.) (31); mid. dep., lead (dat.), have command 221 of (dat. or gen.), think, consider, followed by accusative and in finitive. [exegesis] ἤδειν, ἤδεσαν; see οἶδα. ἡδέως (29), adv., gladly; comp., notov; sup., ἥδιστα. From ἡδύς, allied to Eng. sweet. ἤδη (25), adv., already, now, at once. ἥδομαι [75], ἡσθήσομαι, ἥσθην (48), be pleased, delight in (dat.), pas. dep. ἣδύς, ἡδεῖα, ἡδύ, (29), sweet, agree- able, pleasant. [hedonism] ἥκιστα, See ἥττων. ἥκω [ἡκ]. ἥξω (27), have come, have arrived. Pres. tense shows completed action. ἤλασε, see ἐλαύνω. ἦλθον, 566 ἔρχομαι. ἡμεῖς, See ἐγώ. ἡμέρα, ἄς, ἡ (4), ἄαψ. ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, at daybreak. [ephemeral] ἡμέτερος, ἅ, ov (35), our, ours. τά ἡμέτερα, our affairs, our inter- ests. From ἡμεῖς. ἡμιδαρεικόν, οὔ, 76(ch. 2), half-daric. ἡμιόλιος, a, ov, half as much again. ἤν, contracted form of ἐᾶν. ἦν, ἦσαν; see εἰμί, ἧς, rel. pro. (8), gen. sing. fem. οὗ ὅς, 7, 6, who, which. ἦσαν, see elul. ἥσθη, see ἥδομαι. ἡττάομαι, ἡττηθήσομαι Or ἡττήσομαι, ἡττήθην (38), be less, be inferior, be defeated; pas. dep. used as pas. of vikdw. ἥττων, ov, comp. Οὗ κακός. Θ θάλαττα, ης, ἡ (4). sea. κατὰ θάλατταν, by sea. θαρρέω, θαρρήσω, ἐθάρρησα, τεθάρρηκα (ch. 3), be bold, be confident. θᾶττον, adv.,comparative of ταχέως. θαυμάζω [θαυμαδ]. θαυμάσομαι, ἐθαύμα- , τεθαύμακα, ἐθαυμάσθην (48), wonder at, be astonished; often fol. by clause w. ef or ὅτε. [thaumaturgy } θεός, οὔ, ὁ (30), god, deity. [theolo gy, Theodore] Θετταλία, as, ἡ (22), Thessaly. Θετταλός, οὔ, ὁ (20), Thessalian, an inhabitant of Thessaly. θεωρέω, θεωρήσω, ἐθεώρησα. τεθεώρηκα. τεθεώρημαι, ἐθεωρήθην (40), view, inspect. [theory] θηρεύω, θηρεύσω, ἐθήρευσα, τεθήρευκα, ἐθηρεύθην (35), hunt wild animals, hunt. θηρίον, ov, τό (3d), animal. [Theron, megatherium] Θόανα, wr, τά (50), Thoana, a city of Cappadocia. Θρᾷξ, Θρᾳκός, ὁ (18), a Thracian. Θύμβριον, ov, τό (43), Thymbrium, a city of Phrygia. θύρα, as, ἡ (4), door; allied to Eng. door. [thyroid] θύω [θυ], θύσω. ἔθυσα, τέθυκα. τέθυμαι, ἐτύθην (6), sacrificvy; mid., seek for omens (by sacrifice). [thyme, thurible} σα wild animal, treacle, θώραξ, ἄκος, 6 (39), breastplate, cuirass. {thorax} I ἰδεῖν, ἰδών, etc., see ὁράω. ἴδιος, a, ov (ch. 3), one’s own, pri- vate. τὸ ἴδιον, one’s Own prop- erty (interests). [idiom] ἰδιώτης, ov, 6 (ch. 3), privute person, private soldier. [idiot] Elementary Greek ἰδών, 2 aor. ppl., see ὁράω. ἱκανός, ἡ 6» (27), sufficient, able, enough, fit. Ἰκόνιον, ov, τό (48), Iconium, a city of Phrygia. ἴλη, ns, ἡ (45), crowd, troop (of horse). κατὰ ἴλας, by squadrons. [homily] ἵνα, conj. (22), that, in order that; fol. by subj. or opt. ἱππεύς, éws, ὁ (31), horseman; plu. cavalry. ἱππικός, 7, dv (ch. 3), of a horse- man, cavalry. τὸ ἱππικόν, the cavalry. ἵππος, ov, ὁ (3), horse. [hippopota- mus, hippodrome, Philip] ἴσθε, ἴσμεν, etc., See οἶδα, Ἰσσοί, ᾿Ισσῶν, οἱ (56), Issi or Issus, a city of Asia Minor. ἵστημι [cra], στήσω, ἔστησα, 2 aor. ἕσταμαι, ἐστάθην; act. (exc. 2 aor. perf. and plup.), make stand, stand, set, stop; mid. and 2 aor., perf., and plup. act., take one’s stand, halt. Cf. Lat. sto, Eng. stand, state. [system, statics] ἰσχυρῶς, (51), adv., strongly, vio- lently, exceedingly. ἰχθύς, vos, ὁ (19), fish. [ichthyology} *Iwvia, as, ἡ (12), Jonia, a country of Asia Minor. ἔστην, ἕστηκα, Κ καθ᾽, 566 κατά. καθεύδω, καθευδήσω (ch. 3), lie down to sleep, sleep. καθηδυπαθέω, καθηδυπαθήσω, καθηδυ- πάθησα (ch. 3), wastein pleasure. κάθημαι, imperf. ἐκαθήμην or καθήμην (ch. 3), sit down, be seated, be encamped (of soldiers). Greek-English 223 Vocabulary καθίστημι, καταστήσω, κατέστησα, 2aor. κατέστην, καθέστηκα, καθέστα- μαι, κατεστάθην (40), set down, sta- tion, appoint, establish, 2 aor., perf. act., and the mid. (exc. lLaor.), take one’s place, be estab- lished. κατά +- ἵστημι. καί (3), conj. and adv., and, also, even, adds emphasis to preced- ing word. xai....xal,both.... and. te....xal, both....and or not only....but also, em- phasizing thelatter. καὶ γάρ, «πὰ in fact. καὶ δή, and especially. κακός, 7, dv (30), bad, cowardly. [cacophonous] καλέω [kale], καλῶ, ἐκάλεσα, κέκληκα, κέκλημαι, ἐκλήθην (28), call, sum- mon. [ecclesiastic, calendar] καλός, 7, dv (2), beautiful, good, honorable, noble; c. καλλίων, s. κάλλιστος. (calisthenics, kaleido- scope, Calliope] καλῶς (28), adv., beautifully, hon- orably, nobly, rightly. Ξ καπηλεῖον, ov, τό (55), huckster’s shop, store, tavern. Cf. Lat. caupo, Eng. cheap. Καππαδοκία, as, ἡ (50), Cappadocia, a country of Asia Minor. κατά (14), prep., with gen., down from, down; acc., down along. κατὰ γῆν kal κατὰ θάλατταν, by land and sea. [catarrh, catalogue, cathedral] r καταβαίνω, καταβήσομαι. 2 aor. κατ- éBnv, καταβέβηκα. καταβέβαμαι, κατ- εβάθην (53), go down, descend. κατάγω, κατάξω, 2 aor. κατήγαγον, κατῆχα, κατῆγμαι, κατήχθην (28), 1: αα down or back, restore. καταδύω, καταδύσω, κατέδῦσα, 2 aor. κατέδυν, καταδέδυκα. καταδέδυμαι, κατεδύθην (ch. 3), sink down, sink, drown. κατακόπτω, κατακόψω, κατέκοψα, kaTa- κέκοφα, κατακέκομμαι, κατεκόπην (57), cut down, cut to pieces, slay. [apocope, comma] καταλαμβάνω, καταλήψομαι, 2 aor.-Ka- τέλαβον, κατείληφα, κατείλημμαι, ka- τελήφθην (ch. 3), steze upon, take possession of, capture. καταλείπω, καταλείψω, 2 aor. κατέλι- πον, 2 pf. καταλέλοιπα, καταλέλειμ- μαι, κατελείφθην (47), leave behind, abandon. καταλύω, καταλύσω, κατέλῦσα, κατα- λέλυκα, καταλέλυμαι, κατελύθην (22), unloose, end, make peace. [ca- talysis] κατανοέω, κατανοήσω, κατενόησα, κατα- νενόηκα, κατανενόημαι, κατενοήθην (31), observe well, perceive, con- sider. καταπετρόω, καταπετρώσω, κατεπέ- τρωσα, καταπεπέτρωκα, καταπεπέ- τρωμαι, κατεπετρώθην (60), slone to death. καταπράττω, καταπρᾶξω, κατέπρᾶξα, 2 pf. καταπέπρᾶχα or καταπέπρᾶγα. καταπέπρᾶγμαι, κατεπρᾶχθην (28), do well, accomplish, achieve. Καύστρου πεδίον, ov, τό (41), plain of Cayster, Caysterfield, a city of Phrygia. κέγχρος, ov, ὁ (54), millet. Κελαιναί, dv, ai (34), Celaenae, a city of Phrygia. κελεύω, κελεύσω, ἐκέλευσα, κεκέλευκα, κεκέλευσμαι, ἐκελεύσθην (12), request, order, command. [proceleus- matic] Κεράμων ἀγορά, as, ἡ (40), Ceramon Agora, a city in Phrygia. 224 κεράννῦμι [κερα, κρα]. éxépaca, κέκρᾶμαι, ἐκεράσθην or ἐκρᾶθην (43), maa. {crater, crasis] κῆρυξ, ὕκος, ὁ (36), herald. In the Greek army he was public crier, summoned assemblies, kept or- der, and carried messages. Κιλικία, as, ἡ (49), Cilicia, a country of Asia Minor. Κίιλιξ, cxos, 6 (42), a Cilician, an in- habitant of Cilicia. Κίλισσα, ns, ἡ (42), Cilician woman. ἡ Κίλισσα, the Cilician queen. κίνδυνος, ov, ὁ (59), danger, risk. Κλέαρχος, ov, ὁ (17), Clearchus, a Greek general. κλώψ, κλωπός, ὁ (18), thief. κνημίς, (dos, ἡ (45), legging, greave. Κολοσσαί, ὧν, ai (33), Colossae, ἃ city of Phrygia. κράνος, ous, τό (50), helmet. κρατέω, κρατήσω, ἐκράτησα, κεκράτηκα, ἐκρατήθην (44), be strong, master, rule, conquer. [democrat, aris- tocracy } κράτιστος, 7, ov, superl. of ἀγαθός, strongest, most powerful. κραυγή, 7s, ἡ (47), cry, shout. κρείττων. ov, comp. of ἀγαθός, stronger, more powerful; s. κράτιστος, strongest. From κρα- TEW, κρεμάννῦμι [κρεμα], Kpeudow Or κρεμῶ, ἐκρέμασα, ἐκρεμάσθην (37), hang hang up. κρήνη; 2s, ἡ (43), spring, fountain. | Hippocrene] Κρής, Κρητός, ὁ (38), a Cretan, an inhabitant of Crete. κριθή, js, ἡ (94), barley. crithomancy | Κύδνος, ov, ὁ (55), Cydnus, a river of Cilicia. [crith, Elementary Greek Κῦρος, ov, ὁ (2), Cyrus, a Persian prince. κωλύω, κωλύσω, ἐκώλῦσα, κεκώλῦκα, κεκώλῦμαι, ἐκωλύθην (14), hinder, oppose, prevent. κώμη, ns, 7 (3), vi/laje; allied to Eng. home. A λαβεῖν, λαβών, etc., see λαμβάνω. λαθεῖν, λαθών, etc., see λανθάνω.᾽ λάθρᾳ (12), adv., secretly, without knowledge of (gen.). Λακεδαιμόνιος, ov, ὁ (17), a Lacedae- monian, an inhabitant of Lace- daemon (Sparta). λαμβάνω [AaB], λήψομαι, 2 aor. ἔλα- Bov, 2 pf. εἴληφα, εἴλημμαι, ἐλήφθην (12), take, capture, obtain, en- list. [prolepsis, epilepsy, sy]- lable, dilemma] λαμπρότης, ητος, ἡ (48), brilliancy, splendor. [lamp] AavOdvw [Aah], Adow, 2 aor. ἔλαθον, 2 pf. λέληθα, λέλησμαι (22), lie hid- den, escape notice of (acc.); mid., forget; with ppl. often has value of adv., secretly. Cf. Lat. lateo. [lethe, lethargy, latent] λέγω, λέξω, ἔλεξα, λέλεγμαι, ἐλέχθην (6), say (ér-clause), tedl (infin. clause); pas. is fol. by infin. clause. [dialect, lexicon, horo- loge, logic] λείπω [Aur], λείψω, 2 aor. ἔλιπον, 2 pf. λέλοιπα, λέλειμμαι, ἐλείφθην (6), leave, abandon, forsake. ΑἹ- lied to Eng. leave. [eclipse, ellipsis] λιμήν, évos, ὁ (17), harbor. λόγος, ov, ὁ (6), word, speech. [bi- ology, logarithm, logomachy)] Greek-English Vocabulary λόχος, ov, ὁ (56), ambush, armed men, a division of an army (about 100 men). Λυδία, as, ἡ (32), Lydia, a country of Asia Minor. Λύκαια, wr, τά (40). The Lycaea, or The Lycaean Festival, a festi- val in honor of Ζεῦς Λυκαῖος, so named from a mountain in Ar- cadia. Avxiovla, as, ἡ (49), Lycaonia, a country of Asia Minor. ADpalvopar, Avuavoduar, ἐλυμανάμην, λελύμασμαι (ch. 3), insult, destroy, ruin. λυπέω, λύπήσω, ἐλύπησα, λελύπηκα, λελύπημαι, ἐλυπήθην (ch. 3), pain, vex, trouble, grieve. λύω, λύσω, ἔλῦσα, λέλυκα, λέλυμαι, ἐλύθην (1), loose, set free, destroy ; mid., get freed, ransom. Allied to Eng. lose. [analysis] M Μαίανδρος, ov, ὁ (32), Maeander, a river of Asia Minor. [meander] pada, adv., much, very greatly, ex- ceedingly; comp., μᾶλλον, more, rather. μάλιστα, super]. of μάλα. μᾶλλον. (11), adv., comp. of μάλα. μᾶλλον... 4, more (rather) ... than. Superl., μάλιστα, most, especially. Μαρσύας, ov, ὁ (36), Marsyas, a satyr. μάχη, 75, ἡ (3), battle, fight. machy] μάχομαι, uaxodua, ἐμαχεσάμην, μεμά- χημαι (36), fight, fight with (dat.). Μεγαρεύς, éws, ὁ (30), a Megarian, an inhabitant of Megara. [logo- 225 μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα (31), great, large, tull. μέγα (acc. n. sing.), adv., greatly. c. μείζων, 8. μέγι τὸ μέγιστον as advy., chiefly. Cf. Lat. magnus. [megaphone, omega] Meyadépvys, ov, ὁ (50), Megaphernes, a Persian nobleman. μείζων, ovos, comp. of μέγας. μεθ᾽, see μετά. μείων, ον, comp. of μῖκρός, smaller, less. [miocene] μελίνη, ns, ἡ (54), panic, a kind of millet. μέν (8), postpos. part. Sometimes confirmative, truly, indeed, usu- ally fol. by δέ to show contrast between sentences or parts of a sentence, ontheonehand.... on the other, often best shown by the inflection of the voice. μέντοι (ch. 3), conj. adv., in truth, assuredly, still, however. μένω [μεν], μενῶ, ἔμεινα, μεμένηκα (29), remain, stay. Cf. Lat. maneo, Eng. mansion, remain. Μένων, wros, ὁ (34), Menon, a Greek general, μέσος, 7, ov (30), middle, in the middle (or midst) of, gen. in pred. position. τὸ μέσον, the cen- ter, the middle. μέσαι νύκτες, mid- night. Allied to Lat. medius, Eng. mid. [Mesopotamia] μετά (7), prep., w. gen., in company with, with; w.acc., with, after. {method, metaphysics, meta- phor, meteor] μεταπέμπω, μεταπέμψω, 2 pf. μεταπέπομφα, μεταπέπεμμαι, με- τεπέμφθην (7), send for or after; usually in mid., send after, sum- mon. στοξ. μετέπεμψα. 220 μή (22), adv., not, used with im- perative, infinitive, in conditions, etc.; after verbs of fearing, Jest. μηδέ (ch. 3), adv., but not, and not, not even, not either. μηδείς, μηδεμία, μηδέν (37), not one, no one, none. μηδέν, adv. acc., in no respect, not atall. μηδέ-Ἐ- εἷς. μηκέτι (58), adv., no longer, not again. μήν, μηνός, ὁ (17), month. Allied to Lat. mensis, Eng. moon, month. μήποτε (20), adv., never. μήτε (ch. 3), adv., and not. μήτε . . pare, neither .... nor. μήτηρ, μητρός, ἡ (17), mother. Allied to Lat. mater, Eng. mother. pla, see εἷς. Μίδας, ov, ὁ (43), Midas, a mythical king of Phrygia. - μῖκρός, a, ὁν (4), small, little. [microscope] Μιλήσιος, a, ov (24), Milesian, of Miletus. Μίλητος, ov, ἡ (13), Milétus, a city of Ionia. μισθοδότης, ov, ὁ (ch. 3), paymaster. μισθός, οὔ, ὁ (20), pay, wages; allied to Eng. meed. μισθόω, μισθώσω, ἐμίσθωσα, μεμίσθωκα, μεμίσθωμαι, ἐμισθώθην (59), hire out; mid., hire; pas., be hired. μύριοι, a, a (17), ten thousand. [myriad] Mica, as, ἡ (40), Mysia, a country of Asia Minor. N vats, νεώς, ἡ (36), ship; cf. Lat. navis. (nausea, nautilus, aero- naut, argonaut] ναυτικός, 7%, 6» (ch. 3), [nautical] naval. Elementary Greek νέος, ἅ, ov, young, new; C. νεώτερος: s. νεώτατος. Allied to Eng. new. [neophyte, neoteric, Neapolitan] νεώτερος, comp. οὗ νέος (8). νεῶν, 566 ναῦς. νϊκάω, νϊκήσω, ἐνίκησα, νενίκηκα, νενΐ κημαι, ἐνικήθην (37), conquer, be victorious. ἡττάομαι W. gen. is used as its passive. [Nicolas] νομίζω [νομιδ], voulow or νομιῶ, ἐνόμι- σα, νενόμικα, νενόμισμαι, ἐνομίσθην (7), regard as a custom, consider, think, believe; pas., be custom- ary. νόμος, (44), custom, [economy, astronomy | νῦν (30), adv., now, at present. τὸ ov, ὁ law. νῦν εἶναι, for the present. Allied to Eng. now. νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ (13), night. μέσαι νύκ- τες, midnight. Cf. Lat. nox. [night] =) ξενικός, ἡ, dv (27), foreign. κόν, the hired troops. tévos, ov, 6 (20), stranger, guest- friend. ξένοι, hired soldiers, mercenaries. Eléptys, ov, ὁ (38), Xerwes, king of Persia. ξίφος, ous, τό (49), sword. [xiphoid, xiphias] τὸ ἕξενι- [9] 6, 7, τό (3), definite article, the. ὁ δέ at beginning of sentence or clause usually shows change of subject, but he, and he. ὁ μέν .ὁ δέ, the one. sane other; ot μέν. . οἱ δέ, some . others; frequently with value of pos. pro., his, her, tts. ὀγδοήκοντα, indeclinable, eighty. ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε (12), dem. pro., this, the following, as follows. ὁδός, οὔ, ἡ (43), road, way, journey. {method, exodus] ὅθεν (37), conj., whence, from which place, from where. ol, οἵ, οἵ, see ὁ, ὅς, οὗ. οἶδα, 2 pf. w. present force; other moods, εἰδῶ, εἰδείην, ἴσθι, εἰδέναι, εἰδώς, 2 plupf. ἤδειν (=imperf.), fut. εἴσομαι (59), know (have seen), perceive, understand. χάριν εἰ- δέναι, be grateful. οἴκαδε (28), adv., homeward, home. olkéw, οἰκήσω, ᾧκησα, ᾧκηκα, ᾧκημαι, φκήθην, imperf. ᾧκουν (18), inhab- it, dwell; pas. be situated. {ecumenical, economy, diocese] οἰκία, as, ἡ (4), house. [parish] οἰκοδομέω, οἰκοδομήσω, ὠκοδόμησα, wKo- δόμηκα, φκοδόμημαι, φκοδομήθην, im- perf. ὠκοδόμουν (38), build a house, build. οἴκοι (20), adv., at home. those at home. olvos, ov, 6 (43), wine; cf. Lat. vi- num, Eng. wine. [oenomel, oenophilist, oenomania] οἴομαι or οἶμαι, oljcouar, φήθην, im- perf. ᾧμην (45), think, suppose, believe. ὀκτακόσιοι, a, a, eight hundred. ὀκτώ + ἑκατόν οἷος, a, ov (ch. 3), rel. pro. with correl. (τοῖος, τοσοῦτος). as; correl. usually omitted, when οἷος takes meaning of both, such as, of such a kind as; in indir. quest., of what sort, how great. oloomep, olamep, olovrep (ch. 3), stronger form of ofos with same meanings strengthened, just such as, ete. οἱ οἴκοι, Greek-English Vocabulary 227 oxvéw, ὀκνήσω, ὥκνησα (ch. 3), hesi- tate, shrink from, fear. ὀκτώ, indeclinable, eight; cf. Lat. octo. [octopus] ὄλεθρος, ov, ὁ (57), death, loss. ὀλίγος, 7, ov (51), little, small; plu., jews ο. ἐλἄᾶττων, 6. ἐλάχιστος or {oligarchy | ὅλος, 7, ov (46), whole, entire, all, in a body. [catholic, holocaust] ᾿Ολύνθιος, ov, ὁ (36), an Olynthian, an inhabitant of Olynthus. ὁμοίως (ch. 3), adv., alike, in like measure. ὅμως (ch. 3), adv., nevertheless, yet, still, however. ὄν, ὅν, see εἰμί, ὅς. ὄνομα, ατος, τό (13), mame. [anony- mous, synonym, patronymic, onomasticon] ὅπῃ or ὅπη (ch. 3), conj. adv., by which way, where, wherever. ὁπλίτης, ov, ὁ (29), hoplite, heavy- armed foot-soldier. (29), implement ; plural, arms, armor. [panoply] ὁπόσος, 7, ov (27), relative pro., as great as, as many as; in indir. quest., how much, how many, how great. ὁπότε (35), conj., when, whenever. ὅπου (ch. 3), conj. adv., where, wherever. ὅπως (10), conj., how, in what way, as; in purpose clauses, that. ὁράω [dpa, ὀπ, ἰδ], ὄψομαι, 2 aor. εἶδον. ἑόρακα, OF ἑώρᾶκα, ἑώρᾶμαι Or ὦμμαι, ὥφύθην, impert. ἑώρων (48), see, per- ceive; fol. in ind. disc. by ppl., infin., or (rarely) aé7:-clause. [op- tic, panorama, idea, trapezoid, ephor, autopsy, spheroid] destruction, ὀλίγιστος. ὅπλον, ov, τό 228 ὀργίζομαι, ὀργίσομαι or Ά ὀργιοῦμαι, ὠργίσθην (57), pas. dep., be angry (dat.) ὄρθιος, a, steep. ὁρμάω, ὁρμήσω, ὥρμησα, ὥρμηκα, ὥρμη- μαι, ὡρμήθην (18), start, hasten. Usually dep. mid. or pas., start oneself, set out. dpvis, ὄρνϊθος, ὁ, ἡ (36), bird. [or- nithology] ὄρος, ous, τό (52), mountain. [oread, orology, Orestes] ὅς, 7, ὅ (26), rel. pro., who, which, what. ὅσος, 7, ov (26), rel. pro., as great as, as many as, all who. Cor- relative with τοσόσδε or τοσοῦτος or πᾶς: antecedent often omitted. érav (60), conj., w. subj., when, whenever. ὅτε (38), conj., when, while. ὅτι (12), conj., that, because; used to introduce substantive clauses. ov (οὐκ before vowels, οὐχ before rough breathing) (6), adv., pro- clitic, not; absolute negative. [Utopia] οὗ (53), adv., where, gen. of ὅς. ov (35), pers. pro., of himself. οὗ is used only as indir. reflexive; its place as pro. of third person is taken by αὐτός. οὐδέ (45), conj ,nor; emphatic adv., not even, not either, but not. ovdé . οὐδέ, neither .... nor. οὐδείς, οὐδεμία, οὐδέν (37), not one, nobody, nothing. οὐδέν (acc. n. sing.), adv., in nothing, not at all. οὐκέτι (52), adv., no longer, no more. οὖν (8), postpos. particle, therefore, 80, Now. ov (51), straight up, Elementary Greek οὔποτε (ch. 3), adv., not at any time, never. οὔτε (58), conj., and not. οὔτε, neither .... nor. οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο (12), dem. pro., this, the aforesaid. Often used as a pers. pro., he, she, it, they. οὕτω (οὕτως before vowels) (19), adv., so, thus, as aforesaid. Cf. οὗτος. ὀφείλω [ὀφελ], ὀφειλήσω, ὠφείλησα, 2 aor. ὥφελον, ὠφείληκα, ὠφείλημαι, ὠφειλήθην (41), owe; pas., be due; 2 aor. ὥφελον (fol. by infin.), ought, implies a wish which can- not be realized=would that, etc. ὄφελος, τό, used only in nom. and acc.(ch.3), advantage, profit, use. ὀχυρός, a, dv (54), tenable, strong, fortified. otre... Il παῖς, παιδός, ὁ, ἡ (36), child, boy, son. Cf. Lat. puer. [pedagogue, encyclopedia] πάλιν (9), adv., back again, a second time. [palinode, palimpsest] παντάπασι(ν) (25), adv., all in all, entirely, altogether. πάντῃ OF πάντη (54), adv., im every way, on all sides. παντοδαπός, ἡ, dv (53), of all kinds, of every kind. παρά (11), prep., beside; w. gen., from beside, from; w. dat., be- side, with, at; w. acc., to the side of, beside, to. [paradigm, paragraph] παραγγέλλω [παραγγελ], παραγγελῶ, παρήγγειλα, παρήγγελκα, παρήγγελ- μαι, παρηγγέλθην (26), pass the word dalong, announce, com- mand, order; gov. dat. or acc. and infin. παρά-Ἐ- ἀγγέλλω. Greek-English Vocabulary 229 παραγίγνομαι, παραγενήσομαι, παρε- γενόμην, παραγέγονα, παρεγεγένημαι (23), become beside, be near, be present (gov. dat.); fol. by εἰς, arrive at. mwapd—+- γίγνομσι. παράδεισος, ov, ὁ (35), park. [para- dise} παραπλήσιος, a, ον (ch. 3), near by, similar, like (τ, dat.) παρασάγγης, ov, ὁ (52), parasang, a Persian measure of distance, 30 stadia, between 315 and 3', miles. [parasang} παρασκενή, 7s, ἡ (31), preparation, equipment. πάρειμι, παρέσομαι (8), be by, be near, be present ; fol. by εἰς and acc., ar- rive at. τὰ παρόντα, the present circumstances. mapa-+ εἰμί παρεῖναι, see πάρειμι. παρελαύνω, παρελῶ, παρήλασα, παρ- ελήλακα, παρελήλαμαι, παρηλάθην (45), ride by, march by, review. παρά -t- ἐλαύνω. παρέχω, παρέξω or παρασχήσω, 2 aor. παρέσχον, παρέσχηκα, παρέσχημαι (17), have at hand, provide, fur- nish. mwapd—+-Exw. παρῆν, see πάρειμι. Παρύσατις, εδος, ἡ (8), Parysatis, mother of Artaxerxes and Cyrus. πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν (38), all, every, whole. [diapason, pan-American, pana- cea, panorama, Pandora, panto- mime] Tlactwv, wos, ὁ (30), Pasion, a Greek general. πάσχω (rad), πείσομαι, ἔπαθον, πέπον- θα (ch. 3), experience, suffer. As pas. of ποιέω, εὖ πάσχειν, be well treated. (pathos, homeopathy] πατήρ, πατρός, 6 (17), father; cf. Lat. pater, Eng. father. [patri- arch, patriot} πατρίς, πατρίδος, ἡ (ch. 3), father- land, native land; cf. Lat. pa- tria. παύω, παύσω, ἔπαυσα, πέπαυκα, πέπαυ- μαι, (28), πιακα stop, cause to cease; mid., make one- ἐπαύθην self stop, stop, cease. [pause, pose] πεδίον, ov, τό (2), plain. melds, 4, dv (ch. 3.), on foot. ὁ πεζός, foot-soldier. fantry. πείθω [110], πείσω, ἔπεισα, πέπεικα, 2 πεζὴ δύναμις, {τι- pf. πέποιθα, πέπεισμαι, ἐπείσθην (1). persuade (acc.); mid. (and pas.), be persuaded, obey (dat.) πειράω, πειράσω, ἐπείρᾶσα, πεπείρᾶμαι, ἐπειρᾶθην (14), used chiefly as mid. or pas. dep., try, attempt; fol. by infin. [empirical, pirate} πείσομαι, See πάσχω, and πείθω. Πελοποννήσιος, a, ον (12), Pelopon- nesian, an inhabitant of the Peloponnesus. Πέλται, dy, ai (39), Peltae, a city of Phrygia. πελταστής, οὔ, ὁ (30), peltast, a light-armed foot-soldier, one who carries a πέλτη. πέμπω, πέμψω, ἔπεμψα, 2 pf. πέπομφα, πέπεμμαϊ, ἐπᾶιφθην (3), send. [pomp] πεντακόσιοι, at, a (29), five hundred. πέντε, (37), indecl. numeral, five. [pentagon] πεντήκοντα, indeclinable, [Pentecost] πέπονθα, see πάσχω. περιγίγνομαι, περιγενήσομαι, περιεγε- νόμην, περιγέγονα, περιγεγένημαι Sifty. 280 (20), be superior to, conquer. mepi+ γίγνομαι. περιέχω, περιέξω OF περισχήσω, 2 aor. περιέσχον, περιέσχηκα, περιέσχημαι (54), surround, encompass. περί + ἔχω. περιπλέω, περιπλεύσομαι OF ο-οὔμαι, παριέπλευσα, περιπέπλευκα, περιπέ- πλευσμαι (52), sail around. - πλέω. Πέρσης, ov, ὁ (50), a Persian. Περσικός, 4, dv (58), Persian. πηγή; 78, ἡ (30), spring, source (of a river or fountain). [pego- mancy | Πίγρης, ητος, ὁ (46), Pigres, a Greek interpreter. πιέζω [med], widow, ἐπίεσα, πεπίεκα, πεπίεσμαι, ἐπιέσθην(20),»γ.685 hard, oppress; pas., be hard pressed. [piezometer] Πισίδης, ov, ὁ (23), a Pisidian, an inhabitant of Pisidia. πιστεύω, πιστεύσω, ἐπίστευσα, πεπί- περί στευκα, πεπίστευμαι, ἐπιστεύθην (29), trust (dat.), believe. πίστις, ews, ἡ (58), trust, good faith, pledges (of good faith). [pistic] πλέθρον, ov, τό (33), plethron, about ' 100 feet (Greek) or 97¢y (Eng- lish). πλεῖστος, see πολύς. [pleistocene] πλείων OF πλέων, 5866 πολύς. πλήν (13), conj., but, except, except that; sometimes as prep. w. gen., except. πλήρης; ες (30), full, full of, abound- ing in (gen.). [plethora] πλήττω [rrny], πλήξω, ἔπληξα, 2 pf. πέπληγα, πέπληγμαι, ἐπλήγην or ἐπλάγην (54), strike, hit; allied to Eng. plague. [apoplexy, plec- trum | Elementary Greek πλοῖον, ov, τό (33), bout. ποιέω, ποιήσω, ἐποίησα, πεποίηκα, πε- ποίημαι, ἐποιήθην (15), make, do. [poet, onomatopoeia] πολεμέω, πολεμήσω, ἐπολέμησα, πεπο- λέμηκα, πεπολέμημαι, ἐπολεμήθην (16), war, be at war with, fiyht _ (dat.). πολέμιος, a, ον (49), hostile. οἱ πολέ- μιοι, the enemy. [polemic] πόλεμος, ov, ὁ (36), war. πολιορκέω, πολιορκήσω, ἐπολιόρκησα, πεπολιόρκηκα, πεπολιόρκημαι, ἐπολι- ορκήθην (28), besiege, πόλις, ews, ἡ (19), city, state. lite, police, cosmopolitan] πολλάκις (41), adv., many times, often. πολλοί, πολλή, etc., See πολύς. πολύς, πολλή, πολύ (98), much, many, large; c. πλείων or πλέων, 5. πλεῖ- στος. [polygamy, polytechnic, pleonasm] πορεύομαι, [po- πορεύσομαι, πεπόρευμαι. ἐπορεύθην (7), advance, proc ed, march. ποταμός, οὔ, ὁ (2), river. potamus, Mesopotamia] πού (58), adv., enclitic, somewhere, anywhere; to qualify a state- ment, perhaps, suppose. ποῦ, interrog. adv., where? πούς, ποδός, ὁ (37), foot. Cf. Lat. pes, Eng. pedal. [antipodes, tri- pod, pea] πρᾶγμα, aros, τό, (23), thing done, deed, act, matter; in plu., some- times, difficulty, trouble, mpay- ματα παρέχειν, to cause trouble. πρᾶξις, ews, ἡ (ch. 3), undertak- ing, action, enterprise. From πρᾶττω. [hippo- πράττω [πρᾶγ], πρᾶξω, ἔπρᾶξα, 2 pf. πέπρᾶγα Or πέπρᾶχα, πέπραγμαι, ἐπράχθην (42), do, accomplish, perform. j fare well, be fortunate; κακῶς πρᾶττειν, fare ill. [practical] πρεσβύτερος (8), comparative of πρέσβυς, which does not occur in the Anabasis, old. [Presby- terian, priest} πρίν (22),conj., before, until. After affirmative clauses πρίν means before and is followed by the in- finitive; after negative clauses, until, followed by finite moods. πρό (6), prep., gov. gen., before, in front of, in behalf of. ([pro- . logue, programme] προβάλλω, προβαλῶ, 2 aor. προύβαλον, προβέβληκα, προβέβλημαι, προυβλή- θην (46), throw before, hold be fore oneself, present arms (ὅπλα). [problem] προδίδωμι, προδώσω, προύδωκα, προδέ- δωκα, προδέδομαι, προυδόθην (ch. 3), give up, betray, abandon. πρόειμι (47), go forward, advance. προεῖπον (46), used as 2 aor. of zpo- αγορεύω (announce), speak forth, order, proclaim. πρόθυμος, ov (ch. 3), eager, willing, ready. προκαταλαμβάνω, προκαταλήψομαι. προκατέλαβον, προκατείληφα, κατείλημμαι, προκατειλήφθην (ch. 3), sieze in advance, preoccupy. Πρόξενος, ov, ὁ (23), Prowenus, a Greek general. πρός (9), prep., in the presence of : w. gen., from before or facing, before, in the sight of; w. Cat., befvre or facing; w. acc., toa εὖ ΟΥ καλῶς πρᾶττειν, προ- Greek-English Vocabulary 231 position before or facing. [pros- ody, proselyte]. mpocaitéw, προσαιτήσω, προσήτησα, προσήτηκα, προσήτημαι, προσῃτήθην (ch. 8), ask besides, ask for more. προσέρχομαι, προσῆλθον, προσελήλυθα (ch. 3), come to or toward, ap- proach (w. dat.). [proselyte] πρόσθεν (22), adv., before, formerly τὸ πρόσθεν, the van. πρόσθεν... before. πρόσθεν... ἤ, sooner .... than. προσποιέομαι, προσποιήσομαι, προσ- προσπεποίημαι, make for oneself, assume, pretend. πρόσω (59), adv., forward. πρότερος, a, ov (56), comp. of πρό (πρῶτος isused assuperl.), former, earlier, πρότερον, adv., formerly. πρίν, before. πρόφασις, ews, ἡ (25), pretext, ex- cuse. [prophet] πρῶτος, ἡ, ov (45), superlative cor- responding to πρότερος, from πρό, jirst. πρῶτον, adv., first, in the jirst place. [protoplasm, protag- onist, protocol] artpds, οὔ, 6 (54), wheat (gen. in plu.). πώ (58), adv., enclitic, yet, hitherto, ever; with neg., not yet, never. πρίν, ἐποιησάμην, πρότερον... .. P péw, ῥυήσομαι Or ῥεύσομαι, ἐρρύηκα, aor. ἐρρύην (act. in force) (35), flow. Allied to Eng. stream. [catarrh, rheumatism] ῥήτωρ, ῥήτορος. ὁ (17), orator. From ἐρῶ. [rhetoric] = σαλπίζω [σαλπιγΎ], σαλπίγξω, ἐσάλ- πιγξα (46), sound the trumpet, signal with the trumpet. 232 Σάρδεις, ewr, ai (29), Sardis, a city of Lydia. σατράπης, ov, ὁ (5), satrap, gov- ernor of a Persian province. Σάτυρος, ov, ὁ (43), Satyr, a wood land divinity. ὁ Σάτυρος, the Satyr, Silénus, attendant of Dionysus, god of wine. σαυτοῦ = σεαυτοῦ. σεαυτοῦ, ἢς, reflex. pro., of thyself, of yourself. σέσωμαι, See σώζω. σήσαμον (Or σησάμη), ov, τό (54), se- same. σιωπάω, σιωπήσομαι, imperf. ἐσιώπων (ch. 3), be silent, keep silent. σκέπτομαι, σκέψομαι, ἐσκεψ άμην. ἔσκεμ- μαι (pres. and imperf. supplied from cxoréw)(ch. 3), look carefully at, consider, reflect. [skeptic] σκευοφόρος, ον (ch. 3), baggage- carrying; as noun, baggage- carrier, pack animal. - σκηνή, fs, ἡ (3), tent. [scene] σκοπέω, used only in pres. and imperf. (fcr other tenses use σκέπτομαι) (51), look at, watch for, consider. [episcopal, micro- scope] Σόλοι, ων of (56), Soli, a city of Cilicia. [solecism] σός, σή, σόν, thy, your. σοφία, as, ἡ (37), wisdom, skill, ability. [sophist, sophomore, philosophy | Σοφαίνετος, ov, ὁ (24), Sophaenetus, a Greek general. σπεύδω, σπεύσω, ἔσπευσα (ch. 3), urge, hasten, be in haste. σταθμός, οὔ, ὁ (32), stopping-place, station, day's march. Cf. ἵστημι. στλεγγίς, dos, ἡ (40), flesh-scraper, strigil. Elementary Greek στολή, fs, ἡ (58), robe, dress. Cf. στέλλω. [stole] στόλος, ov, ὁ (31), equipment, journey, army. Cf. στέλλω. στράτευμα, ατος. 76(13), army, force. στρατεύω, στρατεύσω, ἐστράτευσα, ἐστράτευκα, ἐστράτευμαι, ἐστρατεύθην (14), conduct a campaign, make war (of officers and soldiers); mid. dep., serve in a campaign, march (of soldiers). στρατηγέω, στρατηγήσω, ἐστρατήγησα, ἐστρατήγηκα, ἐστρατήγημαι, ἐστρα- τηγήθην (ch. 3), be general, com- mand, lead. στρατηγία, as, ἡ (ch. 3), generalship, command. [strategy] στρατηγός, of, ὁ (2), general. [strategy ] στρατιά, ds, ἡ (4), army. στρατιώτης, ov, ὁ (5), soldier. ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, fellow-soldiers. στρατοπεδεύω, στρατοπεδεύσω, ἐστρα- τοπέδευσα, ἐστρατοπέδευκα, ἐστρατο- πέδευμαι, ἐστρατοπεδεύθην (ch. 3), encamp, usually mid. dep. στρεπτός, 7, dv (58), twisted. ὁ στρεπ- ros, necklace, collar. Cf. στρέφω. [strophe] Στυμφάλιος, ov, ὁ (24), a Stympha- lian, an inhabitant of Stympha- lus. σύ (35), pers. pro., thou, you. συγγίγνομαι, cuvyyerjoouat, 2 aor. συνεγενόμην, 2 pf. συγγέγονα, συγ- γεγένημαι (17), be with, meet, asso- ciate with (dat.). obv-+- γίγνομαι. Συέννεσις, vos, ὁ (42), Syennesis, king of Cilicia. συλλαμβάνω, συλλήψομαι, 2 aor. συνέλαβον, συνείληφα, συνείλημμαι, συνελήφθην (9), take with, sieze, arrest. σύν- λαμβάνω. [syllable] Greek-English Vocabulary συλλέγω, συλλέξω, συνείλοχα, συνείλεγμαι, συνελέγην (14), gather together, collect, assemble. civ+déyw. [syllogism] συνέλεξα, 2 pf. συμβουλεύω, συμβουλεύσω, συνεβού- λευσα, συμβεβούλευκα, συμβεβού- λευμαι, συνεβουλεύθην (22), plan with, advise, counsel (dat.); mid., consult together,get one’s advice, deliberate. σύν-!- βουλεύω. σύμμαχος, ον (ch. 3), fighting along with; as noun, ally. σύμπας, σύμπᾶσα, σύμπᾶν (39), all together, entire. τό σύμπᾶν, adv. acc , on the whole, altogether. συμπέμπω, συμπέμψω, συμπέπομφα, συμπέπεμμαι, συνεπέμ- φθην (50), send with. σύν-- πέμπω. σύμπλεως, ων (53), full, abounding in (gov. gen.). For declension see p. 118. συμπορεύομαι, συμπορεύσομαι, συμπεπό- ρευμαι, συνεπορεύθην (ch. 3), go with, journey with, join in an exp, edition. συμπράττω, συμπρᾶξω, συνέπρᾶξα, 2 pf. συμπέπρᾶχα( γα), cummémpayyua, συν- εἐπρᾶχθην (15), do with, help do, co-operate with, assist. σύν-ἰ- πρᾶττω. σύν (24), prep., gov. dat., along with, with, with the aid of. Used more frequently by Xen. than by other Attic writers. Cf. μετά. [sympathy, asyndeton, syntax, synagogue] συνάγω, συνάξω, 2 aor. συνήγαγον, συνῆχα, συνῆγμαι, συνήχθην (60), lead together, call together. σύν-Ἐ- ἄγω. [Synagogue) συναλλάττω [συναλλαγΎ], συναλλάξω, συνήλλαξα, συνήλλαχα, συνήλλαγμαι, συνηλλάχθην ΟΥ συνηλλάγην (26), συνέπεμψα, 233 change by bringing together, reconcile ; mid.,make terms with (πρός). συναναβαίνω, συναναβήσομαι, 2 aor. συνανέβην, συναναβέβηκα (ch. 3), go up with, march up with. συνέπομαι, συνέψομαι, 2 aor. συνεσπό- μην, imperf. συνειπόμην (ch. 3), fol- low along, follow (w. dat.). σύνοιδα (ch. 3), share in knowledge, be conscious that (w. dat.). συντάττω [συνταΎ], συντάξω, συνέταξα, συντέταχα, συντέταγμαι, συνετάχθην (44), arrange together, form in line of battle. [syntax] Zupakdcros, ov, ὁ (39), a Syra- cusan, an inhabitant of Syracuse. συσκευάζω ἰ[συσκευαδ], σύν + τάττω. συσκευάσω, συνεσκεύασα, συνεσκεύακα. συνεσκεύασ- μαι, (ch. 3), get ready together, pack up; mid., pack baggage. συστρατιώτης, ov, ὁ (57), fellow- soldier. ctv-+-orparidrns. σφεῖς, σψίσι, see οὗ. σώζω or σῴζω [σωδ], σώσω, ἔσωσα, σέσωκα, σέσωσμαι, ἐσώθην (39), save, rescue; mid, save oneself, escape. [creosote, sozodont] Σωκράτης, ous, ὁ (24), Socrates, a Greek general; for declension, see 609. Σῶσις, ws, ὁ (39), Sosis, a Greek general. συνεσκευάσθην Tapas, ώ, ὁ (52), Tamos, com- mander of Cyrus’ fleet; for de- clension, see 432. τάξις, ews, ἡ (45), order, array, line of battle. [taxidermy] Ἰαρσοί, dy, of (55), Tarsus, a city of Cilicia. 254 Elementary Greek τάττω [ray], τάξω. ἔταξα, 2 pf. réraxa, τέταγμαι, ἐτάχθην (1), arrange, station, draw up in battle line, appoint. [tactics] ταχέως (46), adv., same meaning as [tachometer] τάχιστα, superl. of ταχύ. ταχύ, adv., quickly, swiftly: c. θᾶττον, 58. τάχιστα. ws (ὅτι) τάχι- στα, as quickly as possible. ταχύς, ταχεῖα, ταχύ (31), swift. ταχύ, ace. neut., adv., swiftly; ο. θάτ- των,Β. τάχιστος. THY ταχίστην ὁδόν, adv. acc., the quickest way. τε; (17), conj., enclitic, and. τέ. καί, both... . and; emphasis on second member. Cf Lat. que. τεῖχος, ous, τό (59), wall, rampart, fort. τελευτή, 7s, ἡ (3). end, death. τε- λευτὴ τοῦ βίου, end of life, death. [teleology] τετρακισχίλιοι, ai, a (20), four thous: and. τετταράκοντα, indeclinable, forty. τέτταρες, a (19), fowr. [tetrahe- dron, tetrarch] τίθημι [Ae], θήσω, ἔθηκα, (2 aor. €Geror), ταχύ. τέθεικα, τέθειμαι, ἐτέθην, imperf. ἐτίθην (40), put, place; mid., place for oneself, arrange. used as passive. [thesis, theme, apothecary] Tipdw, τιμήσω, ἐτίμησα, τετίμηκα, τετί- μημαι, ἐτιμήθην (14), honor, value, esteem. Allied to Eng. title. {timocracy, Timothy] τίμιος, a, ov (58), valued, honored, esteemed, honorable. Tipwpéw, Tiuwpiow, ériudpynoa, τετῖ- μώρηκα, TeTiuwmpnua, ἐτιμωρήθην (ch. 3), avenge, punish; τοϊά., avenge oneself on, punish. κεῖμαι 1S tis, τὶ (50), indefinite pro., enclitic, some, any, a, someone, anyone, a certain one. τὶ, adv. acc., somewhat. Τισσαφέρνης, ous, ὁ, Tissaphernes, a Persian satrap, enemy of Cy- rus. Declined, Τισσαφέρνης, ous, ει, NV, ἢ. τοιόσδε, τοιάδε, τοιόνδε (ch. 3), dem. pro., such, reg. fol. by οἷσς (as); used alone, such as. τοιάδε, adv. acc., as follows; not so precise as τάδε. τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτο (ch. 3), dem. pro., such, such as precedes. τοξότης, ov, ὁ (38), bowman, archer. τοσοῦτος, τοσαύτη, τοσοῦτον (ch. 3), dem. pro., so much, so great, so many. τοσοῦτον, 8αν., so much, so far, thus much. τότε (13), adv., then, at that time. Tov, τόν, See ὁ. τράπεζα, 7s, ἡ (6), table. rérrapes+t πέζα. [trapezoid, trapeze] τρεῖς, τρία (19), three. [triangle. tripod] τρέφω [Tpep], θρέψω, ἔθρεψα, τέθραμ- μαι, ἐτράφην (22), nourish, sup- port, maintain. τρέχω [Tpex, Span], δραμοῦμαι, 2 aor. ἔδραμον, δεδράμηκα, δεδράμημαι (49), run. (trochee, trechometer] τριάκοντα (39), indeclinable, thirty. [triaconter, triacontahedral] τριήρης; ous, ἡ (36), trireme, warship with three banks of oars. [trier- arch] τρόπος, ov, ὁ (17), turn, way, man- ner, character. τόνδε τὸν τρόπον. adv.acc., in the following man- ner. (trope, tropic] τροφή, fis, ἡ (19), support, main- tenance, {atrophy} τυγχάνω [τυχ], τεύξομαι, 2 aor. ἔτυχον, τετύχηκα (20), hit upon, happen upon.happen., gain, find (w.gen.) Often with suppl. ppl.; see 585. Τυριάειον, ov, τό (43), Tyriaeum, a city of Phrygia. Y vids, οὔ, ὁ (2), son. ὑμεῖς, see σύ. ὑμέτερος, ἃ, ον (35), your, yours. τὰ ὑμέτερα, your affairs, interests. ὕπαρχος, ov, ὁ (50), under officer, lieutenant. ὑπάρχω, ὑπάρξω. ὑπῆρξα. ὑπῆργμαι, ὑπ- ἤρχθην (11), be at the beginning, make a beginning, exist, assist, favor (w. dat.). ὑπέρ (18), prep., over; w. gen., over, in behalf of, for the sake of: w. ace., over, beyond (more than). Allied to Eng. over. [Hyperion, hypercritical] ὑπερβολή, Fs, ἡ (56), a crossing-over. passage, mountain pass. [hy- perbole} ὑπισχνέομαι [ὑποσεχ]), ὑποσχήσομαι, 2 aor. ὑπεσχόμην, ὑπέσχημαι (28), hold oneself under, undertake. promise. ὑπό -! ἴσχω (ἔχω). ὑπό (20), prep., under ; w.gen., from under, at the hand of, by (of agency): w. dat., under, at the foot of; w.ace., under, to a place under. Cf. Lat. sub. [hypoth- esis, hypodermic, hypocrite} ὑποζύγιον, ov, τό (60), under the yoke, pack-animal, baggage- train. ὑπολείπω, ὑπολείψω, 2 aor. ὑπέλιπον, 2 pf. ὑπολέλοιπα, ὑπολέλειμμαι, ὑπε- λείῴφθην (57), leave behind, re- main behind. ὑπό-! λείπω. Greek-English Vocabulary 235 ὑποπτεύω, ὑποπτεύσω, ὑπώπτευσα. ὑπώπτευκα, ὑπώπτευμαι, ὑπωπτεύθην (3), suspect, apprehend, fear. ὑποψία, as, ἡ (ch. 3), suspicion. ὑστεραῖος, a, ov (52), later, follow- ing, next. τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ (ἡμέρᾳ), ΟἿ᾽ the following day. ὕστερος, a, ov (60), comparative, later, behind; 8. ὕστατος. ὕστερον. αᾶν., lat r, afterward. (hyster- on-proteron, hysterology, hys- terics] ὑψηλός, 7, dy (54), high, lofty. } daivw [φαν]), φανῶ, 2 aor. ἔφηνα, πέ- φαγκα or πέφηνα, πέφασμαι, ἐφάνην or ἐφάνθην (25), cause to appear. show; mid. and. pas., show one- self, appear, seem. {phenome- non} φάλαγξ, αγγος, 7 (18), phalanx, bat tle line. [phalanx] φανερός, ἄ, dv (ch. 3), in plain sight. visible. ἐν τῷ φανερῷ, openly, publicly. ΓΡΠαπογορϑιηοῦβ) φέρω [φερ, οἱ, ἐνεκ, ἐνγεκ), οἴσω, 1 aor. ἤγεγκα, 2 aor. ἤνεγκον, 2 pf. ἐνήνοχα. ἐνήνεγμαι, ἠνέχθην (54), bear, carry. bring, produce. Cf. Lat. fero. Eng. bear. [metaphor, Christo- pher, semaphore] φεύγω [guy], φεύξομαι or φευξοῦμαι, 2 aor. ἔφυγον, 2 pf. πέφευγα (47), flee. run away, be in exile. oi φεύγον. τες, theexiles, the fugitives. CF. Lat. fugio. [apophyge] φημί [ga], φήσω, ἔφησα, impertf. ἔφην. rare except in pres. ahd infin.. say, affirm, assert. οὔ φημι, say no, d ny, refuse, say that... . not (ef. Lat. nego). Cf. Lat. for. fari. [prophet, euphemism} 236 φιλέω, φιλήσω, ἐφίλησα, πεφίληκα, πεφίλημαι, ἐφιλήθην, imperft. ἐφίλουν (55), love. [Philadelphia] φιλία, as, ἡ (ch. 3), friendship. φίλος, 7, ον (3), friendly ; c. φίλτερος; s. φίλτατος. ὁ φίλος, a friend. φίλος, ov, ὁ (7), substantive use of the adj. φίλος, 7, ov, friend. [philosophy] φλυαρία, as, ἡ (ch. 3), nonsense, foolishness. φοβέω, φοβήσω, ἐφόβησα; usually pas. dep., φοβέομαι, φοβήσομαι, πε- φόβημαι, ἐφοβήθην (45), frighten; mid., fear, dread, be afraid, of unreasoning fear. Cf. δέδοικα. φόβος, ov, ὁ (47), fear, fright. [hy- drophobia] φοινικιστής, οὔ, ὁ (50), a wearer of the purple, a Persian officer of high rank. φοινικοῦς, ἢ, οῦν (45), purple. Cf. phoenix. φρούραρχος, ov, ὁ (12), commander of a garrison. Φρυγία, as, ἡ (33), Phrygia, a coun- try of Asia Minor. Φρύξ, vyds, ὁ (43), a Phrygian, an inhabitant of Phrygia. φυγάς, ddos, ὁ (17), exile, fugitive. φυλακή, 7s, ἡ (42), guard, garrison. [phylactery] φύλαξ, axos, 0(18), watchmun,guard. φυλάττω [φυλακ), φυλάξω, ἐφύλαξα, 2 pf. πεφύλαχα πεφύλαγμαι, ἐφυλάχ- θην (27), watch, guard, defend; mid., be on one’s guard against. φυλακὰς φυλάττειν, keep watch. [prophylactic[ dark red, x χαλεπός, 7, dv (49), hard, difficult, severe, stern. Elementary Greek χαλεπῶς (ch. 3), adv., hardly, with difficulty. χαλεπῶς φέρειν, bear all, be troubled. χαλκοῦς, ἢ, ody (45), of bronze, bronze. [chalcography] χαρίεις, ίεσσα, fev (38), graceful, clever, pleasing. χείρ, χειρός, ἡ (36), hand; for de- clension, see 611. [chirography, surgeon (old spelling chirur- geon)] χείρων, ov, comp. of κακός, worse, inferior; superl. χείριστος. Χερρόνησος, ov, ἡ (17), Chersonesus, a peninsula in Thrace. χίλιοι, a, a (29), a thousand. (chiliad, kilogram] χιτών, ὥνος, ὁ (45), chiton, tunte, a Greek undergarment. Χράομαι, χρήσομαι, ἐχρησάμην, κέχρη- μαι, ἐχρήσθην (pas.), mid. dep., use, make use of, employ; contract forms have ἡ fora. W. dat.; cf. Lat. utor. [catachresis, poly- chrest] χρή, -χρήσει, -Expnoe, imperf. χρῆν or ἐχρῆν (χρή is really a noun, se. ἐστί; imperf. χρῆν Ξε χρὴ ἢν, Which came to be regarded as a verb, hence augmented, ἐχρῆν) (43), it is necessary, one must, ought, with infin., or acc. and infin. χρῃζω (ch. 3), pres. system only used in Att., wish, need, desire. χρῆμα, aros, τό (18), useful thing; Ta χρήματα, things, property, money. χρόνος, ov, ὁ (50), time, season, period. (chronology, chronic] χρυσίον, ov, τό (18), gold coin, money. [chrysalis} χρυσοῦς, ἢ, οῦν (40), golden, gold. {chrysanthemum } Greek-English Vocabulary χρυσοχάλϊῖνος, ov (58), with gold- mounted bridle. χώρα, as, ἡ (4), country, land. [en- choric, chorepiscopus] χωρίον, ov, τό (55), place, fortress, stronghold. Ψ ψέλιον, ov, τό (58), bracelet, worn by Persians of rank. ψεύδω, Yellow, ἔψευσα, ἔψευσμαι, ἐψεύσθην (ch. 3), deceive, cheat, prove false. [pseudonym] 2 ὦνιος, a, ov (47), for sale. wares, goods. ὥρα, as, ἡ (ch. 3), time, season, hour, proper time. (hour, horo- scope] ὥσπερ, adv. (ch. 3), just as, even as, just as if. Ta ὥνια, 237 ὡς (8), conj., proclitic, as, just as, as if; how, as, when, because, since; often used with a ppl. to show that the ppl. contains the thought of some other person than speaker or writer, as if, on the ground that. It often rep- resents the action as pretended or assumed. ὡς with superlatives indicates the highest degree, ws τάχιστα, as quickly as possible ; w. numerals, about, approximately. ὡς (31), preposition (same word as preceding), gov. acc., to, used only with the name of a person. ὥστε (15), conj., w. infin. (intro- ducing result), so as, and so; w. indic., so that, emphasizes the result as a fact. ὠφελέω, ὠφελήσω, ὠφέλησα, ὠφέληκα, ὠφέλημαι, ὠφελήθην, imperf. ὠφέ- λουν (18), benefit, aid, help (acc.). INDEX INDEX [References are to sections. } ACCENT: 914, 16, 17; of verbs, 32; of nouns, 41, 42, 53; grave, 17; of aorist infinitive, 99; of proclitics, 114; of en- clitics, 115-13 ; of monusyllables, 135; of contract verbs, 143; of second aorist participle, 155; of stems in ev, 283; of stems in *s, 290; of compound verbs, 348, n. 4; cf infinitives, 381 (3). ACCUSATIVE, uses, 509-15. ADJECTIVES: declension, 59, 60; compari- son, 264-67 ; μέγας, 299; πᾶς, χαρίεις, πολύς. 330, 331; verbals, 364-66; with infini- tive, 388; governing genitive, 531; gov- erning dative, 540. ADVERBS : 393-96, AGENCY: with passive, 238, 539; verbal in τέος, 366, 539. AGREEMENT, rules of, 479-82. Aorist, force of the tense, 79, 100, 391, n. 1. ARTICLE, 43, 45; declension, 51; force, 52; with demonstratives, 128; with phriuses, 131, ἢ. 3; summary of uses, 483-95. ASYNDETON, 296, πῃ, 1. ATTRACTION of relative pronoun, 507. ATTRIBUTIVE POSITION, 45. AUGMENT, 64-66. αὐτός, declension and uses, 124-26; 500-3. BREATHING, 19, 20. with COMPOUND VERBS, 66, 348, n. 4. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES: more vivid future, 201; present general, 203; less vivid future, 258; past general, 259; simple, 339, 1; contrary to fact, 339, I]; tabular view, 339; relative clauses, 478; summary, a CONSONANTS, classification of, 598, 599. CONTRACT VERBS: in dw, 141-43; in €w and ow, 148, 149; subjunctive, 304; dissyl- labic stems, 307, n. 4; optative, 397. DATIVE, uses, 532-40. DECLENSION: second, 40-42; of neuters, 44; of nouns in 7, 50, 51; in ἃ and a, 57, 58; of adjectives, 59, 60; of masculine nouns, 69; stems of the third declen- sion, 133, 134; lingual stems, 134, 136; liquid stems, 162, 163; labial and pala- tal stems, 168; stems ine and v, 173: stems in ev, 282, 283; stems in es, 290; review of third declension, 316-1%. δείκνῦμει, 298, DEPONENT VERBS, 86; middle and’ pa-- Bive, 246. δίδωμε, 350. 241 eiuc, 336. εἰμί, 336. ἐκεῖνος͵ 124, 127. ELISIon, 232. ENCLITICcs, 22, 115-18. ews, etc., introducing a clause, 466, 467; 567. EXHORTATIONS, 277, 570. FORMATION OF WORDS, 408. GENITIVE, uses of, 516-31. GENITIVE ABSOLUTE, 157. HIatvs, 232. ἴημι, 460, 472. IMPERATIVE, 568, 569. IMPERFECT, force of, 67, 470, n. 8. INDIRECT DISCOURSE, 256, 257, 337-38, 385- 87; the negative, 252; tenses of infini- tive, 386; participle, 435; summary, 5713-78. INDIRECT QUESTION, 473. INFINITIVE: presevt, future, first and second aorist active, 99; force of pres- ent and aorist, 100; present, first and second aorist middle, 108; in indirect discourse, 333, 386; review, 380-88; time 383, 381; with verbs of thinking, 385; with accusative, 887; with adjectives, 388; summary, 593-97. ἵστημι, 284, 285, 329. 359. κάθημι, 460. LIQUID VERBS, formation of future and first aorist, 230, 231. MIDDLE VOICE, 85. MvtTEs, classes, 599. v-movable, 34, 119. NEGATIVES: ov and μή, 352: with φημί, 470, n. 2; with result clauses, 555. NEUTER NOUNS, With verb in singular, 46. NOUNS: cases, 38 ; gender, 39; accent, 41, 42; οἵ, Declension. NUMERALS: εἰς and ὡς with, 262, n.2; de- clension, 323-24; ἀμφί with, 334, n. 3. OBJECT CLAUSES. 407. 5; 407. 6; 553, 554. ode, 125-27. oiéa, 472. οὗτος, 125, 127. OXxyYTONE, 17. 242 Elementary Greek PARTICIPLES: 155, 156, 180, 240; uses, 181, 185, 186; force of tenses, 182; supple- mentary participle, 351; indirect dis- course, 485; summary of uses, 579-92. POSITION of names of cities and rivers, Nib: PREDICATE POSITION, 128. PREPOSITIONS, uses of, 187-93: mpcv-clauses, 468 ; 558, 559. PRINCIPAL PARTS OF VEBB, 80. PrRocuiTics, 21, 114. PROHIBITIONS, 276, 569. PRONOUNS: declension of demonstra- tives, 124, 125; relative, 239 ; personal. 309; reflexive, 310; possessive, 311; Tis. τίς, 420; ὅστις, 421; summary of uses, 496-507. PRONUNCIATION, of Greek, 15; of proper nares, 24-26. PROPER NAMES, 24-26. PUNCTUATION, 23, PURPOSE CLAUSES, 181. 5; 407; 551-54. QUESTIONS: direct, 423; in Jirect, 473. REDUPLICATION, 208. RELATIVE PARTICLES, 466, 467. RESULT CLAUSES, 150; 555-59. TENSES: primary and secondary, 30; force of imperfect, 67, 470, 1.8: force of aorist, 79, 100, 383, 384; participles, 182; subjunctive, 198, 199; perfect, 216; op- tative, 247, 248; imperative, 275; review of tense systems, 413, 414: summary of uses, 541-50, Tid ym, 844, B45. VERBAL ADJECTIVES, 364-66. VERBS: voices, 28; moods, 29; tenses, 30, 31; accent, 32; numbers, 33; stems, 73- 76; future, first, and second aorist active, 78, 79; force of aorist, 79, 100; principal parts, 80; middle, 85-87, 105 108; deponent, 86, 246; tense stems and suflixes, 96; euphouie endings, 97, 105; infinitive, 99, 100, 108, 380-88: contract verbs, 141, 143, 148, 304, 397; subjunctive, 198, 199; perfect and pluperfect active, 208-16; future and aorist passive, 221- 25; future and first aorist of liquid verbs. 230, 231; perfect and pluperfect middle (passive), 237, 372-75; optative, 247-49; imperative, 272-76, 291, 292; μι- verbs, 284, 285, 298, 344, 345, 350, 422, 472; future perfect, 357; future passive, 858: tense systems, 413, 414. VOCATIVE, uses of, 508. WISHES, 471, 572. φημί, 337, 422; negative, 470 n, 2. ὡς, with participles, 178, n. 6: 206, n. 4, ὥστε, result, 150, 555-59. < ie ra 4 =e 4 a ings + ~ 7 - a. ἂμ we * Tea Oo τω δ ao δ» BS as ᾧ iw ee 28 ἮΝ ς΄. . Ὁ, »» BINDING SECT. NFL 5 19/4 LaGr.Gr. Burgess, ἘΠΕῚ | Bo55e Elementary Grei DATE dpa 9 / fi Ἂς }. ie) Eat Mel $5 μι. τὺ ἂν,